FIBRO Normalien
FIBRO Normalien
FIBRO Normalien
FIBRO Inc.
US
139 Harrison Avenue
Rockford, IL 61104
T +1 815 2 29 13 00
FIBRO INDIA
IN
PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.
Plot No: A-55, Phase II, Chakan Midc,
FIBRO (SHANGHAI)
CN
01/2017 © Copyright by FIBRO GmbH
www.fibro.com
New and improved products
in the FIBRO Standard Parts
catalogue 2017
2131.30. 2131.31. 2131.32.
Eyebolt Attachment Attachment
C25 point point
screwable screwable
profilift profilift
gamma gamma ring
C26 nut
C27
D Guide elements
Pillars, bushes, mounting flanges, ball cages, oilless guide elements
F Springs
Compression springs, gas springs, elastomer springs
Spring and spacer units
J Peripheral Equipment
for presses, tool manufacture, assembly aids
Conveyor belts, pneumatic conveyors, electric conveyors
K Cam Units
Flex cam, cam slide units, roller slide units
Hassmersheim plant
Standard Parts
Today the Standard Parts Division operates from the Hass-
mersheim and Weinsberg works, which manufacture a com-
prehensive range of standard parts and maintain stocks ready
for immediate despatch world-wide.
The machine tool, mechanical engineering and systems
engineering product ranges have been developed to meet the
needs of customers.
They include die sets, precision ground plates and flat bars,
lifting and clamping devices, guide elements, oilless guide
elements and precision components such as punches and
matrixes, special steel compression springs, gas springs,
forming materials, metal bonding agents, moulding resins,
peripheral equipment for pressing and tool making, electronic
thread molding units, tool slides with cam or roller slides and
hydraulic cam systems.
FIBRO has become renowned world-wide for its comprehen-
sive range of products in stock and its readiness to deliver.
6
FIBRO is customer-focused – world-wide. A well-developed Facts and figures on FIBRO:
network of sales and service points and strategic partners - founded 1958
ensure that help is always at hand. This ensures technical
- approximately 770 staff
advance, world-wide experience in applications and rapid
availability of products. - more than 70 representatives and service stations
world-wide
- branches in France, USA, India, Switzerland, Singapore,
Korea and China
- ISO 9001:2000 Quality Assurance and
ISO 14001 environmental certification
Rotary Tables
FIBRO – The worldwide pioneer in the field of rotary tables
A comprehensive range of types:
FIBROPLAN® – NC rotary table with worm drive
FIBRODYN® – NC rotary table with direct torque drive
FIBROMAX® – Heavy-duty NC rotary table with Twin Drive
FIBROTAKT® – Rotary indexing table with Hirth face gear
FIBROTOR® – Electromechanical rotary indexing table for
applications that do not involve machining
Rotary tables for all applications – from flexible workpiece
positioning through rotary and multiple-axis machining to
assembly automation
Used in all branches of industry – from the automobile industry
through solar energy to machine tools
A wide range of sizes – from micro-machining to processing of
very large parts
Customer-oriented design – from the standard modular table
to customer-specific special solutions
7
Vertretungen . Representatives .
Représentations . Rappresentantes .
Deutschland
INTERNATIONAL
INTERNATIONAL
INTERNATIONAL
10 subject to alterations
Alphabetical content
Centering unit with adjusting washer D254 Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG A11
Centring pin D261 Die set DIN 9816 Shape D A12
Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz standard D262 Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG A16
Centring sleeve L13 Die set DIN 9822 Shape C A19
Centring unit, CNOMO D257, D259 Die set ECO-LINE A36-A37
Centring unit, flat L10 Die set press unit A40-A41
Circlip DIN 471 D113 Die set press units - Accessories A42
Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B C52 Die set shank with collar C11
Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316 C55 Die set shank, straight C10
Clamp, goose neck shape, with setscrew C55 Die set to customers’ specifications, Aluminium A32-A35
Clamp, straight, DIN 6314 C54 Die set to customers’ specifications, Steel A32-A35
Clamp, straight, with setscrew C54 Disc spring DIN 2093 F62
Clamping claw, goose-neck shape C52 Double vortex ring screw C35
Clamping claw, infinitely variable C53 Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS C37
Clamping flange with retaining ring, ~AFNOR D53 Double vortex ring screw with centring C36
Clamping tool set C68-C69 Double vortice hook C31
Cleaner H11 Double vortice ring C32
Compact gas spring F273-F291 Double vortice ring with central device C33
Compact Nitrogen Booster F400-F401 Double vortice ring with internal thread C34, C38
Comparative graphs E15 Dowel pin according to DIN EN ISO 8734 E203
Composite plates F357 Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734 E202
Compression Fitting – Compound Threaded Joints F379-F380 Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, according to
Compression Pad F108 DIN EN ISO 8735 E197
Concertina shroud for gas springs F366-F367 Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to
Concertina shroud with spacer bush D265 DIN EN ISO 8735 E196
Concertina shroud with spacer tube D267 Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A E204
Connecting hose with 24° cone F383 Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A E205
Connector system 24° conus micro F385-F389 Dynamic stripping element (DAE) E166
Connector system micro F388 Dynamometer for gas springs F402-F403
F391-F392, Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751 L44-L45
Control fitting F394 Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694 L48
Control fitting for gas springs F391 Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D L50-L51
Controllable gas springs F354 Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751 L46-L47
Conveyor belt, electrically controlled J22-J25 Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694 L49
Counter view, mechanical J16 Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D L52
Coupling spigot A42 Ejector rod L12
Coupling spigot with flange C12 Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405 L56
Coupling spigot with thread C12 Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405 L57
Cyanoacrylate adhesive H12 Elastomer Stripper E190
Cylinder pressure regulator F399 Electro-mechanical transporter -
Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz F150 horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile
and support J38
Damper stopper F96
Electro-mechanical transporter -
Damper, heavy-duty F94 horizontal gear position J35
Damper, light-duty F92-F93 Electro-mechanical transporter -
Damping unit SD F97 horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and
Date stamp complete (short version), embossed lettering L59 support J37
Date stamp complete, embossed lettering L58 Electro-mechanical transporter -
Deflection of pillars and bending equation D25 horizontal gear position, with profile and support J36
Delimiting guide for conveyor belt J26 Electro-mechanical transporter -
vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and
Delimiting guide with loss prevention for conveyor belt J27 support J38
Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing D72, D74 Electro-mechanical transporter -
Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut D76 vertical gear position J35
Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing D77 Electro-mechanical transporter -
Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and
retainer, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR D42 support J37
Diaphragm pressure switch F395 Electro-mechanical transporter -
Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, vertical gear position, with profile and support J36
CNOMO Standard C48 Electro-mechanical transporters -
Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, Angled mounting with adapter plate J41
to VW standard C47 Electro-mechanical transporters -
Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12. C50 Distance J40
Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366 C46 Electro-mechanical transporters -
A17-A18, Fastening element J39
Die set A20-A21 Electro-mechanical transporters -
Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D A13 Fastening element with height adjustment system J39
Die set ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415 A24-A31 Electro-mechanical transporters -
Quick clamp for guiding system J40
Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG A14
Electronic thread moulding J7-J9
Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG A10
FIBRO Compact Cam (FCC) Tool slides K7
Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG A15
subject to alterations 11
Alphabetical content
FIBROELAST® Tubular spring element 70 Shore A F72 Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting
FIBROELAST®-Hollow round rod G20 height F333
FIBROELAST®-Plate G18 Gas spring with thread F327
FIBROELAST®-Round rod G19 Gas spring with through bore passage F231-F237
FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Application examples H18-H19 Gas spring, small dimension and low force F181-F193
FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Application with the injection gun H17 Gas spring, Standard F195-F211
FIBROFLEX® - Blanking, forming and embossing tools - F293, F295-
Application examples G23-G25 Gas spring, with low build height F301
FIBROFLEX® - Technical data G8-G9 Gas springs - Accessories F359
FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring Gas springs - Application examples F409-F416
system F64 Gas springs - Description F164-F167
FIBROFLEX®-Hollow round rod G15 Gas springs - General overview F23
FIBROFLEX®-Hollow Square rod G13 Gas springs - Mounting Directions F168-F169
FIBROFLEX®-Hollow triangular rod (60°) G17 Gas springs - Synopsis F172-F174
FIBROFLEX®-Plate G10 Gas springs (Spring plungers) F175
FIBROFLEX®-Round rod G14 Gas springs for working temperatures up to 120 ° C F337
FIBROFLEX®-Square rod G11 F170-F171,
FIBROFLEX®-Triangular rod (60°) G16 Gas springs from FIBRO - The Safer Choice L70-L71
FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element F87 Gas springs with fastening to Ford standard WDX F325
FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to Gauge pin DIN 2269 E206
DIN ISO 10069-1 F66 Gauge pin holder E208
FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to Gauge pin with handle E209
DIN ISO 10069-1 F68 Gauge pins - boxed set E209
FIBROFLEX®-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to Guide D279
DIN ISO 10069-1 F70 Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
FIBROFLEX®-U-Profil rod G12 lubricant D219
FIBROLIT®-MK - Technical data H8 Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Application examples H18-H19 lubricant D220
FIBROZIPP E198 Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
Filling and control fitting F399 lubricant D217, D221
Filling hose F399 Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
Fine blanking die set A22 lubricant D218
Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4 D140-D142 lubricant, CNOMO D216
Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
ISO 9448-4 D137-D139 lubricant, VDI 3357 D215
Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5 D143-D145 Guide bearing for ball bearing guide D87
Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer D110-D111 Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide D93
Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubri-
long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-4 D134-D136 cant D94
Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693 L54 Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide D90
Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693 L55 Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide D89
Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with Guide bearing with solid lubricant D84
solid lubricant D174 Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide D92
D171-D173, Guide bearing, sintered guide D86
Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant D175-D176 Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387 D223
Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket C65 Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387 D222
Flex cam K3 Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication
Fluid Metal H12 rings, ISO 9448-2 D98
Foil shim B20 Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2 D97
Forming / Demoulding L41 Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR D100
Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD LINE, with hexagon Guide bush for ball bearing, for highest stroking speed D70
socket L72-L73 Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3 D70, D99
Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX F179 Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension D26
Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation D101
VDI 3004 F176-F178 Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C E152
Gas spring connection systems F368 Guide bush for punch ISO 8978 E153
Gas spring CX, Compact Xtreme F266-F271 Guide bush for spring ram 2478.20. .1 F162
F315, F317- Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR D155
Gas spring DS F323 D162-D165,
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY F213-F229 Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant L30-L33
Gas spring MOULD LINE L63, L74-L81 Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
Gas spring MOULD LINE - Description L64-L66 CNOMO D169
Gas spring MOULD LINE - Installation instructions L67-L68 Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
Gas spring POWERLINE F239-F263 DIN 9834/ISO 9448 D166
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned F303-F313 Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
Gas spring with external thread F328-F332 NAAMS D167-D168
Gas spring with hexagonal flange F336 Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO D170
Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE F334-F335 Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR D154
Guide bush, Bronze L36-L37
12 subject to alterations
Alphabetical content
D160-D161, Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 -
Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant L34-L35 Strength class 12.9 C61
Guide Bush, headed L27 Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 -
Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term Strength class 8.8 C60
lubrication, ISO 9448-2 D96 Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head
Guide elements - Mounting guidelines, Dimension tables D292-D298 and key guide, DIN 6912 - Strength class 8.8 C62
Guide elements - Pairing classification D22-D23 Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head,
Guide elements - Selection matrix D24 DIN 7984 - Strength class 8.8 C63
Guide elements for mould making L9 High performance compression spring DIN ISO 10243 F30-F59
Guide pillar L14-L15 High performance compression spring, 3XLF, Colour
"White" F60
Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/
~ISO 9182-2 D38 High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour
"Violet" F28-F29
Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D36
High performance compression springs - Cyclic stress
Guide pillar (Angle pin) L25 maxima/minima as applicable to extended/limited life F27
Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2 D27 High performance compression springs - Description F26
Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, High-Precision special parts to customer´s drawings E192-E193
~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D34
Hinge for spacer F113
Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type,
~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D32 Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional C28
Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3 D47 Holding sleeve for lifter units to BMW standard F154
Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz F148 Hose press, pneumatic F407
Guide pillar with 5° pilot taper, to VW-Standard D48 Hose shears F407
Guide pillar with ball cage retainer D28 Inductive proximity switch D284, D288
Guide pillar with collar D69 Injection gun for FIBROFIX®-SECHS H7
Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE" D68 Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape A E25
Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer D64 Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape B E26
Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, Insertion tool F138
DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5 D62 Installation frame for counter view J17
Guide pillar with collar, to WDX D60 Instruction for hose assembly in the Minimess system F369
Guide pillar with flange L24 F339-F342,
Guide pillar with groove D59 LCF Gas Spring, damped F344-F353
Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO D58 Leak Detector Spray FIBROLIT®-LSP H11
Guide pillar with groove, to VW D50 Lifter pin for press tool strips D273
Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW standard F154
~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 D29 Lifter stud C17
Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/ Lifter stud VDI 3366 C15
~ISO 9182-2 D30 Lifter stud with cable securing device C16
Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/ Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc C15
~ISO 9182-2 D31 Lifter unit with installation block to BMW standard F153
Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes- Lifter unit with pillar guidance F158-F159
Benz Standard D56 Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to BMW standard F152
Guide pillar with pilot tapper, VDI 3356 D49 Lifting eye bolt, high tensile C18, C25
Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR D52 Lifting eye bolt, rotatable C19
Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring C42-C43
Standard D54
Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to AUDI C41
Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR D40
Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW C40
Guide pillar, shouldered L16-L19
Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key,
Guide pin F78 to BMW C45
Guide sleeve L26 Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key,
Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened D281 to CNOMO Standard C44
Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened D280 Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to Mercedes-Benz F147
Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE D82 Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding E200
Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE D80 Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit E201
Guide with part position control and spring D282 Locating bolt F76
Guide with part position control, VDI D283 Locating bolt, threaded F76
Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid Locating guide bush, headed L28
lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6 D126-D128 Locating guide pillar, shouldered L20-L23
Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6D123-D125 Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW D51
Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR D150, D152 Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings -
Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7 D129-D133 Oil FIBROLIT®-OEL-LD H15
Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer D108-D109 Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings -
Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6 D115-D117 Grease FIBROLIT®-FETT-LD H15
Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with Manifoldsystems F356
long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR D146-D148 Marking out blue FIBROLIT®-ARF H13
Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank E170
long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6 D118-D122 Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round E172
Helical spring for ball cage retention D268 Matrix with collar, conical E159
Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B C57 Matrix with collar, cylindrical E157
Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331 C58 Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B E155
Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642 Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977 E135
- Strength class 8.8 C64
subject to alterations 13
Alphabetical content
Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, Punch DIN 9861 Shape C E21
ISO 8977 E144 Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA E20
Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977 E140 Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752 E19
Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977 E136 Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA E18
Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977 E142 Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A E45
Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977 E138 Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B E46
Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank E169 Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C E48
Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round E171 Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D E47
Matrix without collar, conical E158 Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C E23
Matrix without collar, cylindrical E156 Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA E22
Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A E154 Punch similar to VDI 3374 E39
Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard E146 Punch VDI 3374 E24
Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977 E123 Punch with ejector pin E40
Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point E42
corners, Automotive Standard E151 Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point E41
Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape B E195
corners, ISO 8977 E132
Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape C E28
Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive
Standard E149 Punch with tapered head 30°, Shape D E27
Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977 E128 Punch with tapered head, blank E32
Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard E147 Punch with tapered head, blank, with ejector pin E34
Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977 E124 Punch with tapered head, Shape D E30
Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard E150 Punch with tapered head, stepped, round E33
Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977 E130 Punch with tapered head, stepped, round,
with ejector pin E35
Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard E148
Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A E194
Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977 E126
Punch, blank, ISO 8020 E105
Metal adhesive FIBROLIT®-MK H9
Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E111
Micro control fitting F390
Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners,
Minimess - Compound Threaded Joints F375-F378 ISO 8020 E110
Minimess – Compound Threaded Joints F374 Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners,
Mounting arrangement for gas springs in the Minimess with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E116
system F369-F373 Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020 E108
Multiple control fitting F393 Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E114
Notes on guide elements A7, D21 Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020 E106
Oil H14 Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E112
Oilless guide elements D157-D158 Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020 E109
Oilless guide elements - Mounting examples D250-D253 Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E115
O-ring, Viton L61 Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020 E107
Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D227 Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020 E113
Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357 D226 Punches - Mounting guidelines E36
Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357 D225 Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched
Pallet carrier plate A58 holes and self tapping screws E210
Penetration lubricant spray FIBROLIT®-RL H13 Quill holder for core tempering L60
Pillar wiper D272 Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers L39
Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020 E118 Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid lubricant L38
Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020 E117 Release agent H14
Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard E119 Release agent FIBROLIT®-TW H14
Piloted counterbore for tapered-head punch E31 Representatives 8-9
Pipe plug (for compresssion spring adjustement) F107 Retaining bolt F86
Pneumatic conveyor J31 Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64. D78
Position monitor for boards D287 Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,
Precision components - Description of materials E16-E17 DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4 D45
Precision feeler gauge B20 Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR D46
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining Retaining disc with countersunk head cap screw,
allowance, DIN 59350 B9-B17, B19 DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4 D44
Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350 B8 Retaining disc with screw D66
Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350 B18 Retaining disc with socket cap screw, ~ AFNOR D44
Press tool lubricant FIBROLIT® H16 Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant D180
Pressure bolt with base, according to VW D263 Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO D183
Pressure plate E184 Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D177
Pressure plate, shock absorbing F363 Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, NAAMS D181
Pressure reservoir F360-F362 Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D179
Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D239-D240 Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO D182
Prismatic guide, Steel D242 Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357 D178
Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS D237 Retaining washer L11
Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357 D238 Retention bearing D85
Progression lamination die set unit A47-A52 Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools D95
Punch DIN 9844, Shape A E37 Retention bearing with screw holes D88
Punch DIN 9844, Shape B E38 Retention bearing, low build height D91
14 subject to alterations
Alphabetical content
Ring block with position lock C24 Spacer tube D266, F80
Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass D114 Spacer with spring for die release F112
Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass D112 Special die set to customer's specifications A43-A46
Roller insert with collar J12 Spigot holder A42, C13
Roller insert without collar J12 Spring and spacer unit F104
Roller rail J13 Spring- and spacer unit F100-F101
Roller slide units K5 Spring- and spacer unit, low installation space F102
Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing C21 Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk
Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing C20 head cap screw F105
Round wire compression spring F61 Spring mounted roller to VW Standard J14-J15
Screw clamp with screw D274-D275 Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004,
Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO D276 Colour marking: red F120
Screw clamp with screw, GM Standard D275 Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force,
VDI 3004, Colour marking: red F121
Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS D275
Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force,
Screw for T-slot, DIN 787 C59 VDI 3004, Colour marking: white F119
Screw plug C66 Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force,
Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366 C13 VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow F117
Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device C14 Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004,
Securing flange with screws, CNOMO D276 Colour marking: white F118
Selection table multiple layering F95 Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004,
Sensors for stamping and forming technology J42 Colour marking: yellow F116
Service station, mobile, for gas springs F406 Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version F135
Set screw C57 Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version,
with collar F136-F137
Setting-up bumper, round F109
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon
Setting-up bumper, square F110 socket, increased spring force F125
Shedder insert F108 Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon
Shock absorbing washer F85, G21 socket, standard spring force F124
Shoulder screw F106 Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot,
Silicon oil H14 increased spring force F123
Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D244, D248 Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot,
Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant, standard spring force F122, F126
CNOMO D246 Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with
Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel D245, D249 hexagon socket, increased spring force F131
Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO D247 Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with
Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz F149 hexagon socket, standard spring force F130
Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D224 Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, straight version,
with collar F135
Slide stop F88, F90
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon
Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant D243 socket, increased spring force F132
Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS D237 Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon
Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D238 socket, standard spring force F129
Sliding block, Steel D239-D240 Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot,
Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO D210 increased spring force F131, F134
D194-D196, Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, F127-F128,
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant D198 standard spring force F133
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ Spring plungers F115
ISO 9183-2 D204 Spring ram with gas spring F160
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO D197 Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard F161
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1 D192 Spring unit for elastomer spring F98
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS D202 Spring unit for helical spring F99
D186, D211, Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2 F77
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 D214 Stand for conveyor belt J28
Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant D184 Standard cam slide units K4
Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant, Standardised special shapes E161-E165
AFNOR/ISO 9183-2 D206
Steel plate ISO 6753-1 A38, B6
Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO D208
Stepped Block DIN 6318 C56
Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357 D190
Stock lifter F142-F143
Sliding pad, Steel with solid lubricant D201
Stock lifter with attachment lug F144
Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO D200
Stop buffer F89
Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS D203
Stripper F145
Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357 D188, D212
Stripper for blanking dies F114
Slotted nut D156
Stripping unit - Mounting plate E188
Slotted nut DIN 1804 D79
Stripping unit - Pressure plate E187
Snap ring D57
Stripping unit for punches E186
Spacer bush D266
Stripping unit, flanged mounting F141
Spacer for die release F111
Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting F140
Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate D278
Support, adjustable C56
Spacer plug F83
T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant D236
Spacer sleeve F82
Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO H9
Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz F151
subject to alterations 15
Alphabetical content
Thinning agent for FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Technical data H8
Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1 C10
Threaded disc for compression springs F84
Threaded disc for elastomer springs F84
Thrust Pad F364
Thrust pad driver F138
Thrust plate F364-F365
Thrust plate to Renault standard F365
Thrust washer F77, F86
Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant D159
Tooling pallet die set A53-A57
Tooling pallet die set - Accessories A58
Tooling resin FIBROFIX®-SECHS H7
Tooling resin FIBROFIX®-SECHS - Technical data H6
Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO H7
Tooling resin FIBROLIT®-ZWO - Technical data H6
Toolkit for assembling gas springs F404
Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty E175, E177
Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty E174, E176
Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with
anti-rotation element E183
Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without
anti-rotation element E182
Triple vortice ring C30
Trust washer for compression springs F79
Trust washer for elastomer springs F78
Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A F74
Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard F155
Universal lifter unit, according to BMW standard F156
Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook C23
Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring C22
Washer E191, F81-F82
Washer DIN 6340 C58
Wireless Pressure Monitoring - wireless monitoring of
gas springs F396-F398
Wooden box E208
16 subject to alterations
Numerical content
201.01. A10 2022.12. D56 2081.34. D121 2131.11. C19
201.03. A11 2022.13. D48 2081.35. D122 2131.20. C20
201.05. A12 2022.15. D49 2081.44. D129 2131.21. C21
201.07. A13 2022.16. D54 2081.45. D130 2131.22. C24
201.11. A14 2022.16.45. D58 2081.46. D131 2131.23. C23
201.13. A15 2022.16.48. D59 2081.47. D132 2131.25. C22
201.145. A41 2022.17. D50 2081.49. D133 2131.30. C25
201.21. A16 2022.19. D47 2081.67. D108 2131.31. C26
201.23. A17 2022.25. D52 2081.68. D109 2131.32. C27
201.26. A18 2022.29. D60 2081.71. D126 2131.33. C28
201.31. A19 2022.40.1. D51 2081.74. D127 2131.34. C29
201.33. A20 2024.94. D80 2081.75. D128 2131.35. C30
201.36. A21 2024.96. D82 2081.81. D115 2131.36. C31
201.39. A22 2025.94. D67 2081.84. D116 2131.37. C32
201.45. A32 2031.01. D85 2081.85. D117 2131.38. C33
201.46. A33 2031.02. D88 2081.91. D123 2131.39. C34
201.47. A34 2031.04. D91 2081.94. D124 2131.42. C37
201.49. A35 2031.31. D86 2081.95. D125 2131.43. C38
201.50. A47-A52 2031.34. D89 2082.70. D166 2131.50. C39
201.65. A32 2031.38. D92 2082.71. D167 2132.10. C46
201.66. A33 2031.41. D87 2085.70. D162 2132.10.03. .1 C49
201.67. A34 2031.42. D90 2085.71. D163 2132.10.55. C47
201.69. A35 2031.44. D93 2085.72. D165 2132.11. C48
201.95. A53-A57 2031.70. D84 2086.70. D164 2133.11. C40
201.96. A58 2032.02. D95 2086.71. D168 2133.11.10. C41
201.97. A58 2032.70. D94 2087.70. L31 2133.12. C42-C43
201.98. A59 2051.32. D96 2087.71. L32 2133.12. .1 C50
2010. A24-A31 2051.72. D98 2087.72. L30 2133.13. C44
2010.55. A36-A37 2051.92. D97 2087.73. L33 2133.15. C45
2010.57. A36-A37 2052.70. D160-D161 2091.31. D134 2134.41. C36
2010.59. A36-A37 2052.71. F162 2091.32. D135 2140.01.01. C68
2011.45. A40 2053.70. D159 2091.34. D136 2140.01.02. C69
2016. K4 206.41. D71 2091.44. D143 2140.02. C57
2016.23. K6 206.49. D100 2091.45. D144 2140.10. C54
2016.25. K7 206.51. D26 2091.46. D145 2140.11. C55
2016.4x. K8 206.54. D26 2091.67. D110 2140.13. C53
2017. K5 206.71. D102 2091.68. D111 2140.14. C53
2018. K3 206.72. D113 2091.71. D140 2140.15. C52
2018.00.60.08.030 D284 206.73. D104 2091.72. D141 2140.16. C54
2018.00.60.23.01.5 D285 206.75. D106 2091.74. D142 2140.17. C52
2018.00.60.23.02.5 D285 206.91. D265 2091.91. D137 2140.18. C55
202.17. D28 206.92. D267 2091.92. D138 2140.19. C56
202.19. D27 206.93. D266 2091.94. D139 2140.20. C56
202.21. D32 206.94. D266 210.31. D146 2140.30. C59
202.22. D29 206.95./2061.95. D272 210.34. D147 2140.32. C57
202.23. D30 2060.61. D103 210.35. D148 2140.33. C58
202.24. D31 2060.63. D105 210.39. D46 2140.34. C58
202.29. D36 2060.65. D107 210.44. D150 2191. J42
202.31. D38 2061.44. D70, D99 210.45. D154 2192.10. C60
202.53. D44 2061.47. D101 210.46. D152 2192.12. C61
202.55. D34 2061.48. D57 210.85. D155 2192.20. C62
202.60 D76 2061.82. D112 2102.70. D169 2192.30. C64
202.61. D69 2061.84. D114 2102.71. D170 2192.40. C63
202.91. D269 2062.44.012. D70 211.11. C10 2192.61. C65
202.92.1. D270 207.45 D274 211.12. C10 2192.90. C66
202.93. D271 207.48. D156 211.13. C11 2195.114. J26
2020.62. D74 2071.45 D274 211.14. C11 2195.115. J26
2020.63. D72 2072.45. D274 212.11. A42, C12 2195.116. J26
2020.64. D77 2072.46 D275 212.15. A42, C12 2195.117. J26
2021.29. D68 2072.46.30. D275 212.16. C13 2195.120./121. J28
2021.39. D45 2072.47 D275 212.16.1. A42 2195.130./131. J28
2021.43. D66 2072.48.45. D276 213.12. C13 2195.140./141. J28
2021.44. D64 2073.45. D276 213.13. C17 2195.150./151. J28
2021.46. D62 2073.46. D53 2130.03. C14 2195.218. J27
2021.50. D40 2073.48. D79 2130.11. C15 2195.219. J27
2021.53. D44 2081.31. D118 2130.12. C15 2195.220. J27
2021.58. D42 2081.32. D119 2130.13. C16 2195.221. J27
2021.64. D78 2081.33. D120 2131.10. C18 2195.301. J22
subject to alterations 17
Numerical content
2195.302. J23 2299.122. J37 241.17.32. F49 2450.20□. F94-F95
2195.401. J24 2299.221. J38 241.17.40. F53 2451.10D. F96
2195.402. J25 2299.222. J38 241.17.50. F57 2451.6. F88
2198.32. J10 2299.510 J39 241.18. D268 2451.6. .2 F89
2198.33. J10 2299.511 J39 241.19. F60 2452.10. F90
2198.34. J12 2299.520 J40 242.01. F62 2452.10. .2 F97
2198.35. J12 2299.530 J41 243.7. E190 246.5. F66
2198.42. J11 2299.540 J40 243.7. .1 E191 246.6. F68, F87
2198.44. J13 2299.541 J40 2431.40. C35 246.7. F70
2198.50.55. J14-J15 230. E194 2431.7. E186 2461.2. F74
2199.03/10/40.1/70 J31 231. E195 244.00.2. D273 2461.4. F72
220. E37 232. E24 244.1. F64 247.6. F108
2201. E105 233. E25 244.10. F82 2470.10. .1 F116
2202. E51 234. E26 244.10.15. F81 2470.10. .2 F120
2203. E77 235.1. E202 244.11. F82 2470.10. .3 F118
2204. E63 2351.1. E203 244.12. F83 2470.10.11 F138
2205. E89 236.001. E198 244.13. F83 2470.12.010.017 F138
2206. E32 236.1. E196 244.14.0. F98 2470.20. .1 F117
221. E38 2361.1. E197 244.15.0. F99 2470.20. .2 F121
2211. E106 237.1. L44-L45 244.16. F104 2470.20. .3 F119
2212. E52 237.8. L46-L47 244.17. F106 2471.01. F122
2213. E78 238.1. L48 244.18. F105 2471.02. F123
2214. E64 238.8. L49 244.20./25./32./40. F100-F101 2471.03. F124
2215. E90 239.1. L50-L51 244.20./25./32./ 2471.04. F125
2216. E33 239.8. L52 40.3. F102 2471.05. F126
222. E18 2398. J7-J9 244.4. F77 2471.31. F122
2221. E107 240.1./2. E206 244.5. F78 2471.32. F123
2222. E53 240.11. E209 244.6. F78 2471.33. F124
2223. E79 240.22. E209 244.7. F79 2471.34. F125
2224. E65 240.31. E209 244.9. F80 2471.35. F126
2225. E91 240.32. E209 2441.11. D255 2471.6. F108
223. E19 240.45. E208 2441.11.0. D254 2472.01. F127
2231. E108 240.91. E208 2441.11.3. D256 2472.02. F131
2232. E54 240.92. E208 2441.13. D259 2472.03. F129
2233. E80 241.00.1. F107 2441.13.3. D260 2472.04. F132
2234. E66 241.02. F61 2441.13.3.45. D258 2472.05. F133
2235. E92 241.13. F28-F29 2441.13.45. D257 2472.06. F134
224. E20 241.14.10. F30 2441.14. F84 2472.07. F130
2241. E109 241.14.13. F32 2441.14.1. F98 2472.08. F131
2242. E55 241.14.16. F34 2441.15. F84 2472.11. F138
2243. E81 241.14.20. F38 2441.15.1. F99 2472.21. F128
2244. E67 241.14.25. F42 2441.16. F86 2472.22. F128
2245. E93 241.14.32. F46 2441.18. F86 2472.31. F127
225. E21 241.14.40. F50 2441.3. F77 2472.33. F129
2251. E110 241.14.50. F54 2441.5. F76 2472.34. F132
2252. E56 241.14.63. F58 2441.6. F76 2472.35. F133
2253. E82 241.15.10. F30 2442.12. L10 2472.36. F134
2254. E68 241.15.13. F32 2442.12.3. L11 2472.37. F130
2255. E94 241.15.16. F35 2442.12.4. L11 2473.01. F135
2261. E117 241.15.20. F39 2442.13. L10 2473.02. F135
2262. E75 241.15.25. F43 2443.10. D279 2475.01. F136
2263. E101 241.15.32. F47 2443.10.20. D280 2475.02. F136
2271. E118 241.15.40. F51 2443.10.20. .1 D281 2475.03. F137
2272. E76 241.15.50. F55 2443.12. D282 2475.04. F137
2273. E102 241.15.63. F59 2443.13. D283 2477. .1.01 F140
2276. E119 241.16.10. F31 2443.14.00.60.18.044 D288 2477. .1.02 F141
2280.01. L58 241.16.13. F33 2443.14.00.60.23.01.5 D289 2478. F160
2280.02. L59 241.16.16. F36 2443.14.00.60.23.02.5 D289 2478.10. F142
2281. E27 241.16.20. F40 2443.14.55. D287 2478.20. .1 F161
2282.01. E210 241.16.25. F44 2444.12 / 2444.13 D278 2478.20.15.10 F152
2284.00. E31 241.16.32. F48 2445.10. D261 2478.20.15.20. F153
2284.3. E30 241.16.40. F52 2445.11. D262 2478.20.15.23. F154
2291. E28 241.16.50. F56 2446.10.55. D263 2478.20.15.24. F154
2299.001. J35 241.17.10. F31 2446.11.55. D264 2478.20.15.30. F155
2299.002. J35 241.17.13. F33 2450. F85, G21 2478.20.15.40. F156
2299.011. J36 241.17.16. F37 2450.10A. F92 2478.20.20. F147
2299.012. J36 241.17.20. F41 2450.11B. F93 2478.20.20.1. F148
2299.121. J37 241.17.25. F45 2478.20.20.2. F149
18 subject to alterations
Numerical content
2478.20.20.3 F150 2484.13.03000. F348-F349 256. G16 272. E47
2478.20.20.4 F151 2484.13.05000. F350-F351 257. G17 2721. E113
2478.25.00090. F158 2484.13.07500. F352-F353 260. E154 2722. E59
2478.25.00200. F159 2485.12.00500. F296-F297 2601. E158 2723. E85
2478.30. .1 F143 2485.12.00750. F298-F299 2602. E156 2724. E71
2478.30. .2 F144 2485.12.01500. F300-F301 2605. E146 2725. E97
2478.30. .3 F145 2486.12.00750. F306-F307 2606. E123 273. E48
2479.030. F176 2486.12.01500. F308-F309 2607. E135 2731. E114
2479.031. F177 2486.12.03000. F310-F311 261. E155 2732. E60
2479.032. F178 2486.12.05000. F312-F313 2611. E159 2733. E86
2479.034. F179 2486.22.03000. F318-F319 2612. E157 2734. E72
2480.00.10. F379-F380 2486.22.05000. F320-F321 2615. E147 2735. E98
2480.00.22. F388 2486.22.07500. F322-F323 2616. E124 274. E22
2480.00.23. F374 2487.12.00170. F240-F241 2617. E136 2741. E115
2480.00.24. F375-F378 2487.12.00320. F242-F243 2618. E166 2742. E61
2480.00.25. F383 2487.12.00350. F244-F245 2618.06. E169 2743. E87
2480.00.26. F382, F384 2487.12.00500. F246-F247 2618.07. E170 2744. E73
2480.00.27. F386 2487.12.00750. .1 F248-F249 2618.16. E171 2745. E99
2480.00.27.01. F385 2487.12.01000. .1 F250-F251 2618.17. E172 275. E23
2480.00.28. F387-F389 2487.12.01500. F252-F253 262. E152 2751. E116
2480.00.30. F391 2487.12.02400. F254-F255 2621. E153 2752. E62
2480.00.30.13 F392 2487.12.04200. F256-F257 2625. E148 2753. E88
2480.00.30.14 F392 2487.12.06600. F258-F259 2626. E126 2754. E74
2480.00.31. F391 2487.12.09500. F260-F261 2627. E138 2755. E100
2480.00.31.02 F399 2487.12.20000. F262-F263 263.1. L54 276. E204
2480.00.31.11 F394 2487.82.01000. F335 263.8. L55 277. E205
2480.00.32.07 F399 2488.13.00750. F214-F215 2635. E149 280.02 H7
2480.00.32.21 F399 2488.13.01000. F216-F217 2636. E128 280.05 H7
2480.00.32.71. F400-F401 2488.13.01500. F218-F219 2637. E140 280.08 H7
2480.00.34. F390 2488.13.02400. F220-F221 264.1. L56 280.09 H7
2480.00.35. F402 2488.13.04200. F222-F223 264.8. L57 280.131 H13
2480.00.35.04 F403 2488.13.06600. F224-F225 2645. E150 280.15 H13
2480.00.39.05. F393 2488.13.09500. F226-F227 2646. E130 280.20 H11
2480.00.45. F395 2488.13.20000. F228-F229 2647. E142 280.23 H13
2480.00.50.04 F405 2489. F354 265.1. E200 280.24 H9
2480.00.50.11 F404 2490.14.00420. F274-F275 2650.1. E201 280.27 H14
2480.00.50.20. F406 2490.14.00750. F276-F277 2655. E151 280.34 H15
2480.00.54.03 F407 2490.14.01000. F278-F279 2656. E132 280.35 H15
2480.00.54.10 F407 2490.14.01800. F280-F281 2657. E144 280.36.006 H16
2480.00.70. F360-F362 2490.14.03000. F282-F283 266. E39 280.8001 H14
2480.00.90. F396-F398 2490.14.04700. F284-F285 2664.02. E182 280.8021 H14
2480.004. F364 2490.14.07500. F286-F287 2664.04. E183 280.822405 H14
2480.009. F364 2490.14.11800. F288-F289 2664.05. E174 281.01 H9
2480.015. F363 2490.14.18300. F290-F291 2664.06. E175 281.147 H12
2480.018. F364 2491. F355 2664.07. E176 281.243 H10
2480.019. F365 2494. F357 2664.10. E177 281.270 H10
2480.019.45. F365 2495. F356 2665.01. E184 281.401 H12
2480.080. F366-F367 2496.12.00270. F232-F233 2667.1. E187 281.454 H12
2480.12.01500. F202-F203 2496.12.00490. F234-F235 2667.2. E188 281.648 H10
2480.12.10000. F210-F211 2496.12.01060. F236-F237 2668.2. E179 281.706 H11
2480.13.00250. F196-F197 2497.12.00500. F266-F267 2668.3. E180 2900. A38, B6
2480.13.00500. F198-F199 2497.12.01000. F268-F269 267. E40 2910. A39, B7
2480.13.00750. F200-F201 2497.12.01900. F270-F271 268. E41 2922.1730. B8
2480.13.03000. F204-F205 250. G12 269. E42 2922.2842. B18
2480.13.05000. F206-F207 251. G10 270. E45 2923.0570. B9
2480.13.07500. F208-F209 2511.3. G18 2701. E111 2923.2099. B10
2480.21. F188-F189 252. G11 2702. E57 2923.2162. B11
2480.22. .1 F190-F191 252.7. F110 2703. E83 2923.2312. B12
2480.23. F192-F193 253. G14 2704. E69 2923.2343. B13
2480.32. F328-F329 2531.4. G19 2705. E95 2923.2363. B14
2480.32.00250. F330-F331 2531.7. F109 2706. E34 2923.2379. B15
2480.33. F336 2532.2. F114 271. E46 2923.2436. B16
2480.82.00250. F332-F333 2533.00.01. F113 2711. E112 2923.2767. B17
2482.72. F182-F183 2533.10. F111 2712. E58 2923.2842. B19
2482.73. .1 F184-F185 2533.20. F112 2713. E84 2925. B20
2482.74. .2 F186-F187 254. G15 2714. E70 2960.30. D190
2484.12.01500. F346-F347 2541.4. G20 2715. E96 2960.44.45. D208
2484.13.00750. F344-F345 255. G13 2716. E35 2960.54.45. D210
subject to alterations 19
Numerical content
2960.70. D192 2965.83. D245
2960.71. D186 2966.72. D224
2960.72. D184 2967.10. L42
2960.73. D222 3100.04. L13
2960.74. D204 3100.09. L26
2960.75. D206 3110.11. L25
2960.76. D196 3111.10. L15
2960.79. D202 3111.20. L16-L19
2960.80. D203 3111.21. L20-L23
2960.81. D211 3111.31. L24
2960.85. D194 3120.40. L27
2960.86. D195 3120.42. L28
2960.87. D188 3120.65. L29
2960.88. D212 3120.70. L34-L35
2960.89. D223 3120.71. L36-L37
2960.90. D225 3131.40. L38
2960.91. D226 3131.80. L39
2960.92. D227 3202.12. L14
2960.93. D214 3202.13. L14
2961.70. D175 3300.10. L12
2961.71. D171 3479.030. L72
2961.73. D174 3479.032. L73
2961.74. D177 3487.12.00300. L74-L75
2961.75. D176 3487.12.00500. L76-L77
2961.76. D172 3487.12.00750. L78-L79
2961.77. D173 3487.12.01000. L80-L81
2961.78. D180 3710.00.12.01 J17
2961.79. D178 3710.12.01 J16
2961.79.45. D182 3800.01.01.01. L61
2961.81. D179 3820.10. L60
2961.81.45. D183
2961.82. D181
2962.70. D228
2962.70.45. D229
2962.71. D230
2962.72. D231
2962.73. D232
2962.74. D219
2962.75. D215
2962.75.45. D216
2962.76. D217
2962.77. D218
2962.78. D198
2962.78.45. D197
2962.79. D220
2962.80. D221
2962.81. D233
2962.82. D234
2962.83. D235
2962.84.45. D200
2962.85. D201
2963.70. D239
2963.71. D239
2963.72. D240
2963.73. D240
2963.80. D243
2963.81. D242
2963.82. D237
2963.83. D237
2963.84. D238
2963.85. D238
2964.77. D236
2964.78. D236
2965.80. D248
2965.80.45. D246
2965.81. D244
2965.82. D249
2965.82.45. D247
20 subject to alterations
Experience and expertise
you can rely on
FIBRO Quality Assurance
07/2002
2000.500.008 GB
21
Experience and expertise
you can rely on
FIBRO Quality Assurance
FIBRO is renowned for its quality world-wide. This high quality is achieved
through our dedication and commitment to Quality Assurance.
FIBRO testing starts on the raw material and continues right through
production to the completed product. The test facilities themselves are
also subject to stringent continuous testing. Only by setting itself such
stringent standards can a company support its customers long term in
safety, cost-effectiveness and quality.
Final tests
For precision at micro level if certain basic requirements have to be met.
It goes without saying that the temperature of the measuring room at
FIBRO is kept at 20ºC. Here the fine precision FIBRO products are
measured after production before being released to the customer.
D Guide elements
F Springs
J Peripheral Equipment
K Cam Units
Lifting Aids on Die Sets Enquiry Forms for Special Die Sets
Special pre-printed forms for enquiries and ordering are
Plate sizes with edges a1+b1 ^ 1000 mm, and die sets
available on request. All the customer has to do is the
weighting more than 100 kg, are fitted with threaded holes
filling-in of dimensions and the specifying of guide ele-
for two lifter eyebolts per plate. Eyebolts etc. are supplied
ments or special machining features where applicable.
against special order.
subject to alterations A3
Contents
A7 201.23. A17
Notes on guide elements Die set
A4 subject to alterations
Contents
201.65. A32 2010.57. A36-37
Die set to customers’ specifications, Die set ECO-LINE
Aluminium
subject to alterations A5
Contents
212.11. A42 201.98. A59
Coupling spigot Aligning- and tryout press unit
212.15. A42
Coupling spigot
A43-46
Special die set to customer's specifi-
cations
201.50. A47-52
Progression lamination die set unit
201.95. A53-57
Tooling pallet die set
A58
Tooling pallet die set - Accessories
201.96. A58
Pallet carrier plate
201.97. A58
Bolster insert plate
A6 subject to alterations
Notes on Guide Elements
FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides –
Carbonitrided Sintered Ferrite Bushes
These guides employ bushes made from sintered ferrite of high purity with carbonitrided surface.
Bearing surfaces are fine-ground.
The sintered ferrite has a porosity content of 18-20 % by volume, vacuum filled with special lubricant
FIBROLIT LD. As additional long term lubrication it is recommended to fill up the grove in the bushing
with FIBROLIT LD 280.34, see chapter H. Even under arduous running conditions, this material can be
relied upon for good protection against oil film rupture.
Under no circumstances must molybdenum disulfite be added to the lubricant.
For bearing clearance ranges, see chapter D.
subject to alterations A7
Cast Iron Die Sets
A9
Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG
201.01.
Section A - A
f
e
c2
c3
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements c1
d3 d2
Section B - B
r
b2
Section A - A
f
e
c2
c3
A A
c4
l
B B Guide Elements
c8
d3 d2
Section B - B
r
Stripper Steel Steel
b2
Section A - A
c2
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements c1
d3 d2
Section B - B
r
b2
Section A - A
e
c2
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements
c1
Sintered Ferrite
20
Guide Bushes
d3 d2
Section B - B
r
b1
b2
d1
a2
Section A - A
f
e
c2
c3
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements c1
d3 d2
Section B - B
r
b1
b2
45°
Section A - A
f
e
c2
c3
A A
c4
l
Guide Elements
c8
B B
c1
d3 d2
Section B - B
r
Stripper Steel Steel
b1
b2
e2
f
e
1
Section A - A
c2
c3
A A
l
Guide Elements B B
d3 d2
r
Section B - B
b2
b1
e2
f
e
1
Section A - A
c2
c3
A A
c8
c4
l
B B Guide Elements
Sintered Ferrite Ball Bearing
c1
30
d3 d2
r
Section B - B
e1
e2
f
Section A - A
c2
c3
A A
l
Guide Elements c1
B B
d3 d2
r Section B - B
b1
b2
Section A - A
e1
c2
c3
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements
Sintered Ferrite Ball Bearing
c1
30
d2 d2
r
Section B - B
b2
b1
e4
Section A - A
e
c2
c3
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements c4
Section B - B
d2 d2
r
b2
e4
e3
b1
Section A - A
e
c2
c3
A A
l
B B Guide Elements
c1
Section B - B
d2 d2
r
e2
b2
e3
b1
b2
Section A - A
e
a2
c7
c1
A A
l
B B
Guide Elements c1
Ball Bearing
c7
Guides
d3 d2
Section B - B
r1
b1
r2
d1
Faces front and rear fine machined after assembly – their perfect
alignment permits use as datum reference.
A23
Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
c2
c4
l
D
c1
2010.5.
a1
e1
a2
b1
Standard Guide Systems
d1 d2
Headed Sintered Headed Ball
Ferrite Bushes, Bearing Bushes = .862. 2010.6.
carbonitrided = .834. a1
e1
a2
2081.3. 2081.4.
206.71.
a3
e2
b1
202.19. 202.19.
d1 d2
2010.7.
a1
e1
Description:
b1
FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
e3
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
a4
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.
Execution: d2 d2
Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4 2010.9.
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
a1
Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground e4
a1 or b1 = +1/+4 a2
Advisory: Ordering Code:
Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
d2
d2
a3
e2
b1
.2 across
Note:
d2
d2
On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings).
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features. e1
c2
c4
l
D
c1
2010.5.
a1
e1
a2
b1
Standard Guide Systems
d1 d2
Headed Sintered Headed Ball
Ferrite Bushes, Bearing Bushes = .862. 2010.6.
carbonitrided = .834. a1
e1
a2
2081.3. 2081.4.
206.71.
a3
e2
b1
202.19. 202.19.
d1 d2
2010.7.
a1
e1
Description:
b1
FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
e3
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
a4
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.
Execution: d2 d2
Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4 2010.9.
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6
a1
Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground e4
a1 or b1 = +1/+4 a2
Advisory: Ordering Code:
Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working
d2
d2
a3
e2
b1
.2 across
Note:
d2
d2
On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings).
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features. e1
c2
c4
D
l
c3
c5
c1
2010.5.
a1
e1
a2
b1
Ferrite Bushes, Bearing Bushes = .865.
carbonitrided = .835.
206.71.
2081.3. 2081.4.
d1 d2
2081.3. 2081.4.
2010.6.
206.71.
a1
202.19. 202.19. e1
a2
a3
e2
b1
Description:
FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide d1 d2
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.
Execution: 2010.9.
Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
a1
a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6 e4
Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground a2
a1 or b1 = +1/+4
d2
a3
e2
b1
d2
Note:
On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings). e1
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features.
c2
c4
D
l
c3
c5
c1
2010.5.
a1
e1
a2
b1
Ferrite Bushes, Bearing Bushes = .865.
carbonitrided = .835.
206.71.
2081.3. 2081.4.
d1 d2
2081.3. 2081.4.
2010.6.
206.71.
a1
202.19. 202.19. e1
a2
a3
e2
b1
Description:
FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide d1 d2
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.
Execution: 2010.9.
Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground
a1
a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6 e4
Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground a2
a1 or b1 = +1/+4
d2
a3
e2
b1
d2
Note:
On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers’ drawings). e1
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features.
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw
2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
202.60.
Stripper-Mounted
Pillars with Collar,
demountable, push fit,
ring nut retention
Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto –
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting Flanges,
rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto – Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw
2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
202.60.
Stripper-Mounted
Pillars with Collar,
demountable, push fit,
ring nut retention
Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto –
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide
bush, carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto – Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw
2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto –
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide
bush, carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto – Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw
2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
202.60.
Stripper-Mounted
Pillars with Collar,
demountable, push fit,
ring nut retention
Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto –
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide
bush, carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto – Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
A35
Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE
without Stripper
c2
c4
2081.94.
D
c1
with Stripper
c2
c4
2081.94.
D
c3
c5
2081.95.
c1
Executions:
l2
without with
stripper stripper
b1
2010.5...894 2010.5...895
l4
plated plated
without with
stripper stripper
b1
e3
a4
2010.5...894.29 2010.5...895.29
Description: d2 d2
FIBRO 2010.5x all-steel die sets are supplied with bronze plated guide
bushes. These are supplied in push-fit bolster bores and retained by screw 2010.59.
clamps. a1
Execution:
e4
a2
External contours milled
Thickness surfaces ground
d2
d2
Note:
*** to be fixed only with screw clamps
e2
a3
e2
b1
d2
d2
e1
*Thickness combinations
**Work area dimensions are not affected
by the positions of the screw clamps that retain the bushes!
***With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.
e ry!
d eliv
x t day
Ne
Execution: Execution:
2910.□□□□.□□.2 2910.□□□□.□□.0
Two external contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground. External contours sawed. Thickness surfaces ground.
Note: Note:
Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread. Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
c 2 ±2
customer’s specifications
d3 d3
daylight acc. to
c 3 ±2
tee slot
DIN 650
10 H8
c 1 ±2
2011.49. 2011.45.
b1
e2
b2
e1
b1
a2 a2
e e
a1 a1
Order number system: Coupling spigots and -holders between cylinder and tool:
see next page but one.
2011.4 .4031. . .1
T grooves: .0 = without
.1 = in top bolster and intermediate plate
Installation height h
Version: 000. = without guide bolster
001. = without guide bolster – tension rod not hardened
831. = guide bolster with plain bearing
862. = guide bolster with ball bearing guide
External dimensions (a1 3 b1) 40: a1 = 400 mm; 31: b1 = 315 mm
Number of pillars: 5. = two guide pillars
9. = four guide pillars
Steel plates
Die Set Press Unit – ISO sizes
c 2 ±2
customer’s specifications
tee slot
DIN 650 10 H12
daylight acc. to
c 3 ±2
height to guided
bolster bottom
l1
d3 d3
c 1 ±2
hydraulic jack
201.145. 201.149.
b1
b1
e2
b2
e1
a2 a2
e e
a1 a1
l5
l2
l1
s2
s1
d4
d5
d5
d4
SW
l5
l3
d5
d4
l5
l3
d7
d8
1350
A47
Progression Lamination Die Set Unit
Retainer Gib
Thrust Plate
Bottom Bolster
Bunter Bar
Clamping Area
Bottom Bolster
201.50. 201.50.
16
...1 ...2
with projecting top with threaded hole in top clam-
53
b3
clamping plate ping plate, for threaded shank
16
M 24x1,5
16
8
25
62
15
9
70
(240)
33
20
202.60.019.
2
201.50. 201.50.
53
15
90
b 1 -0,05
-0,10
...3 ...4
with threaded hole in top bolster, with clamping pockets
32
25
140
25
246
Guide Elements
16
...1 ...2
with projecting top with threaded hole in top clam- b3
63
clamping plate ping plate, for threaded shank
M 24x1,5
16
16
25
8
62
(250)
15
9
70
33
20
202.60.025.
2
201.50. 201.50.
63
b 1 -0,05
15
90
-0,10
...3 ...4
with threaded hole in with clamping pockets milled
top bolster, for threaded shank in top bolster
22
M 24x1,5
170
25
296
25
Guide Elements
...1 ...2
with projecting top with threaded hole in top clam-
73
M 24x1,5
8
16
20
16
25
71
(282)
9
80
38
20
202.60.032.
201.50. 201.50.
2
20
73
100
...3 ...4
b 1 -0,05 with threaded hole in with clamping pockets milled
-0,10 top bolster, for threaded shank in top bolster
19
M 24x1,5
25
210
25
346
Guide Elements
A53
Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling
Description
The fast exchange of pallet-born tooling sets, with the concept of rapid
mechanical positioning, meets the demands for:
• lowering of tooling cost
• reduction in setting costs
• faster response to market trends.
Instead of a multitude of complete die set-born press tools, the new
system is based on a carrier die set with rapid-exchange features. This die
set can remain in the press, while any number of tooling pallet sets can be
accommodated expediently and precisely, one at a time.
There are no individual guide elements associated with a tooling pallet set
– the necessary guiding remains a function of the carrier die set exclusively.
Tooling pallet sets are mounted to standard carrier plates – the top and
bottom tooling simply slides into position, where a stop provides the
positioning control, to allow entry of the locating pins upon the required
half-turn of each of the four pin actuation levers on the die set. With the
tooling pallets now positioned accurately, the hexagonal clamping screws
at the front of the die set can be turned with a box spanner, each activating
one clamp via an internal cam, moved by threading action of the screw. The
cam angle is such that self-locking is obtained.
Slide-In Insertion
Sheet Thicknesses
Sheet less than 0,4 mm in thickness is normally not recommended for the
system – on account of the smaller punch-to-die clearances associated
with thin stock materials, where the normal positioning accuracy within
the carrier die set (approximately 0,02 mm) becomes insufficient.
However, through fitting of conical centring units the overall alignment
accuracy can be improved to an extent where even sheet below 0,4 mm
thickness can be processed successfully.
Positioning
Clamping
30
c2
h
l1
d d
h
c3
c1
a2
e
a
f3
f2
b2
b3
b4
f
a4
a5
y
e3
* Type of guides: 831 for sliding guides or 862 for ball guides
10
R5
The tooling components are dowelled into
position.
x
b2
H7
work area
ø16
y c3
a2
them non-reversible.
h1 a4
c1 a5
50 ±2
FIBRO Tooling Pallet Die Sets.
Moreover the press units provide ideal facilities
for the press-fitting of pillars and bushes etc. – or
their removal. For blueing-in and tryout of all
sorts of press tools they soon prove themselves
200
as an indispensable workshop facility, with a
maximum thrust of 10 tons.
Material:
Plate: St 52-2
50 ±2
Execution:
Headed ball bearing guide bushes,
hydraulic jack, 10 tons capacity
220
ø40
50 ±2
hydraulic jack
b2
b
a
a2
D Guide elements
F Springs
J Peripheral Equipment
K Cam Units
B2
Contents
2900. B6 2923.2363. B14
Steel plate ISO 6753-1 Precision flat and square bar steel
with machining allowance,
DIN 59350
2923.2343. B13
Precision flat and square bar steel
with machining allowance,
DIN 59350
B4 subject to alterations
subject to alterations B5
Steel plate ISO 6753-1
2900. Execution:
External contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground
Note:
l or b ≤ 630 = +0,2 / +0,4
B6 subject to alterations
Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
2910. .2 2910. .0
Execution: Execution:
2910.□□□□.□□.2 2910.□□□□.□□.0
Two external contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground. External contours sawed. Thickness surfaces ground.
Note: Note:
Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread. Plates from 500 ⊗ 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.
subject to alterations B7
Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350
2922.1730. ver
we degliinal Material:
1.1730 / C45U
ori
b +0,2
2922.1730. Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350
s 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 63 70 80 100 120 150
b
10 ●
12 ●
15 ●
16 ●
20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
63 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
90 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
125 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
140 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
160 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
180 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
300 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
350 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
450 ● ● ● ●
500 ● ● ● ●
B8 subject to alterations
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material: 2923.0570. ver
we degliinal
1.0570 / St 52-3
ori
b +0,2
2923.0570. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 70.4 80.4 100.4
b
10.4 ●
12.4 ●
15.4 ●
20.3 ● ● ● ● ●
20.4 ●
25.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40.4 ●
50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ●
70.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70.4 ●
80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80.4 ●
100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100.4 ●
120.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
140.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
160.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
180.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
350.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
400.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.0570.
Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
Length L 1000 mm = 1000
Order No =2923.0570. 010. 010. 1000
subject to alterations B9
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
2923.2099. ver
we degliinal Material:
1.2099 / X5 CrS 12
ori
b +0,2
2923.2099. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 6.2 8.2 10.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4
b
20.3 ● ● ●
25.3 ● ● ● ●
30.3 ● ● ● ● ●
40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2099.
Width B 20.3 mm = 020.
Thickness S 6.2 mm = 006.
Length L 500 mm = 0500
Order No =2923.2099. 020. 006. 0500
b +0,2
2923.2162. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4
b
20.3 ● ● ● ●
20.4 ●
25.3 ● ● ● ● ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40.4 ●
50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ●
70.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80.4 ●
100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
300.3 ● ● ● ● ●
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2162.
Width B 20.4 mm = 020.
Thickness S 20.4 mm = 020.
Length L 1000 mm = 1000
Order No =2923.2162. 020. 020. 1000
b +0,2
2923.2312. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 70.4 80.4 90.4 100.4
b
12.4 ●
15.4 ●
16.4 ●
20.3 ● ● ● ●
20.4 ●
25.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
32.3 ● ● ● ●
32.4 ●
40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40.4 ●
50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ●
63.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70.4 ●
80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80.4 ●
100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100.4 ●
125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
220.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2312.
Width B 12.4 mm = 012.
Thickness S 12.4 mm = 012.
Length L 1000 mm = 1000
Order No =2923.2312. 012. 012. 1000
b +0,2
2923.2343. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
b
10.3 ○ ○ ○ ○
10.4 ○
12.4 ○
15.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
15.4 ○
20.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■
20.4 ●
25.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
32.3 ■
40.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
40.4 ●
50.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ●
63.3 ■ ■
80.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■
80.4 ■
100.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
100.4 ■
125.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
150.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
200.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2343.
Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
Length L 500 mm = 0500
Order No =2923.2343. 010. 010. 0500
b +0,2
2923.2363. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
b
20.4 ●
25.3 ● ● ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40.4 ●
50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ●
80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80.4 ●
100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100.4 ●
125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250.3 ● ● ● ●
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2363.
Width B 20.4 mm = 020.
Thickness S 20.4 mm = 020.
Length L 1000 mm = 1000
Order No =2923.2363. 020. 020. 1000
b +0,2
2923.2379. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 63.4 70.4 80.4 100.4 120.4 150.4
b
6.2 ○
8.2 ●
10.3 ● ● ● ● ● ●
10.4 ●
12.4 ●
15.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
15.4 ●
16.4 ■
20.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
20.4 ●
25.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ●
30.4 ●
32.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
32.4 ■
40.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
40.4 ●
50.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ■
63.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
63.4 ■
70.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
70.4 ■
80.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
80.4 ■
90.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
100.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
100.4 ■
120.4 ■
125.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
150.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
150.4 ■
160.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
200.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■
250.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■
300.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■
350.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
400.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2379.
Width B 6.2 mm = 006.
Thickness S 6.2 mm = 006.
Length L 500 mm = 0500
Order No =2923.2379. 006. 006. 0500
b +0,2
2923.2436. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 40.4 50.4
b
8.2 ○
10.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ●
10.4 ●
12.4 ●
15.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
15.4 ○
20.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20.4 ●
25.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
40.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40.4 ●
50.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
50.4 ■
60.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
80.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100.3 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
125.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
150.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
200.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
250.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
300.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ○
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2436.
Width B 8.2 mm = 008.
Thickness S 8.2 mm = 008.
Length L 500 mm = 0500
Order No =2923.2436. 008. 008. 0500
b +0,2
2923.2767. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
b
10.3 ○ ○ ○ ○
10.4 ●
12.4 ●
15.3 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
15.4 ○
20.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■
20.4 ●
25.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ●
30.4 ●
32.3 ■ ■ ■
40.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
40.4 ●
50.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60.4 ■
63.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
70.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
80.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ● ● ■
80.4 ■
100.3 ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■
100.4 ■
125.3 ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ■ ■ ■
150.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
200.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
250.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
300.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2767.
Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
Length L 500 mm = 0500
Order No =2923.2767. 010. 010. 0500
500 / 1000 +5
s +0,05 Note:
● = available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths
○ = only available in 500 mm lengths
b +0,2
2922.2842. Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 30 40 50 60
b
4 ○
5 ○
6 ●
8 ●
10 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
12 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
15 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 ●
20 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
30 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
35 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
60 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
70 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
80 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
100 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
120 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
125 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
150 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
160 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
180 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
200 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
250 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
300 ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
b +0,2
2923.2842. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 80.4 100.4
b
10.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
10.4 ●
12.4 ●
15.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
16.4 ■
20.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
20.4 ●
25.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ●
25.4 ●
30.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ●
30.4 ●
32.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
32.4 ■
40.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■
40.4 ●
50.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ●
50.4 ●
60.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ●
60.4 ●
63.3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
70.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ●
80.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ●
80.4 ●
100.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ●
100.4 ●
120.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
125.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
150.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
160.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
180.3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
200.3 ■ ■ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
250.3 ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ■ ● ● ● ●
300.3 ● ● ● ● ■ ● ● ●
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350 =2923.2842.
Width B 10.4 mm = 010.
Thickness S 10.4 mm = 010.
Length L 500 mm = 0500
Order No =2923.2842. 010. 010. 0500
Material:
C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274
Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310
D Guide elements
F Springs
J Peripheral Equipment
K Cam Units
C2
C3
Contents
211.11. C10 2130.03. C14
Die set shank, straight Screw-in lifter stud with cable secu-
ring device
C4 subject to alterations
Contents
2131.21. C21 2131.34. C29
Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, Attachment point screwable profilift
with ball bearing delta
subject to alterations C5
Contents
2131.42. C37 2132.10. C46
Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS Die lifting bolt with safety ring,
VDI 3366
C6 subject to alterations
Contents
2140.14. C53 2140.32. C57
Clamping claw, infinitely variable Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B
subject to alterations C7
Contents
2192.30. C64
Hexagon socket countersunk
head cap screw, ISO 10642 -
Strength class 8.8
2192.61. C65
Flat mushroom head screw with
hexagon socket
2192.90. C66
Screw plug
2140.01.01. C68
Clamping tool set
2140.01.02. C69
Clamping tool set
C8 subject to alterations
subject to alterations C9
Die set shank, straight
Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1
211.11.
d 1 h11
l2
SW
l1
l5
l3
d3
211.12.
d 1 f9
10°
l2
d2
l1
SW
l5
l4
l3
d3
d2
l1
SW
l5
l4
b1
l3
d3
d4
211.14.
d1 f9
10°
l2
ø15
l1
l5
d2
l4
9
l3
ø9(4x)
d10
d11
d5
SW d4
s2
s1
s3
l5
l3
d3
212.15.
d5
d4
s2
s1
l5
9
l3
ø9(4x)
ø15
d7
d8
l4
d2
l3
s2
s1
d4
d5
d8
SW
d1
d3
l2 l4 l3
l5
l5
l2 l4 l3
SW
d1
d3
r
Note:
For opening the cable safety device, use key 2130.00.03.01 (to be
ordered separately).
d2
d4
f
l2 l3 l6 l4
d1
2
f
f
l6 l4
2130.12.
t 8 l5
l2 l3 l6 l4
d1
d5
d2
d4
f
d1
d5
2
f
f
l6 l4
2130.12. Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc
Number of
Order No d1 d2 d4 d5* f l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 t screw holes Lifting capacity [kg]
2130.12.020 16 9 15 60 20 6 20 10 80 34 9 2 320
2130.12.025 20 11 18 70 25 8 25 10 90 37 11 2 630
2130.12.035 25 13.5 20 70 35 8 30 12 100 38 13 2 1250
2130.12.040 32 17.5 26 110 40 10 32 16 120 46 17.5 2 2000
2130.12.050 40 22 33 110 50 10 40 18 140 54 21.5 2 3200
2130.12.060 50 26 40 150 60 12 45 22 160 59 25.5 2 5000
2130.12.080 63 22 33 150 80 12 50 20 200 78 21.5 4 8000
2130.12.100 80 26 40 150 100 15 65 25 250 100 25.5 4 12500
2130.12.120 100 33 48 150 120 15 80 30 300 125 32 4 20000
*Pulley for cable securing device welded on
t
d4
d2 r
f
d1
l2 l4
l3 l6
l5
f/2
f
d1
l4
l6
Note:
For opening the cable safety device, use key 2130.00.03.01 (to be
ordered separately).
20°
t1
t2
h1
h
l7
30°
d2
d3
d4
d1
l6
b
l2 l4 l4
l3
l5
F1
b
F2 F2
a
c
d2 e
Description: Note:
During use check that the eyebolt is firmly seated. Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
Rotation during the lifting operation must be avoided. completely.
It will not rotate automatically to the correct load angle. Form: = octagonal, Grade 8
Not approved for mining applications. Identification: clear indication of permissible load for F2 category critical
loads (not permissible for DIN 580)
Material:
1.6541, heavy duty heat treated.
100% electromagnetically crack tested, to EN 1677-1, safety factor 4:1.
F2 F2
a
c
d2 e
Description: Material:
During use check that the hexagon socket screw is firmly seated. Can be 1.6541, forged, heavy duty heat treated.
set for the direction of application so that there is no accidental turning 100% electromagnetically crack tested, to EN 1677-4, safety factor 4:1.
and flipping over. Captive hexagon socket screw. No tools are required
as the hexagon socket screw is supplied with a hardened star profile
Note:
Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
key. The star profile key engages in the hexagon socket. It can be
completely.
screwed and unscrewed by hand.
Form: octagonal – clearly distinguishable to DIN 580 eye bolt
Make sure that the ring is free to rotate through 360° when the unit is
Identification: clear indication of permissible load
screwed in.
F3
b
F1
F2
e
g
d2
f 1)
d1 SW
Description: Note:
For loads that are turned and rotated. Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
Mounted on ball-bearings – can be rotated through 360° under load completely.
(F3). The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
Cannot be rotated under full load at 90° to the threaded fixing (F1, F2). transferring forces.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
Can be loaded on all sides with a safety factor 4:1.
High-strength suspension eye conforming to EN 1677-4
1) Other thread lengths available upon request.
F1
F2
e
SW
d1 d2
f
Description: Note:
For loads that are turned and rotated. Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in
Mounted on ball-bearings – can be rotated through 360° under load completely.
(F3). The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
Cannot be rotated under full load at 90° to the threaded fixing (F1, F2). transferring forces.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
Can be loaded on all sides with a safety factor 4:1.
b
e
SW
g
f
d2
d
Description:
The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts with oval ring with double ball
bearing for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
Also rotates 90° in direction of screwing in with full load.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
load when turning.
For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.
Note:
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
10.2017
subject to alterations
Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook
2131.23.
a
b
c
e
g
f SW
d2
d
Description:
The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts with eye hooks with double ball
bearing for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
Also rotates 90° in direction of screwing in with full load.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
load when turning.
For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.
Note:
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
b
Lock plate
d 17 DIN 463 St.
a
3
h
c
d2
Position lock
e ±0,5 m
53 ød 1+0,2 1) 2) p
M16
6 min.
max. carrying capacity
1x45°
g
= 3,0 t when secured
at four points
2131.22. k n
b
180
°
screw
d
a
c
h
P
j
g min.
e ±0,5 f ±0,4
m
Description: Fixing:
The position locks protect the fixing bolts against bending and shear Only use 100% crack tested bolts.
stresses. The ring can be folded down. Once bolts have been in use for some time, check that they are firmly
seated.
Note: Minimum grade of screws, see table: "Y"
1)Drill the holes for the position locks first.
2131.22.016.: Only use hexagonal bolts to ISO 4014. Fit washers before
2)Fix the ring block in the position lock and then tap the holes.
tightening and securing bolts (tightening torque 120 Nm).
Ensure that the bolting surface is flat.
See also loading of eyebolts.
2131.22.020./030.: Use only hexagon socket head screws conforming to
The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
ISO 4762 (2131.22.020 tightening torque 300 Nm, 2131.22.030 tigh-
transferring forces.
tening t orque 600 Nm).
C9 subject to alterations
Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
2131.30.
b
øf
h
a
e
l
d2
øc
Description: Note:
Only tighten eyebolts hand-tight. Not suitable for diagonal pull. Avoid Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
turning movements during transport. in the specified directions of pull.
Material: When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
Alloyed steel, hardened and tempered, quality class 8
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factory 4
c
d
e
h
d2
f
Description: Note:
When replacing, make sure the Allen screw is seated firmly. Adjustable Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
in the direction of force, thus no unintended opening up and overtwis- Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
ting! Screwing in and out by hand possible. The ring must be able to be Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
turned 360° in the screwed tight state. Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
Material: Set attachment point in permitted loading direction before loading.
Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.
Screws: High-strength screws strength class 10.9, 100 % crack tested
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 4
d2
e
Description: Note:
Pay attention to firm seating of the ring nut when inserting. Adjustable Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
in the direction of force, thus no unintended opening up and overtwis- Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
ting! Screwing in and out by hand possible. The ring must be able to be Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
turned 360° in the screwed tight state. Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
Material: Set attachment point in permitted loading direction before loading.
Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.
Nuts: High-strength nuts, strength class 10, 100 % crack tested
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 4.
d
„X” SW
s
f
c
a
h
e
d2
Description: Material:
The hinged unit is free to rotate through 360°, self-align with the d
irec- Alloyed tool steel
tion of pull and folding. The hoisting Snap Link must be installed in t he
stress direction before loading, must be able to move freely and may
Note:
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
not be supported at an angle.
Do not rotate under load.
Full load bearing capacity in any direction.
Complete with a 100% crack-checked outer and inner hexagonal bolt
for universal tool use.
d
b
c
n
d2
e
f
d
b
d2
c
s1
h s2
a l1 g
Description: Material:
The triple vortice rings with double bearing mount for smooth tipping, High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
turning and flipping. Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
Also turnable 90° for screw-in direction under full load. inspected
Not suitable for continuous turning movement under full load.
The optimised design prevents damage to lifting tackle and the
Note:
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
valuable load when turning.
For ring assembly, round slings, wire ropes, hook assemblies, etc.
f
e
d
b
d2
c
s1
h s2
a l1 g
Description: Material:
The double vortice rings with double bearing mount for smooth tipping, High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
turning and flipping. Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
Also turnable 90° for screw-in direction under full load. inspected
Not suitable for continuous turning movement under full load.
The optimised design prevents damage to lifting tackle and the
Note:
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
valuable load when turning.
For ring assembly, round slings, wire ropes, hook assemblies, etc.
f
e
d
b
d2
c
s1
h s2
a l1 g
Description: Note:
The double vortex ring was especially designed to guarantee lifting Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
under rotation. The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension. force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Material: Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
in the specified directions of pull.
inspected
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5
f
e
d
90
°
b
d1
d2
c
s1
t +1
+0,5
h s2
a l1 g
Description: Note:
The double vortex ring with centring device was especially designed to Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
guarantee lifting under rotation. The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
The centring device increases the resistance of the axis in case of lateral force transmission.
mounting. Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Material: Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
in the specified directions of pull.
Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5
f
e
d
b
d2
c
h s
a=l g
Material: When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel not occur, e.g. if:
Note: - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
Safety factor 5
The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.
d
e
d2
c
b s
a l f
Description: The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
The double vortex ring screw was especially designed for the lifting and force transmission.
rotating of heavy loads. Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
suspension. Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
Material:
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel, When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack not occur, e.g. if:
inspected - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
Note: - direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5 - 2131.40.024 through 2131.40.042
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
Safety factor 4 - 2131.40.045 through 2131.40.100
90
g
d
e
°
d1
d2
c
t +1
+0,5
b s
a l f
Description: Note:
The double vortex ring screw with centring device was especially desi- Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
gned for the lifting and rotating of heavy loads. The centring device The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
increases the resistance of the axis in case of lateral mounting. force transmission.
Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
suspension. Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
Material: in the specified directions of pull.
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
inspected
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5 - 2131.41.024 through 2131.41.042
Safety factor 4 - 2131.41.045 through 2131.41.064
g
e
d
d2
c
b s
a l f
Description: Note:
The Mega double vortex ring screw was specially designed to lift and Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
rotate under a load of up to 50 tons. It can be used directly with the The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
lifting equipment (hook of the travelling crane). force transmission.
Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
suspension. Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
Material: in the specified directions of pull.
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,
Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
inspected
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 4
g
e
d
d2
c
s
b
a f
Material: When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel not occur, e.g. if:
Note: - no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.
Safety factor 5 - 2131.43.024 through 2131.43.042
The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
Safety factor 4 - 2131.43.045 through 2131.43.052
force transmission.
b
180°
d
f
e
l a
Description: Note:
For welding work, the conditions according to DIN EN ISO 14341 apply. Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Welding work may only be performed by a welder with qualification Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
according to EN 287-1. in the specified directions of pull.
Material: When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
Weld-on bracket: S355 J2 G3
not occur, e.g. if:
Ring: high-strength alloyed steel
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
- when fit closely at edges or surfaces
r
t1
c = (2 x r)
d2
e
ø22 H7
d3
2445.10.022.045 n
h 2133.11..1
w v
g
m
u
k
s
t t
a
f
d1
l
m
u
10 x 45°
2133.11.032 - .062.
h 2133.11.082.1
w v
g
m
90
k
u
t t
a
f
R4
l
d1
u
s
90
m
30°
2133.11.082
Note:
Centering pin 2445.10.022.045 to be ordered separately
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.
s
x
d2
e2
e
c
c1
20
25
ø22 H7 2445.10.022.045
d5
n
b1
v w 2133.11.10..1
h k 2133.11.10.052
s
m
u
t t
a1
d1
a
l
m
u
2133.11.10..1
h w k
2133.11.10.065
45°
s
m
u
t
a1
d1
a
l
t
u
m
Note:
Centering pin 2445.10.022.045 to be ordered separately
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.
p
w
2133.12..1 n f
o
ød 3
h
b
a
c d
Note:
Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.12.□□□.1
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.
s
q
m
r
p
w
l i f
a t
2133.12..1
ød 3
h
b
c
d e
Note:
Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.12.□□□.1
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.
Note:
Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring:
2132.11.032 for 2133.13.033
2132.11.040 for 2133.13.041
2133.13. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to CNOMO Standard
max. carrying capacity
Order No (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* a b c d e f g h j k l m n p q r s t u v w y z a1 b1 d1 e1 f1 g1
2133.13.033 8000 32 33 35 55 55 36 125 221 100 135 50 30 25 111 48 30 28 20 60 42 24 10 20 14 4.5 4.5 18 28 17
2133.13.041 12600 40 41 50 60 60 45 160 270 125 180 60 40 35 140 65 35 40 30 70 55 27 12.5 25 16 5 5 22 36 21
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.
b b
d2 d2
d4
t1
p p
c
c
e
e
d3
e1
e2
e1
n e2 n
3 x 2133.15.082.300.2 2 x 2133.15.082.345.2
1 x 2133.15.082.345.3
w v 2133.15.082.300 w v 2133.15.082.345
60 65
s s
122.5 122.5
u
0
u
5 R5
t
R4
t t
a
a
f
f
l
l
d1 d1
t
u
u
42 H7 50 H7
k k
2133.15.082.300.1 2133.15.082.345.1
Note: Order number of lifting flange with bolt and feather key including
Order number of spare part for bolt with safety ring: mounting screws according to BMW norm:
2133.15.082.□□□.1 2133.15.0.082.□□□
Order number of spare part for feather key:
3x 2133.15.082.300.2 for 2133.15.082.300
2x 2133.15.082.345.2 and 1x 2133.15.082.345.3 for 2133.15.082.345
2133.15. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to BMW
max. carrying capacity Socket head cap screw
Order No (2 lifting flanges) [kg]* d1 d2 a b c e f k l n p s t u v w d3 d4 t1 e1 e2 DIN EN ISO 4762
2133.15.082.300 50000 80 82 300 435 200 140120115 360 199 30 30 70 100 45 125 39 58 37 21 19 M36x160
2133.15.082.345 63000 80 82 345 480 240 170135130 405 220 30 30 50 85 50 130 39 58 37 26 22 M36x200
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.
Mounting example
Note:
It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.
d 1 h11
d 1 h11
d
d2
d 1 h11 l3 l 2 +1
s +0,2 Mounting example
s 1+0,2
l 1 +1
Note:
It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.
2132.10.55. Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, to VW standard
max. carrying capacity
Order No (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* d d1 d2 l1 l2 l3 s s1
2132.10.55.032 6400 40 32 21 175 145 10 10 10
2132.10.55.040 10000 50 40 28 225 188 10 14 13
2132.10.55.050 16000 60 50 36 273 230 11 16 16
2132.10.55.063 25000 75 63 45 347 295 14 18 20
2132.10.55.076 63000 95 76 56 422 360 15 20 27
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.
Mounting example
Note:
It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.
2132.11. Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, CNOMO Standard
max. carrying capacity
Order No (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* d d1 d2 d3 d4 l1 l2 l3 s s1 s2 t
2132.11.032 12000 40 32 22 12 25 154 132 6 10 5 11 2.5
2132.11.040 18000 50 40 28 16 32 197.75 170 8 12.5 6 13.75 3
2132.11.050 28000 63 50 36 20 40 247.6 212 10 16 8 17.6 4
2132.11.063 45000 80 63 45 25 50 309 265 12 20 10 22 5
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.
l
4 28 4
2
l
4
2
Mounting example
d1
d3
d2
d1
d3
d2
Description:
Bush for casting-in, for lifting bolts 2132.10./11.
Material:
Steel
Mounting example
øg
Note:
It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer
sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.
2133.12. .1 Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12.
max. carrying capacity
Order No (2 die lifting bolts) [kg]* g d d1 d2 d3 d4 l1 l2 l3 s s1
2133.12.016.1 1200 16 25 15.6 15.6 6 M5 102.5 77 6 8 11.5
2133.12.021.1 2000 21 30 20.6 20.6 7 M6 113.5 86 6 8 13.5
2133.12.026.1 4000 26 35 25.6 25.6 9 M6 128.5 100 6 9 13.5
2133.12.034.1 8000 34 43 33 33 12 M8 166.5 135 6 10 15.5
2133.12.044.1 14000 44 53 43 43 16 M12 210.5 175 8 12 20.5
*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.
C51
Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B
Clamping claw, goose-neck shape
2140.17.
c
a1
b3
a2
b2
b1
2140.15. b1
e f
k
m
h
a1
b2
a2
d1
l
b1
h
e f
a1
a2
b2
2140.14.
c d
k
m
h
a1
e f
b1
a2
a2
b2
c
a1
b3
a2
b2
e1 e2
b1
2140.10. d1 d2
c
l
a1
h
b3
a2
b2
e1 e2
b1
c
a1
e3
b3
a2
b2
e1 e2
b1
2140.11. d1 d2
2c
c
l
h
a1
e3
b3
a2
b2
e1 e2
b1
h1
h
d2
12
Material: 2140.20. Support, adjustable
Heat-treated steel, painted
Order No h h1 d1 d2 Fmax [daN]
Note: 2140.20.042 42 52 50 50 6000
Centring hole diameter 12 mm. Spindle with self-locking trapezoidal 2140.20.050 50 70 50 50 6000
thread and end lock. 2140.20.070 70 100 50 50 6000
2140.20.100 100 140 65 70 10000
2140.20.140 140 210 70 80 17000
2140.20.190 190 300 80 100 35000
2140.19. B
90 b
7,5
15
37,5
30
15
A
15 15 h
h
20 15 15
a a b1
d2
M
l
k
d3
2140.32.
m
e
s
m
a
e
d1
s
M
2140.34. s
d2
d1
b
l
a1
k
a
e
Material:
heat-treated,
M 8 – M12 to strength class 10.9
M14 – M30 to strength class 8.8
Execution:
forged, thread rolled, T-slot milled
k l
s
l1
M
d
2192.10. Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8
Order No M l l1 d k s Order No M l l1 d k s
2192.10.04.012 M4 12 10 7 4 3 2192.10.10.050 M10 50 32 16 10 8
2192.10.04.016 M4 16 14 7 4 3 2192.10.10.060 M10 60 32 16 10 8
2192.10.04.020 M4 20 18 7 4 3 2192.10.12.025 M12 25 20 18 12 10
2192.10.04.025 M4 25 23 7 4 3 2192.10.12.030 M12 30 25 18 12 10
2192.10.05.020 M5 20 18 8.5 5 4 2192.10.12.035 M12 35 30 18 12 10
2192.10.05.025 M5 25 23 8.5 5 4 2192.10.12.040 M12 40 35 18 12 10
2192.10.05.030 M5 30 22 8.5 5 4 2192.10.12.045 M12 45 40 18 12 10
2192.10.06.016 M6 16 13 10 6 5 2192.10.12.050 M12 50 45 18 12 10
2192.10.06.020 M6 20 17 10 6 5 2192.10.12.070 M12 70 36 18 12 10
2192.10.06.025 M6 25 22 10 6 5 2192.10.12.080 M12 80 36 18 12 10
2192.10.06.030 M6 30 27 10 6 5 2192.10.16.030 M16 30 24 24 16 14
2192.10.06.035 M6 35 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.035 M16 35 29 24 16 14
2192.10.06.040 M6 40 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.040 M16 40 34 24 16 14
2192.10.06.045 M6 45 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.045 M16 45 39 24 16 14
2192.10.06.050 M6 50 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.050 M16 50 44 24 16 14
2192.10.06.055 M6 55 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.055 M16 55 49 24 16 14
2192.10.06.060 M6 60 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.060 M16 60 54 24 16 14
2192.10.06.070 M6 70 24 10 6 5 2192.10.16.100 M16 100 44 24 16 14
2192.10.06.080 M6 80 24 10 6 5 2192.10.20.050 M20 50 42 30 20 17
2192.10.06.090 M6 90 24 10 6 5 2192.10.20.060 M20 60 52 30 20 17
2192.10.08.016 M8 16 12 13 8 6 2192.10.20.070 M20 70 62 30 20 17
2192.10.08.020 M8 20 16 13 8 6 2192.10.20.090 M20 90 52 30 20 17
2192.10.08.025 M8 25 21 13 8 6 2192.10.20.120 M20 120 52 30 20 17
2192.10.08.030 M8 30 26 13 8 6 2192.10.24.060 M24 60 51 36 24 19
2192.10.08.035 M8 35 31 13 8 6 2192.10.24.070 M24 70 61 36 24 19
2192.10.08.040 M8 40 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.080 M24 80 71 36 24 19
2192.10.08.045 M8 45 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.100 M24 100 60 36 24 19
2192.10.08.050 M8 50 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.120 M24 120 60 36 24 19
2192.10.08.060 M8 60 28 13 8 6 2192.10.24.140 M24 140 60 36 24 19
2192.10.10.016 M10 16 11 16 10 8 2192.10.30.140 M30 140 72 45 30 22
2192.10.10.020 M10 20 15 16 10 8 2192.10.36.120 M36 120 84 54 36 27
2192.10.10.025 M10 25 20 16 10 8 2192.10.36.160 M36 160 84 54 36 27
2192.10.10.030 M10 30 25 16 10 8 2192.10.36.180 M36 180 84 54 36 27
2192.10.10.035 M10 35 30 16 10 8 2192.10.36.200 M36 200 84 54 36 27
2192.10.10.040 M10 40 35 16 10 8
2192.12. Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 12.9
Order No M l l1 d k s Order No M l l1 d k s Order No M l l1 d k s
2192.12.03.008 M3 8 6 5.5 3 2.5 2192.12.08.100 M8 100 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.070 M16 70 44 24 16 14
2192.12.04.010 M4 10 8 7 4 3 2192.12.08.110 M8 110 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.080 M16 80 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.030 M5 30 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.08.120 M8 120 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.090 M16 90 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.035 M5 35 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.030 M10 30 25 16 10 8 2192.12.16.100 M16 100 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.040 M5 40 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.035 M10 35 30 16 10 8 2192.12.16.110 M16 110 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.045 M5 45 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.040 M10 40 35 16 10 8 2192.12.16.120 M16 120 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.050 M5 50 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.045 M10 45 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.130 M16 130 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.055 M5 55 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.050 M10 50 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.140 M16 140 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.060 M5 60 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.055 M10 55 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.150 M16 150 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.065 M5 65 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.060 M10 60 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.160 M16 160 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.070 M5 70 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.065 M10 65 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.180 M16 180 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.075 M5 75 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.070 M10 70 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.200 M16 200 44 24 16 14
2192.12.05.080 M5 80 22 8.5 5 4 2192.12.10.075 M10 75 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.220 M16 220 44 24 16 14
2192.12.06.010 M6 10 7 10 6 5 2192.12.10.080 M10 80 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.240 M16 240 44 24 16 14
2192.12.06.020 M6 20 17 10 6 5 2192.12.10.090 M10 90 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.260 M16 260 44 24 16 14
2192.12.06.025 M6 25 22 10 6 5 2192.12.10.100 M10 100 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.280 M16 280 44 24 16 14
2192.12.06.030 M6 30 27 10 6 5 2192.12.10.110 M10 110 32 16 10 8 2192.12.16.300 M16 300 44 24 16 14
2192.12.06.035 M6 35 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.120 M10 120 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.100 M20 100 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.040 M6 40 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.130 M10 130 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.110 M20 110 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.045 M6 45 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.150 M10 150 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.120 M20 120 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.050 M6 50 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.180 M10 180 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.130 M20 130 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.055 M6 55 24 10 6 5 2192.12.10.220 M10 220 32 16 10 8 2192.12.20.140 M20 140 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.060 M6 60 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.040 M12 40 35 18 12 10 2192.12.20.150 M20 150 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.070 M6 70 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.045 M12 45 40 18 12 10 2192.12.20.160 M20 160 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.080 M6 80 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.050 M12 50 45 18 12 10 2192.12.20.180 M20 180 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.085 M6 85 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.055 M12 55 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.190 M20 190 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.090 M6 90 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.060 M12 60 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.200 M20 200 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.100 M6 100 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.070 M12 70 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.220 M20 220 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.160 M6 160 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.080 M12 80 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.230 M20 230 52 30 20 17
2192.12.06.200 M6 200 24 10 6 5 2192.12.12.090 M12 90 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.240 M20 240 52 30 20 17
2192.12.08.016 M8 16 12 13 8 6 2192.12.12.100 M12 100 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.260 M20 260 52 30 20 17
2192.12.08.030 M8 30 26 13 8 6 2192.12.12.110 M12 110 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.280 M20 280 52 30 20 17
2192.12.08.035 M8 35 31 13 8 6 2192.12.12.120 M12 120 36 18 12 10 2192.12.20.300 M20 300 52 30 20 17
2192.12.08.040 M8 40 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.130 M12 130 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.120 M24 120 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.045 M8 45 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.140 M12 140 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.130 M24 130 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.050 M8 50 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.150 M12 150 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.140 M24 140 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.055 M8 55 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.180 M12 180 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.150 M24 150 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.060 M8 60 28 13 8 6 2192.12.12.220 M12 220 36 18 12 10 2192.12.24.160 M24 160 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.070 M8 70 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.040 M16 40 34 24 16 14 2192.12.24.180 M24 180 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.075 M8 75 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.050 M16 50 44 24 16 14 2192.12.24.200 M24 200 60 36 24 19
2192.12.08.080 M8 80 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.060 M16 60 54 24 16 14 2192.12.30.140 M30 140 72 45 30 22
2192.12.08.090 M8 90 28 13 8 6 2192.12.16.065 M16 65 44 24 16 14 2192.12.30.160 M30 160 72 45 30 22
k l
s l1
M
d
2192.20. Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head and key guide, DIN 6912 -
Strength class 8.8
Order No M l l1 d k s Order No M l l1 d k s
2192.20.04.008 M4 8 6 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.035 M6 35 18 10 4 5
2192.20.04.010 M4 10 8 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.040 M6 40 18 10 4 5
2192.20.04.012 M4 12 10 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.045 M6 45 18 10 4 5
2192.20.04.016 M4 16 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.06.050 M6 50 18 10 4 5
2192.20.04.020 M4 20 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.012 M8 12 7.3 13 5 6
2192.20.04.025 M4 25 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.016 M8 16 11.3 13 5 6
2192.20.04.030 M4 30 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.018 M8 18 13.3 13 5 6
2192.20.04.035 M4 35 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.020 M8 20 15.3 13 5 6
2192.20.04.040 M4 40 14 7 2.8 3 2192.20.08.025 M8 25 20.3 13 5 6
2192.20.05.008 M5 8 5.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.030 M8 30 22 13 5 6
2192.20.05.010 M5 10 7.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.035 M8 35 22 13 5 6
2192.20.05.012 M5 12 9.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.040 M8 40 22 13 5 6
2192.20.05.020 M5 20 17.4 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.045 M8 45 22 13 5 6
2192.20.05.025 M5 25 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.050 M8 50 22 13 5 6
2192.20.05.030 M5 30 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.08.060 M8 60 22 13 5 6
2192.20.05.035 M5 35 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.10.020 M10 20 14.5 16 6.5 8
2192.20.05.040 M5 40 16 8.5 3.5 4 2192.20.10.025 M10 25 19.5 16 6.5 8
2192.20.06.008 M6 8 4.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.030 M10 30 25.5 16 6.5 8
2192.20.06.010 M6 10 6.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.060 M10 60 26 16 6.5 8
2192.20.06.012 M6 12 8.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.080 M10 80 26 16 6.5 8
2192.20.06.016 M6 16 12.3 10 4 5 2192.20.10.090 M10 90 26 16 6.5 8
2192.20.06.018 M6 18 14.3 10 4 5 2192.20.12.030 M12 30 20 18 7.5 10
2192.20.06.020 M6 20 16.3 10 4 5 2192.20.12.035 M12 35 25 18 7.5 10
2192.20.06.025 M6 25 21.3 10 4 5 2192.20.16.040 M16 40 0 24 8 14
2192.20.06.030 M6 30 18 10 4 5
k l
s
l1
M
d
2192.40. Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head, DIN 7984 - Strength class 8.8
Order No M l l1 d k s Order No M l l1 d k s
2192.40.04.008 M4 8 5.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.025 M6 25 22 10 4 4
2192.40.04.010 M4 10 7.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.030 M6 30 18 10 4 4
2192.40.04.012 M4 12 9.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.035 M6 35 18 10 4 4
2192.40.04.016 M4 16 13.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.06.040 M6 40 18 10 4 4
2192.40.04.020 M4 20 17.9 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.012 M8 12 8.25 13 5 5
2192.40.04.025 M4 25 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.016 M8 16 12.25 13 5 5
2192.40.04.030 M4 30 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.020 M8 20 16.25 13 5 5
2192.40.04.035 M4 35 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.025 M8 25 21.25 13 5 5
2192.40.04.040 M4 40 14 7 2.8 2.5 2192.40.08.030 M8 30 26.25 13 5 5
2192.40.05.008 M5 8 0 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.035 M8 35 22 13 5 5
2192.40.05.010 M5 10 7.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.040 M8 40 22 13 5 5
2192.40.05.012 M5 12 9.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.045 M8 45 22 13 5 5
2192.40.05.016 M5 16 13.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.050 M8 50 22 13 5 5
2192.40.05.020 M5 20 17.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.08.060 M8 60 22 13 5 5
2192.40.05.025 M5 25 22.6 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.020 M10 20 15.5 16 6 7
2192.40.05.030 M5 30 16 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.025 M10 25 20.5 16 6 7
2192.40.05.035 M5 35 16 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.030 M10 30 25.5 16 6 7
2192.40.05.040 M5 40 16 8.5 3.5 3 2192.40.10.060 M10 60 26 16 6 7
2192.40.06.010 M6 10 7 10 4 4 2192.40.10.080 M10 80 26 16 6 7
2192.40.06.012 M6 12 9 10 4 4 2192.40.10.090 M10 90 26 16 6 7
2192.40.06.016 M6 16 13 10 4 4 2192.40.12.030 M12 30 24.75 18 7 8
2192.40.06.020 M6 20 17 10 4 4 2192.40.12.035 M12 35 29.75 18 7 8
s k
90°
M
d
lg
2192.30. Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642 - Strength class 8.8
Order No M l lg d k s
2192.30.03.006 M3 6 3.2 6 1.7 2
2192.30.03.008 M3 8 3.2 6 1.7 2
2192.30.03.010 M3 10 3.2 6 1.7 2
2192.30.04.008 M4 8 4.4 8 2.3 2.5
2192.30.05.010 M5 10 5.2 10 2.8 3
2192.30.05.012 M5 12 5.2 10 2.8 3
2192.30.06.010 M6 10 6.3 12 3.3 4
2192.30.06.012 M6 12 6.3 12 3.3 4
2192.30.06.016 M6 16 6.3 12 3.3 4
2192.30.06.020 M6 20 6.3 12 3.3 4
2192.30.06.025 M6 25 6.3 12 3.3 4
2192.30.08.016 M8 16 8.2 16 4.4 5
2192.30.08.020 M8 20 8.2 16 4.4 5
2192.30.08.025 M8 25 8.2 16 4.4 5
2192.30.10.020 M10 20 10 20 5.5 6
2192.30.10.025 M10 25 10 20 5.5 6
2192.30.10.040 M10 40 10 20 5.5 6
2192.30.12.030 M12 30 11.8 24 6.5 8
2192.30.12.050 M12 50 11.8 24 6.5 8
k l d
c s
a da
M
Mounting example
2052.70.
Material:
Strength class 10.9 = Code No 1.
SW
50°
ød
M
øc
b
1x45° 3
10
42
50
Description: Note:
Repair solution: Screw in the screw plug as far as it will go (minimum screw-in length
Screw plugs are used to seal off defective boreholes, pass-through holes =diameter).
or shrink holes. The screw plug can be secured to prevent it becoming loose during
reworking by applying, for example, high-strength LOCTITE® (order no.
281.270).
Remove width across flats and protubing thread mechanically.
Order No
...10.10 ...12.12 ...12.14 ...16.16 ...16.18
2140.01.01...
Contents M 10⊗10 M 12⊗12 M 12⊗14 M 16⊗16 M 16⊗18
Universal- Size 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
clamping units No. 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Size 11⊗80 14⊗100 14⊗100 18⊗125 18⊗125
Step clamps
No. 4 4 4 4 4
Screws for fixing slots Size 100 63 40 125 80 50 125 80 50 160 100 63 160 100 63
DIN 787
No. 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2
(Order No 2140.30.)
Size 80 100 100 125 125
Pin screws
No. 4 4 4 4 4
Hexagonal nuts Size M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
1.5 d deep No. 6 6 6 6 6
Conical sockets, Size M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
similar to DIN No. 6 6 6 6 6
Extension nuts Size M10 M12 M12 M16 M16
3.0 d deep No. 4 4 4 4 4
Clamping jaws, Size 12 12 14 16 18
type Bulle No. 4 4 4 4 4
Size - - 14-20 14-20 14-20
T-slot scraper
No. - - 1 1 1
Ring/open ended Size 16⊗16 18⊗18 18⊗18 24⊗24 24⊗24
spanners No. 1 1 1 1 1
Screw paste No. 1 1 1 1 1
Order No
...10.10 ...12.12 ...12.14 ...16.16 ...16.18 ...20.20 ..20.22 ...20.24
2140.01.02...
Contents M 10⊗10 M 12⊗12 M 12⊗14 M 16⊗16 M 16⊗18 M 20⊗20 M 20⊗22 M 20⊗24
Universal- Size 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
clamping units No. 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Size 11⊗80 14⊗100 14⊗100 18⊗125 18⊗125 22⊗160 22⊗160 22⊗160
Step clamps
No. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Screws for fixing slots Size 100 63 125 80 125 80 160 100 160 100 200 125 200 125 -
DIN 787
No. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 -
(Order No. 2140.30.)
Size 80 100 100 125 125 125 125 200 125
Pin screws
No. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8
Hexagonal nuts Size M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
1.5 d deep No. 6 4 4 4 4 6 6 6
Conical sockets. similar Size M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
to DIN No. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Size M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20
Extension nuts 3 d deep
No. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Size - - 14-20 14-20 14-20 14-20 22-32 22-32
T-slot scraper
No. - - 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ring/open ended Size 16⊗16 18⊗18 18⊗18 24⊗24 24⊗24 30⊗30 30⊗30 30⊗30
spanners No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Size - - - - - - - M 20⊗24
Nuts for fixing slots
No. - - - - - - - 8
Size. 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4
Clamp holders
No. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Screw paste No. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
D Guide elements
Pillars, bushes, mounting flanges, ball cages, oilless guide elements
F Springs
J Peripheral Equipment
K Cam Units
D2
Guide Elements
The great importance of exact alignment The group of Sliding-Type Guides affords much
between punches and matrices in stamping greater stability, partly due to the damping
dies has been recognized widely. The accuracy effect of the all-important, vital oil film . . .
and maintenance of this alignment depends which in the past used to be threatened always
entirely on the quality and wear resistance of by the vagaries of lubrication service and the
the guide elements. propensity to rupture at high frequencies of
As a consequence of recent rapid developments travel reversal.
in stamping techniques it has also been Extensive protection against these perils is
accepted that conventional bush-pillar sets of offered by FIBRO Sintered Ferrite Bushes. Used
casehardened steel can no longer stand up to in most of our sliding guide systems, their
the demands of the modern press shop with its advanced technology comprises:
more sophisticated dies, ever faster presses and – porous structure, vacuum-filled with oil
the stresses in today’s carbide tools. – carbonitrided surface of extreme hardness
The introduction of FIBRO Guide Elements – outstanding friction properties
made available an extensive range, principally – exceptional wear-resistance
based on superlative quality, and comprising – thousands of oil-retaining porosity pockets.
some new, highly advanced bearing materials In combination with our mirror-finished pillars,
as well as novel assembly techniques of ferrite guide bushes represent a guiding system
superior accuracy. of alltogether superior properties. A system
Recent additions have further broadened this that virtually precludes seizing under all but
range, especially in regard of demountable the most extreme running conditions.
guiding components. Beyond such limitations there exist
All FIBRO Guide Bushes for permanent fixing combinations of high velocities with very short
are laid out for epoxy-bonding. This highly strokes where even ferrite bushes cannot
reliable method ensures unparalleled accuracy guarantee permanence of the oil film.
together with the elimination of shrink Here, the rigidity of the sliding guide has to be
allowances and rectification honing. weighed up against the safety of ball bearings:
Ball Bearing Guides principally excel in die set guides are not entirely without
undemanding maintenance and through the problems yet! But at FIBRO we find ourselves
complete absence of bearing play. Their easy very busy indeed with the remainder.
movement on the bench makes them very Technical progress may incur modifications
popular with die makers. Highest stroking without notice.
speeds present no problems. But common to all FIBRO GUIDE ELEMENTS – DESIGNED
ball bearings there remains the characteristic AND PRODUCED BY PEOPLE IN PURSUIT OF
weakness to shock loads, the danger of ball PERFECTION.
impingement. To some extent this can be
compensated for by oversized pillar diameters
and the use of four-pillar die sets.
subject to alterations D3
Contents
D21 202.22. D29
Notes on guide elements Guide pillar with internal thread on
both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
D4 subject to alterations
Contents
2021.58. D42 2022.17. D50
Demountable guide pillar, conical, Guide pillar with groove, to VW
with ball cage retainer, DIN 9825/
ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
subject to alterations D5
Contents
2022.16.48. D59 2062.44.012. D70
Guide pillar with groove Guide bush for ball bearing, for
highest stroking speed
D6 subject to alterations
Contents
2073.48. D79 2031.34. D89
Slotted nut DIN 1804 Guide bearing with screw holes,
sintered guide
subject to alterations D7
Contents
2051.92. D97 206.75. D106
Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronze- Ball cage with circlip and fastening
plated, ISO 9448-2 ring groove, Brass
D8 subject to alterations
Contents
2061.84. D114 2081.35. D122
Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite
carbonitrided with long-term lubri-
cation, ISO 9448-6
subject to alterations D9
Contents
2081.45. D130 2091.92. D138
Headed guide bush for ball bearing, Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
ISO 9448-7 bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
2018.00.60.23.02.5 D285
Cable , 90° connector
2443.14.55. D287
Position monitor for boards
2443.14.00.60.18.044 D288
Inductive proximity switch
2443.14.00.60.23.01.5 D289
Cable - straight
2443.14.00.60.23.02.5 D289
Cable , 90° connector
Selection of punch-matrix clearance is largely determind by piece part charcteristics such as percentage of sheared land versus breakaway, but also by
demands on burr formation.
Further criterias are the part piece material, as well as the type and condition of the tooling and the press.
Identification for tolerances with color dots on the outside of the guide pillars and bushings.
Selection Criteria: die clearance – stock thickness – material
+ µm 30 [ 60/63 [ 80
30
29 29
28 28
[ 48/50
27 27
26 26
25 25
[ 38/40
24 24
23 23
[ 30/32
22 22
– Sliding Guide (sintered ferrite)
21 21
20 20
[ 24/25
19 19
18 18
17 17
[ 19/20
16 16
15 15
14 14
[ 15/16
13 13
Guide Bush
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
[ 8/11/12
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
Guide Pillar
2 2
+1 +1
0 0
–1 –1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
[ 15/16 [ 19/20
6 6
[ 24/25 [ 30/32
7 7
[ 8/11/12 [ 38/40
8 8
[ 48/50 [ 60/63 [ 80
9 9
– Ball Bearing Guide
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
Guide Bush
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
[ 15/16 [ 19/20
19 19
[ 24/25 [ 30/32 [ 38/40
20 20
21 21
22 Tolerance ending (last two digits) 22
23 range of the part number [ 48/50 [ 60/63
23
yellow .10
24 24
green .20
- µm 25 red .30 25
[ 80
retainer bore
Guide pillars
Guide pillars
Guide pillars
Guide Pillars
2021.44.
2021.46.
2021.50.
2021.58.
202.61. 2020.64.
2020.62.
2021.28. 2022.17.
2022.12. 2022.19.
2022.13. 2022.29.
2021.29.
202.55.
2021.46. .30.94
202.19. .30.94
2022.16.45.
2022.16.48.
2020.63.
2022.25.
2022.15.
2022.16.
202.17.
202.19.
202.21.
202.22.
202.23.
202.24.
202.60.
202.29.
202.31.
Tolerance -0.010
Guide Bushes range
.30 .20 .10 h3 .30 .20 .10 h5
-0.025
f6 h4 .30
206.49. 2081.46.
210.44. 2081.47. .10 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●1 ●
210.45. 2081.49.
210.46. 2081.67.
Ball bearing guide bushes
2031.41. 2081.68.
2031.42. 2091.44. .20 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●
Mounting flanges with
⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
2031.44. 2091.45.
ball bearing guide bushes
2061.44. 2091.46.
2061.47. 2091.67.
2081.44. 2091.68. .30 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
2081.45.
210.31. 2081.32.
210.34. 2081.33. .10 ●1 ●1 ●1 ⊠ ●1 ●1 ●1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
Guide bushes, sintered ferrite 210.35. 2081.34.
2031.31. 2081.35.
.20 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●1 ●
Mounting flanges with 2031.34. 2091.31.
⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
guide bushes, sintered ferrite 2031.38. 2091.32.
2051.32. 2091.34. .30 ●1 ●1 ●1 ⊠ ●1 ●1 ●1 ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ●
2081.31.
2051.72. 2091.71.
Guide bushes ECO-LINE bronze 2081.71. 2091.72.
H6 ● ●
with solid lubrication rings 2081.74. 2091.74.
○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
2081.75.
210.85. 2081.85.
Guide bushes
2081.81. ITS ● ● ●
bronze coated
○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
2081.84.
2051.92. 2091.91.
Guide bushes ECO-LINE 2081.91. 2091.92.
H5 ● ●
bronzeplated 2081.94. 2091.94.
○ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
2081.95.
Guide bushes with solid 2031.70. 2087.70.
lubrication 2082.70. 2087.71.
2082.71. 2087.72. H7 ● ● ● ● ●
Mounting flanges with Guide 2085.70.
⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠ ⊠
2082.73.
bushes with solid lubrication 2085.72.
● = suitable
●1 = suitable (see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D)
£ = conditionally suitable
Ñ = not suitable
The combinations should be considered as recommendations. Depending on the installation situation and type of use, a previous examination or test is
mandatory, since different combinations may result in varying clearance (slide guide) or pretension (ball guides) values.
0 1 2 3 3/1 4
202.21. 202.19. 2021.46. 2021.46. 2021.50.
2021.43. 2021.39.
210.39.
100
40
F
50 200 130
0
0 1000 2000 3000 N
Radial Force
Bending equation
The transverse load resistance to tool guides is greatly influenced by the
position of the guide pillar fixing.
For a tool with a spring-mounted die guide plate and pillar fixing at the top
or bottom of the tool, the defelction and pillar bending values do not differ
when the load is applied at the side since the distance (L) from the point of
application of the force is the same.
Significantly better pillar bending values can be achieved by fixing the
guide pillars in the guide plate, i.e. in the center of the pillar.
Since the distance ( L/2 ) between the point of application of the force and
the fixing surface is thus halved, the load-bearing capacity is increased by
eight times.
In order to keep moving mass to a minimum and thereby minimize detri-
mental forces of inertia, FIBRO Stripper-Mounted Pillars are made with a
hollow core. Rigidity of the die set - of paramount importance - remains
unaffected by the hollow design. f f
F F
Bending Bending Bending
Equation Equation Equation
3 F 3
L 3
f F L f f F L f F 2
3 E J 3 E J 3 E J
2051.32. 206.49.
2051.72. 2061.44.
2051.92.
206.71.
2060.61.
2021.46. 2061.82.
2021.29.
206.93.
2071.45 207.45
2021.43.
10.2017
subject to alterations
Ball cage, small dimension
Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension
206.51.
k
l1
d1
206.54.
d 3 h4
l1
d 1 h3
d2
l2
d 1 h3
l1
l3
8°
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened ∅ 3 to ∅ 8 are not supplied classified.
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm ( up to ∅ 10 to ∅ 12 only available in tolerance range yellow = .10
∅ 12, troughhardened) Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
ning of chapter D.
Execution: Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
fine-ground and superfinished
chapter D.
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
with O.D.
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
l1
l9
min.
20
l2
l8
4
d5
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Execution: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
fine-ground and superfinished
end of chapter D.
Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
min. 20
202.94. .1
71
60
l8
11
l8
d5
d2
m
d4
Description:
Cage unit allows both accurate cage centring as well as a variably a
djus-
table cage feed length. The feed length can be adjusted by turning t he
thread m in the column. A cheese head screw in accordance with DIN
EN ISO 4762 serves as anti-rotation device. 202.94. .2
Material:
Steel
Note:
The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer:
116
202.19. .30.94
105
2021.46. .30.94
m2
min. 20
15
12
l1
l8
62
59
11
l8
m1
d1
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the begin-
ning of chapter D.
Execution: Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.94.
fine-ground and superfinished
Tolerance range: red = .30
Delivery without cage retainer, ball cage and head cap screw.
d 1 h3
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm ning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Execution: chapter D.
fine-ground and superfinished
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
end of chapter D.
with O.D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
202.22. Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
l2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
l1
90 ●
100 ● ● ●
112 ● ● ●
125 ● ● ● ●
140 ● ● ● ●
160 ● ● ● ● ●
180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
550 ● ● ● ●
600 ● ● ● ●
700 ● ● ● ●
800 ● ● ● ●
l1
20
M8
60°
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm ning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Execution: chapter D.
fine-ground and superfinished
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
end of chapter D.
with O.D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
202.23. Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
l2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
l1
90 ●
100 ● ● ●
112 ● ● ●
125 ● ● ● ●
140 ● ● ● ●
160 ● ● ● ● ●
180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
550 ● ● ● ●
600 ● ● ● ●
700 ● ● ● ●
800 ● ● ● ●
d 1 h3
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm ning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Execution: chapter D.
fine-ground and superfinished
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
end of chapter D.
with O.D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
202.24. Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
l2 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
l1
90 ●
100 ● ● ●
112 ● ● ●
125 ● ● ● ●
140 ● ● ● ●
160 ● ● ● ● ●
180 ● ● ● ● ● ●
200 ● ● ● ● ● ●
224 ● ● ● ● ● ●
250 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
280 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
315 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
355 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
400 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
450 ● ● ● ● ● ●
500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
550 ● ● ● ●
600 ● ● ● ●
700 ● ● ● ●
800 ● ● ● ●
3x
12
d 1 = 48/50
0°
l1 - 3
60/63 d 1 h3
0,005/100 A
60°
d6
1,5 x M
min.
M
d3 A
d 1 = 80 d6
min.
d4
3
t
Material: Note:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the begin-
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm ning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Execution: chapter D.
fine precision ground
Tolerance range:
End face square within 0.005 mm in 100 mm
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
t
d3
1,5 x m
m
d1
l1
l9
min.
20
Material:
l2
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
hardened
l8
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration ≥ 1,8 mm
Execution:
fine precision ground
4
d 1 = 48/50
0°
60/63
°
60
d6
Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9
182-2 =202.55.
Guide diameter d1 38 mm = 038.
Length l1 160 mm = 160.
Cage retainer size KG 1 = 1.
Classification TOL yellow = 10
Order No =202.55. 038. 160. 1. 10
l2
d 1 h4
l1
3
8°
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened Guide pillars only recommended for use with sliding guides!
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Execution: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
ground
end of chapter D.
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.
8°
l1 - 3
d 1 h4
1,5 x M
min.
M
d3
min.
d4
3
t
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration ≥ 1,8 mm
Execution:
ground
Note:
Guide pillars only recommended for use with
sliding guides!
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
d 1 = 48/50
0°
60/63
°
60
d6
d 1 = 80 d6
Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2 =202.31.
Guide diameter d1 15 mm = 015.
Length l1 90 mm = 090
Order No =202.31. 015.090
20
25
l1
d 1 h3
l 4°17
'20"
l3
Description:
FIBRO demountable pillars with conical shaft
2021.50. are recommended where die shar-
pening etc. demands frequent demounting
and re-fitting.
Material:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration ≥ 1,8 mm
Execution:
fine-ground and superfinished
Method of manufacturing entails that centre
holes are not concentric with O.D.
Note:
Matching retaining bushes 2021.39./210.39.
and retaining discs 2021.53./202.53. to be
ordered separately.
Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20 Mounting example
red = .30
l3
d1
l
l1
l9
min.
20
l2
l8
4
d5
Description:
FIBRO demountable pillars with conical shaft
2021.58. are recommended where die shar-
pening etc. demands frequent demounting
and re-fitting.
Material:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration ≥ 1,8 mm
Execution:
fine-ground and superfinished
Note:
Matching retaining bushes 2021.39./210.39.
and retaining discs 2021.53./202.53. to be
ordered separately.
Preloading see pairing classification at
the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selec-
tion matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30 Mounting example
s
d5
M s
d5
4°1
7'2
l4
0"
l
l2
d5
d3 H5
js4
a
d7 d6
a1
d3 H5
js4
13
Material: Note:
16 MnCr5, Outside diameter d3 same as that of guide bushes 2081. and 2091.
case hardened 58 ± 2 HRC The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
Hardness penetration: ≥ 0,8 mm clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Execution: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
Retaining bore, outside diameter and shoulder precision ground.
end of chapter D.
2021.39. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d2 32 40 48 58 70 85
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85
d4 40 48 56 66 80 95
d5 23 26 33 41 51 64
d6 53 60 67 77 91 106
d7 65.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
a 20.9 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
a1 30.3 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
l 42 49 49 59 52 62 62 75 65 78 78 95
l2 30 37 37 47 37 47 47 60 47 60 60 77
l3 12 12 15 15 18 18
l4 39 36 49 49 59 70
l3
6
4°1
7'2
l4
0"
l
l2
d5
d3 H5
js4
a
d7 d6
a1
H5
d 3 m5
13
Material: Note:
16 MnCr5, Outside diameter d3 same as that of guide bush 210.
case hardened 58 ± 2 HRC The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
Hardness penetration: ≥ 0,8 mm clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Execution: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
Retaining bore, outside diameter and shoulder precision ground.
end of chapter D.
d 1 f6
M12
15°
r
l2
24
l1
d3
l5
5°
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
l6
d 1 H7
Execution:
min. 5
r6
ground
up to ∅ d1 = 80 without central hole
by ∅ d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
from ∅ d1 = 100 with central hole (through)
and with 2 lifting threads M12
Note:
Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
d5
solid lubricant.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
24
25
r1
0
5° -2
l1
5°
l5
l6
r
d2 r6
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm solid lubricant.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Execution: chapter D.
precision ground
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
∅ d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
end of chapter D.
Application:
Floating support in upper half of trimming tools.
d 1 f6
M12
15°
r
24
l2
l1
d3
l5
5°
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
l6
d 1 H7
min. 5
Execution:
r6
ground
∅ d1 = 80 without central hole with 1 lifting thread M12
from ∅ d1 = 100 with central hole (through)
and with 2 lifting threads M8
Note:
Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
solid lubricant.
d5
l2
24
15°
e2
t
l1
l7
s
5°
l5
l6
r
d 1 H7
r6
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened Secure with locating plate 2022.40.1.
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
solid lubricant.
Execution: Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
ground
chapter D.
∅ d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
e1
d9
b
b1
c x 45°
s
15°
d5 d3
g
l 1 -1
c
d4
d 1 h5
l5
d 1 d8
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm solid lubricant.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Execution: chapter D.
ground
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Fixing:
Clamping flange with retaining ring, without screws, 2073.46.□□□
order separately.
e1
a
d4
d5
d 1 f6
M12
15°
r
l2
24
l1
d3
l8
l7
X
l5
5°
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration 1,5 + 1 mm
l6
r
d6
min. 5
Execution: d 1 H7
r6
ground d7
up to ∅ d1 = 80 without central hole
by ∅ d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
from ∅ d1 = 100 with central hole (through)
and with 2 lifting threads M12
Note:
Secure with snap ring 2061.48.
d5
Mounting example
„X“
r1
b1
s
b2
b3
d 1 f6
M12
r
15°
„X“
24
l2
r1
b1
s
b2
b3
l1
d3
l8
l7
X
l5
5°
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
l6
r
min. 5
Execution:
d6
d 1 H7
ground
r6
d5
solid lubricant.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2022.12. Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
d1 80 100 125 160
d3 - 50 65 95
d5 - 62 82 119
d6 71.4 89.9 114.9 148.9
r 3 3 4 4
r1 1.05 1.3 1.3 1.3
l2 50 50 50 50
l5 100 125 140 180
l6 4 4 5 5
l7 21 31 31 31
l8 20 30 30 30
b1 2.1 2.6 2.6 2.6
b2 4.2 5.2 5.2 5.2
l1
280 ●
315 ● ●
355 ● ● ●
400 ● ● ●
450 ● ● ● ●
500 ● ●
560 ●
„X“
d7
r1
b1
s
b2
b3
b3
s
l2
30
15°
l1
10
d6
12
=
90°
l6
=
10
d 2 -0,5
d2
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened Fit for receiving bore H7.
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 2 + 1,6 mm Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
solid lubricant.
Execution: Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
precision ground
chapter D.
25
15°
l1
10
d1 -1
d6
90°
l6
e
l6 /2
l3
d2 -0,5
d2 p6
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened Fit for receiving bore H7.
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 2 + 1,6 mm Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with
solid lubricant.
Execution: Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
precision ground
chapter D.
l3
18
d6 d3
l 1 -1
6
20
d 2 H7
r6
l 2 -0,5
M10
10
4
5°
d 2 h6
Material: Note:
Steel, surface hardened The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Execution: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
precision ground
end of chapter D.
from ∅ d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
Order No. for guide pillar with collar, to WDX, with screw clamps:
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
2022.29.□□□.□□□.A
with O.D.
Fixing:
(to be ordered separately)
Screw clamps with screws 2072.46 (M10 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
up to ∅ d1 = 50 - 2 screw clamps
from ∅ d1 = 63 - 3 screw clamps
20
25
l1
d1 h3
d3
12,5
8
6
M6
15
Description:
l2
m
Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited
20
Note:
The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from
∅ d1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw a
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
∅ 13).
If the desired fixing is with centre retention
2021.43. this is also possible (to be ordered
separately).
Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection Mounting example
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
2021.46.
2021.43.
Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5 =2021.46.
Guide diameter d1 32 mm = 032.
Length l1 315 mm = 315.
Classification TOL yellow = 10
Order No =2021.46. 032. 315. 10
13
a1
d6
d7
d2 js4
M6
l2
15
12,5
6
8
Description:
Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited d1
to applications where die sharpening requires
dismantling and re-fitting.
Material:
l1
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration ≥ 1,8 mm
Execution:
l9
Note:
20
separately). d5
Preloading see pairing classification at
the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selec-
tion matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional Mounting example
requirements and tolerances at the end of
chapter D. 2021.43
Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
13
a1
d6
d7
d2 js4
M6
l2
15
12,5
6
Description:
8
Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited
to applications where die sharpening requires d3
dismantling and re-fitting. m2
Material:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
hardened
15
12
l1
tration ≥ 1,8 mm
Execution:
fine precision ground
Note: 62
59
s
d5
d7
d6
d3
ø6,6
M 6 -0,2
2021.45.
h
ø11
4,4
2021.2./2021.4. d2
l2
d 1 h3
d5
l4
l6
l3
d 3 H5
js4
Material:
Demountable guide pillar: Steel, surface hardened
Guide bush: Tooling steel
Cage retainer: Steel
Ball cage: Brass
Execution:
Ball guide unit 2025.94. consisting of: Demountable guide pillar, guide
bush, ball cage, cage retainer, clamps and socket cap screws to
d9 DIN EN ISO 4762.
8
3x120°
ø23
d6
20
25
l1
d 1 f6
d3
8
6
l2
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness p
ene- M
tration 1,5 + 1 mm
d 2 H6
Execution:
j6
ground
Method of manufacturing entails that centre
holes are not concentric with O.D.
Note: d6
d7
Guide pillars only recommended for use with
13
sliding guides!
The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from
a1
Mounting example
2021.43.
l1
d 1 h4
d3
8
6
l2
M Material:
d 2 H5 Steel, surface hardened
j6
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm
Execution:
ground
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
d7 with O.D.
d6
Note:
13
R2
d1 h3
l2
(l)
d 3 +0,002
20
d2
Description:
l 1 -0,02
On small modular die sets the combination plastic ball cage 206.41./
35
d1 h3
collared guide pillar 202.61. has indeed been successful for several
years.
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
R2
l1
d 3 h4
2061.44.015.
d 2 IT 3
d1
l1
d 3 h4
d 1 h3
l6
2
L
L
8°
l2
d 5 -0,2
2
L
l5
d 2 js4
l4
l1
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
l3
Surface hardness: 62 + 2 HRC, Hardness penetration 1 ± 0,2 mm
Execution: 8°
precision ground
Note:
For press fit into register bore N5.
Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
l6
chapter D.
d 1 h3
d2
d 1 h3
l6
l2
8°
d6
t
l5
d7
l1
d 4 js4
l4
l3
8°
Material:
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface
l6
hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness pene-
tration 2 + 1,6 mm d 1 h3
Execution: 12
precision ground 0°
(3x
)
Note:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 12.9.
Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Bending equation see at the beginning of d3
chapter D.
∅ 12 only available in tolerance range yellow
= .10
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
Mounting example
2
L
L
2
L
R3
5
d1 h3
d5
d4
d6
I3
h
I5
d 3 js4
I4
6
d2
d1 h3
I2
8°
5
Material: Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Steel, (Core strength: ≥ 900 N/mm²) surface hardened chapter D.
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration ≥ 1,8 mm Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
Execution: end of chapter D.
precision ground Tolerance range:
Note: yellow = .10
green = .20
Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the b
egin-
red = .30
ning of chapter D.
202.60 Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut
d1 19 25 32 40
d2 32 38 46 56
d3 25 30 36 46
d4 M22 x 1.5 M28 x 1.5 M35 x 1.5 M45 x 1.5
d5 8 12 20 28
d6 40 50 55 68
h 9 10 11 12
l2 80 80 100 100
l3 120 120 140 140
l4 29 29 34 34
l5 45 45 50 50
2
L
l2
1x45°
DIN 74 - Km 6
R1
(3x)
L
12
2°
l5
d4
2
L
l3
l4
R3
Material:
Steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
d 1 h3
Execution:
precision ground
k
Note:
Matching retaining bush 2021.64.
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 12.9.
120° (3x)
ning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
6
33,84
45°
51
12
d1
d2
d 3 n5
Material: Fixing:
16 MnCr5 2073.48.□□15 order separately.
Surface hardness: 60 ± 2 HRC, Hardness penetration 0,8–1 mm
Execution:
Thread not hardenend
d8
h
d1
l 8 -0,1
d 6 ±0,003
l 1 -0,3
l7
d 6 -0,01
l9
-0,05
d3
l6
d 2 -0,018
l3
-0,022
l2
d 2 -0,04
-0,06
d 2 *-0,01
Description:
l4
FIBRO Million Guide guide units are used
wherever rigidity, robustness and a precision
l 5+1
guide function is required.
The large supporting surface of the needle m
rollers ensures these properties. d 2 -0,5
For stroke speeds up to 50 m/min and t empe- d4
ratures up to 80°C. d 5 +1
Material:
Needle roller cage: Plastic
Needle rollers: Steel, hardened
Guide bush: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 ± 2 HRC
Guide pillar: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 ± 2 HRC
Disk: Steel
Execution:
Guide unit consisting of a paired guide pillar
and guide bush, needle roller cage and disk for
fixing the guide pillar. The fixing screw
(2192.10./12.) is ordered separately as the
screw required depends on the thickness of
the base plate.
* Mounting bore
d1
l 8 -0,1
l 2 -0,3
l7
d 6 -0,005
d 6 -0,01
l9
-0,05
d3
l6
d 2* -0,015
-0,025
l4
d 2 -0,005
d 2 -0,05
l9
l 3 -0,3
Description:
l7
l 8 -0,1
wherever rigidity, robustness and a precision
guide function is required.
The large supporting surface of the needle
rollers ensures these properties.
For stroke speeds up to 50 m/min and t empe-
ratures up to 80°C.
Material: m
Needle roller cages: Plastic d1
Needle rollers: Steel, hardened
Guide bushes: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 ± 2 HRC
Guide pillar: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 ± 2 HRC
Disk: Steel
Execution:
Guide unit consisting of a paired guide pillar,
guide bushes and needle roller cages.
e2
b
d4 Guide Brush 2052.70.
t1
h
h1
d5
d 1H7
d3
h1
h
b
b
a
d1
h
h1
d3
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
b
a
d1
h
h1
l1
d2
d3
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d5
t1
h1
h
d4
e2
b
e1
a
e2
b
a
d1
d4
t1
h
h1
d5
d3
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
e2
b
a
d1
d4
t1
h
h1
d5
l1
d2
d3
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
2031.42. Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d2 21 22 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58 68 71
d3 35 45 50 65 80 96 110
d4 6.6 9 9 11 14 18 18
d5 11 15 15 18 20 26 26
t1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
a 70 85 90 115 130 160 180
b 35 45 50 65 80 96 110
e1 53 64 68 83 95 118 132
e2 19 24 28 34 45 55 62
h 18 18 22 25 30 35 35
h1 30 37 47 60 77 95 120
l1 44 44 56 70 95 120 140
l* 45 45 56 71 95 120 140
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
h
h1
d 1 R6
d 3 H5
js4
e2
b
e1
a
e2
b
d1
h1
h
d4
d 3 H5
js4
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
e2
b
d 3 H5
js4
h1
l1
d4
d1
d2
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
2031.44. Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
d2 25 26 30 31 38 40 46 48 56 58
d3 42 47 62 77 93 93
d4 9 9 11 14 18 18
a 85 90 115 130 160 160
b 45 50 65 80 96 96
e1 64 68 83 95 118 118
e2 24 28 34 45 55 55
h 16 20 23 28 33 33
h1 37 47 60 77 95 95
l1 44 56 70 95 120 120
l* 45 56 71 95 120 10
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length
l5
l1
h ±2
h 1+1
M
h2
d6
d7 d 1 H7 2082.70.
d 2 H7
a
e2
b
e
e1
2032.70. Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubricant
Order No d1 a b h H1 d2 d3 l1 L5 d6 d7 h2 e e1 e2 M
2032.70.050 50 160 100 60 57 63 71 71 17 17.5 26 40 89 118 55 M6
2032.70.063 63 180 125 70 67 80 90 80 19 17.5 26 50 123 132 62 M10
2032.70.080 80 215 145 90 87 100 112 100 22 22 33 66 143 160 75 M10
2032.70.100 100 230 170 110 107 125 140 125 21 22 33 86 168 168 110 M10
2032.70.125 125 270 205 140 137 160 180 160 30 26 40 112 203 203 142 M10
2032.70.160 160 315 250 180 177 200 220 200 32 26 40 152 243 243 170 M10
h1 ±2
h2
d6
a
e2
b
e1
d 1*
l1
Material: Note:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Execution: Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
chapter D.
Slip-Fit Bonding: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The end of chapter D.
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst ∅ 8 - ∅ 12 not available in tolerance range red = .30.
offering the following advantages: Tolerance range:
- high accuracy and stiffness yellow = .10
- no problems to find position when changing bushings green = .20
We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned red = .30
above.
2051.32. Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-2
d1 8 11 12 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 13.7 22 28 32 40 48 58 70 85 95.7
l1
15 ●
23 ● ● ● ●
30 ● ● ● ● ● ●
37 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
47 ● ● ● ● ● ●
60 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
77 ● ● ● ● ● ●
95 ● ● ● ●
110 ●
120 ● ● ● ●
d5
l2
=
Material: We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
Steel, d3 induction hardened above.
Execution: Note:
Bronze coated internal bore. Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Outside diameter fine-ground. Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Slip-Fit Bonding: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The end of chapter D.
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
d 1 H6
r
l1
r
Material: We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating above.
Execution: Note:
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings. Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Outside diameter precision ground. Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Slip-Fit Bonding: Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The end of chapter D.
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
2051.72. Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
r 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 4
l1
23 ● ● ●
30 ● ● ● ● ●
37 ● ● ● ● ● ●
47 ● ● ● ● ● ●
60 ● ● ● ● ● ●
77 ● ● ● ● ●
95 ● ● ● ●
120 ● ● ●
135 ●
Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2 =2051.72.
Guide diameter d1 15 mm = 015.
Length l1 23 mm = 023
Order No =2051.72. 015.023
d *2
d1
l1
l
Material: We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC above.
Execution: Note:
Bearing surfaces honed, Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
outside diameter precision ground. *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Slip-Fit Bonding: chapter D.
The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst end of chapter D.
offering the following advantages: ∅ 8 - ∅ 12 not available in tolerance range red = .30.
- high accuracy and stiffness Tolerance range:
- no problems to find position when changing bushings yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
l1
l
Material: We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC above.
Execution: Note:
Bearing surfaces honed, Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
outside diameter precision ground. *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Slip-Fit Bonding: chapter D.
The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H6. The Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst end of chapter D.
offering the following advantages: Tolerance range:
- high accuracy and stiffness yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
l1
stroke
2
Material: We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC above.
Execution: Note:
Bearing surfaces honed, Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
outside diameter precision ground. *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
Slip-Fit Bonding: chapter D.
The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst end of chapter D.
offering the following advantages: Tolerance range:
- high accuracy and stiffness yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
n
m
Ball cages from ø 10 has a groove for circlip to
DIN 471 (206.72.).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes
see at the end of chapter D.
k
l = Nominal ordering length
l1
l1 = Manufacturing length
d1
n
m
Ball cages from ø 10 has a groove for circlip to
DIN 471 (206.72.).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes
see at the end of chapter D.
k
l = Nominal ordering length
l1
l1 = Manufacturing length
d1
k
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
l1
the end of chapter D.
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length
k
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
l1
the end of chapter D.
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length
k
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length
2
l1
l2 Cage travel
=stroke
2
l3
s
di
206.75. Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
di x s 20 x 1 21 x 1 25 x 1.2 26 x 1.2 31 x 1.2 33 x 1.2 39 x 1.5 41 x 1.75 50 x 2 51 x 2 60 x 2 63 x 2
k 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.45 3.45 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
n 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.85 1.6 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15
l / l1 l3
56 / 56 31 31 31 31
72 / 72 41 41 41 41
80 / 80 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
70 / 70 41 41
95 / 95 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61
105 / 105 61 61 61 61
120 / 120 73 73 73 73 73 73
140 / 140 83 83
k
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length
2
l1
l2 Cage travel
=stroke
2
l3
di s
n
2060.65. Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
di x s 20 x 1 21 x 1 25 x 1.2 26 x 1.2 31 x 1.2 33 x 1.2 39 x 1.5 41 x 1.75 50 x 2 51 x 2 60 x 2 63 x 2
k 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
l2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.45 3.45 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
n 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.85 1.6 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.15
l / l1 l3
56 / 56 31 31 31 31
72 / 72 41 41 41 41
80 / 80 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
70 / 70 41 41
95 / 95 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61
105 / 105 61 61 61 61
120 / 120 73 73 73 73 73 73
140 / 140 83 83
d5
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
2,5
8,5
6 6
l1
d4
l3
l
6 4
advance
Cage
d8
Material: X
Bush: Tool steel
Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
Note:
Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball „X”
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length.
The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of d7 d
6
the tool, optimum position is achieved.
The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp a1
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the begin- a
ning of chapter D. 13
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
d5
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
2,5
8,5
6 6
l1
d4
l3
l
6 4
advance
Cage
d8
X
Material:
Bush: Tool steel
Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
Note:
Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
„X” FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length.
d7 d The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
6
the tool, optimum position is achieved.
The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
a1
clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
a Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the begin-
13 ning of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
d6
l1
l
l3
6 4
t1
d7
Cage advance
Material: X
Bush: Tool steel
Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
Note: „X”
Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
k
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length. d
5
d4
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
d6
l1
l
l3
6 4
t1
d7
Cage advance
X Material:
Bush: Tool steel
Hardness: 62 ± 2 HRC
Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
„X” Note:
Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
k
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
d length.
5
d4
n
l1
d1
Roller:
hardened steel
Cage
Guide bush
Guide pillar
k
Description: Material:
Roller cages make linear contact with the guide bush and the guide Roller Cage: Brass
pillar. This results in a load carrying capacity for each individual roller Rollers: Steel hardened, 100 Cr6, DIN 5402
which is many times that of a ball of the same diameter. Roller bearings
feature a FIBRO specific seal, similar to the ball bearings. The profile
Note:
Preloading see at the beginning of Chapter D
rollers are arranged in a spiral layout axially, so that every roller has its
For roller cages use only pairing class guide pillar red = .30 and guide
own path. The cages are grooved to accept a DIN 471 (206.72.) circlip.
sleeve yellow = .10.
da
d1
d2
s
n
Installation
space required
s
l1
d1
Roller Cage
hardened steel
Cage
Guide bush
Guide Pillar
k
Description: Note:
Roller cages make linear contact with the guide bush and the guide No assistant is needed for their assembly. These cages are equipped
pillar. This results in a load carrying capacity for each individual roller with a suitably positioned brake ring insert. That ensures equal cage
which is many times that of a ball of the same diameter. Roller bearings spacing especially on die sets with multiple pillars.
feature a FIBRO specific seal, similar to the ball bearings. The profile Preloading see at the beginning of Chapter D.
rollers are arranged in a spiral layout axially, so that every roller has its For roller cages use only pairing class guide pillar red = .30 and
own path. guide sleeve yellow = .10.
Material:
Roller Cage: Brass
Rollers: Steel hardened, 100 Cr6, DIN 5402
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d1
l2
6 6
l1
l3
45°
M8x1
X
d4
d8
Material:
1.0503
∅ d3 and d8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
d7 d incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
6
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
a1
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d1
l2
6 6
l1
l3
45°
M8x1
X
d4
d8
Material:
1.0503
∅ d3 and d8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13). d7 d
6
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
a1
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
d 3 H5
js4
d1
l2
l1
6
l3
M8x1
X
d4
d5
Material:
1.0503
∅ d3 and d8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
d7 d incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
6
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
a1
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
6 6
d4
l1
l3
d8
Material: X
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
13
d7 d6
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
a1
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
a
green = .20
red = .30
2081.31. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-6
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85
d4 32 40 48 58 70 85
d5 40 48 56 66 80 95
d6 52 60 67 77 91 106
d7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
d8 39 46 53 63 77 92
a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
a1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
l1 59 79 93 108 127 150
l2 23 23 30 37 47 60
l3 36 56 63 71 80 90
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
6 6
d4
l1
l3
d8
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
13
d7 d6
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
a1
2081.32. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-6
d1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
d3 40 48 58 70
d4 40 48 58 70
d5 48 56 66 80
d6 60 67 77 91
d7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7
d8 46 53 63 77
a 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2
a1 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2
l1 80 93 110 131
l2 30 37 47 60
l3 50 56 63 71
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
l1
6 6
d4
l3
d8
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground. „X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
13
a1
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10 a
green = .20
red = .30
2081.33. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-6
d1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
d3 40 48 58 70
d4 40 48 58 70
d5 48 56 66 80
d6 60 67 77 91
d7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7
d8 46 53 63 77
a 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2
a1 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2
l1 55 69 79 96
l2 30 37 47 60
l3 25 32 32 36
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
6 6
l1
d4
l3
d8
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
„X” Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
13
2081.34. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-6
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85
d4 32 40 48 58 70 85
d5 40 48 56 66 80 95
d6 52 60 67 77 91 106
d7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
d8 39 46 53 63 77 92
a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
a1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
l1 43 59 75 82 97 116
l2 23 23 30 37 47 60
l3 20 36 45 45 50 56
d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
l1
6
l3
d4
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution: „X”
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
13
a1
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D. a
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
2081.35. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-6
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85
d4 32 40 48 58 70 85
d5 40 48 56 66 80 95
d6 52 60 67 77 91 106
d7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7
a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
a1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5
l1 35 35 42 52 65 80
l2 23 23 30 37 47 60
l3 12 12 12 15 18 20
d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H5
l2
6 6
l1
l3
45°
M8x1
X
d4
d8
Material:
Steel, d3 induction hardened
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Outside diameter fine-ground.
„X” Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
d7 d Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
6
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
a1
end of chapter D.
d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H5
l2
6 6
l1
l3
45°
M8x1
X
d4
d8
Material:
Steel, d3 induction hardened
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Outside diameter fine-ground.
Note: „X”
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of d7 d
6
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
a1
end of chapter D.
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H5
l2
l1
6
l3
M8x1
X
d4
d5
Material:
Steel, d3 induction hardened
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Outside diameter fine-ground.
„X” Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
d7 d Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
6
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
a1
end of chapter D.
d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6
l2
6 6
l1
l3
45°
d4
d8
Material: X
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
Outside diameter precision ground.
Note: „X”
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D. d7 d
6
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
a1
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2081.71. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
d6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
d7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
d8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
a1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
l1 59 79 93 108 127 150 150
l2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
l3 36 56 63 71 80 90 90
d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6
l2
6 6
l1
l3
45°
d4
d8
X
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
Outside diameter precision ground.
„X” Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
d7 d Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
6
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
a1
2081.74. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
d6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
d7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
d8 39 46 53 63 77 92 115
a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
a1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.5
l1 43 59 75 82 97 116 120
l2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
l3 20 36 45 45 50 56 60
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6
l2
l1
6
l3
d4
d5
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
Outside diameter precision ground.
Note: „X”
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D. d7 d
6
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
a1
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2081.75. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d4 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d5 40 48 56 66 80 95 118
d6 52 60 67 77 91 106 129
d7 64.7 72.7 79.7 89.7 103.7 118.7 141
a 20.7 22.65 24.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
a1 30 33.4 36.4 35.3 40.2 45.5 54.4
l1 35 35 42 52 65 80 80
l2 23 23 30 37 47 60 60
l3 12 12 12 15 18 20 20
l2
d5 6 6
d4
l1
l
l3
d8
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
X
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
„X” outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d
d7 6 *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
a1
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
13 Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
l2
d5
6 6
d4
l1
l
l3
d8
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
X
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground. „X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D. d7 6
a1
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the 13
end of chapter D.
a
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
d5
6 6
l1
d4
l
l3
d8
Material:
X Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
„X” outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d
d7 6 *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
a1
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
13 Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
d5
l1
l
6
l3
d4
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground. „X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D. d7 6
a1
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the 13
end of chapter D.
a
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1
l2
d5
l1
l
6 6
d4
l3
d8
X
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
„X” outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d
d7 6 *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
a1
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
13 Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
d6
l1
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution: k
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note: „X”
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
. 5
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
4
chapter D.
d
2091.31. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-4
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
d5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
d6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
d7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
l1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
l2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
l3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
t 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
l2
d6
l1
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
k Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
„X” Note:
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
d
5 Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
4
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
2091.32. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-4
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
d4 45 50 63 72 85 104 120
d5 35 40 50 58 70 86 100
d6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9
d7 8 8 10 10 11 15 15
k 15 18 23 28 33 38 46
l1 36 45 55 62 67 89 89
l2 30 30 30 37 37 47 47
l3 6 15 25 25 30 42 42
t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*
d6
l2
l1
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution: k
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note: „X”
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
d
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D. 5
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
4
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
2091.34. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO 9448-4
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
d3 28 32 40 48 58 70
d4 45 50 63 72 85 104
d5 35 40 50 58 70 86
d6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9
d7 8 8 10 10 11 15
k 15 18 23 28 33 38
l1 29 38 38 45 55 62
l2 23 23 23 30 30 37
l3 6 15 15 15 25 25
t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9
d 3 H6
j6
d 1 H5
l2
l1
t
X d6
d7
d4 Material:
Steel, d3 induction hardened
Execution:
„X“ Bronze coated internal bore.
30° Outside diameter fine-ground.
ø26*
d 1 H5
ø4
5
l2
l 2 /2
l1
t
X d6
d7
Material: d4
Steel, d3 induction hardened
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore. „X“
Outside diameter fine-ground. 30°
Note: Grease nipple
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to DIN 3405 -A M8x1
DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762. with thread
0°
from d1 = 19 mm
12
ø26*
d 1 H5
ø4
5
l2
l 2 /2
l1
t
X d6
d7
d4 Material:
Steel, d3 induction hardened
Execution:
„X“ Bronze coated internal bore.
30° Outside diameter fine-ground.
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6
l2
d6
l1
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution: k
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
Outside diameter precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
d
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D. 5
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
4
chapter D.
d
2091.71. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
d1 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80
d3 32 40 48 58 70 85 105
d4 50 63 72 85 104 120 148
d5 40 50 58 70 86 100 125
d6 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9 11
d7 8 10 10 11 15 15 18
k 18 23 28 33 38 46 56
l1 52 62 72 77 102 102 125
l2 37 37 47 47 60 60 75
l3 15 25 25 30 42 42 50
t 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9 11
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6
l2
d6
l1
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
k Execution:
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
Outside diameter precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
d
5 The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
4
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2091.72. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63
d3 28 32 40 48 58 70 85
d4 45 50 63 72 85 104 120
d5 35 40 50 58 70 86 100
d6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9 9
d7 8 8 10 10 11 15 15
k 15 18 23 28 33 38 46
l1 36 45 55 62 67 89 89
l2 30 30 30 37 37 47 47
l3 6 15 25 25 30 42 42
t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9 9
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6
d6
l2
l1
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution: k
Contact surface with solid lubricant rings.
Outside diameter precision ground.
„X”
Note:
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
d
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery. 5
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
4
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2091.74. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
d1 15 16 19 20 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50
d3 28 32 40 48 58 70
d4 45 50 63 72 85 104
d5 35 40 50 58 70 86
d6 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.6 9
d7 8 8 10 10 11 15
k 15 18 23 28 33 38
l1 29 38 38 45 55 62
l2 23 23 23 30 30 37
l3 6 15 15 15 25 25
t 3.4 4.6 5.7 5.7 6.8 9
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1 206.71.
2060.61.
l2
d6
l1
l
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
k Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
„X” The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
d5 The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
d4 *Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1 206.71.
2060.61.
l2
d6
l1
l
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed, k
outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to „X”
DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762. d5
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D. d4
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1 206.71.
2060.61.
d6
l2
l1
l
l3
t
d7
X
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
k Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
„X” The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to ø 16: with screws to
d DIN 6912, from ø 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
5 The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
d4 Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d5
d 3 H6
k5
d 3 H6f8
d 1*
l2
2,5
8,5
6 6
l1
d4
l3
d8
X
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
„X”
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
13
d7 d
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the 6
end of chapter D.
a1
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
a
210.31. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
d1 19 20 25 32 40 50
d3 32 40 50 63 80
d4 32 40 50 63 80
d5 36 45 56 70 90
d6 49 57 67 81 101
d7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7
d8 35 43.5 53 67 87
a 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43
a1 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43
l1 66 70 83 98 120
l2 30 30 38 48 61
l3 36 40 45 50 59
d5
d 3 H6
k5
d 3 H6f8
d 1*
l2
2,5
l1
8,5
6 6
d4
l3
d8
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
„X”
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
13
d7 d
6 Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
a1
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
a
210.34. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
d1 19 20 25 32 40 50
d3 32 40 50 63 80
d4 32 40 50 63 80
d5 36 45 56 70 90
d6 49 57 67 81 101
d7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7
d8 35 43.5 53 67 87
a 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43
a1 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43
l1 42 50 63 76 96
l2 30 38 48 61 78
l3 12 12 15 15 18
d5
d 3 H6
k5
d 3 H6f8
d 1*
l2
l1
2,5
8,5
6
l3
X
d4
Material:
Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication
Execution:
Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from ∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw
clamps, which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head ∅ 13).
„X”
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
13
d7 d
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the 6
end of chapter D.
a1
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
a
210.35. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
d1 19 20 25 32 40 50
d3 32 40 50 63 80
d4 32 40 50 63 80
d5 36 45 56 70 90
d6 49 57 67 81 101
d7 61.7 69.7 79.7 93.7 113.7
a 19.9 21.9 24.4 36 43
a1 28.6 32.1 36.4 36 43
l1 28 32 37 44 44
l2 16 20 25 32 32
l3 12 12 12 12 12
d5
d 3 H6
k5
*d 2
d1
l2
6 6
l1
l
l3
d4
d8
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC X
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground.
Note: „X”
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from
∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw clamps, which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head d7 d6
∅ 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
a1
beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D
13
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D. a
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional require-
ments and tolerances at the end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
Mounting example
d5
d 3 H6
k5
*d 2
d1
l2
l1
l
6
l3
d4
Material: X
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed, outside diameter
fine-ground.
„X”
Note:
The attachment is with 3 screw clamps, from
∅ d1 = 38 with 4 screw clamps, which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - screw d7 d6
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
∅ 13).
a1
l4
h
l1
l 2 +2
l
l3
d 3 H6
k5
d4
Material:
Tool steel, hardened 62 ± 2 HRC
Execution:
Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground.
Note:
The guide bush is fixed with slotted nut 207.48.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30
d6
M
d 1 G5/G6
l3
h
l4
l
l2
d5
l1
d 2 k5
d4
Material:
1.0503
∅ d2 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10
Execution:
Bronze coated internal bore.
Diameter d2 and collar face precision ground.
up to ∅ d1 = 25 tolerance G6
from ∅ d1 = 32 tolerance G5
Note:
The guide bush is fixed with slotted nut 207.48.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
m (5H)
h
b H13
t
d6
Material:
Steel
Note:
For fixing the guide bushes 210.45. and 210.85.
D157
Oilless guide elements
General description
Low-maintenance sliding elements are used in the tool & die building as Characteristics for base material
well as the machine building industries, for both linear and rotary motion
applications. The material for these sliding elements is made of a base ma-
terial (see chart), and an overlapping network of solid lubricant deposits.
These deposits are embedded in a uniform geometric pattern in order to Cu 60–66%
achieve the optimum lubrication coverage in the direction of the move- Al 5,0–7,5%
ment. The allowable directional movements can be found on the catalog chemical composition Fe 2,0–4,0%
pages, and are marked with symbols. Mn 2,5–5,0%
Zn 17,5–31,5%
The optimum sliding conditions are achieved when the sliding elements
are combined with a hardened and ground opposing surface, which are a specific density kg/dm3 8,2
minimum of 100 HB harder than the base material. A surface roughness tensile strength Rm N/mm2 750-800
of approx. Rz6.3 is optimal. Suitable product combinations of guide pillars Brinell hardness HB 10 180–210
and low-maintenance guide bushings can be found in the selection matrix yield limit Rp 0,2 N/mm2 450–550
at the beginning of chapter D. elongation to fracture A5 % 5–8
modulus of elasticity kN/mm2 105–115
It is recommended to lightly lubricate the sliding surfaces of the low-main- co-efficient of friction 0,04–0,15
tenance sliding elements with lithium saponified grease, before usage. The temperature conductance W/(m × K) 45–55
solid lubricant will only be distributed from the spots in the sliding zone co-efficient of thermal expansion /°C 1,6–2,0 × 10-5
during operation. In general, 25-35 % of the sliding surface is embedded electric conductance m/(Ω × mm2) 7–8
with solid lubricant deposits, but deviations are possible due to the shape alt. flexural strength N/mm2 ±150
and size of a particular component. The size and arrangement of the solid
lubricant deposits may also vary within the various products and sizes. ratio sliding surface to lubricant deposits (%) 25–30
A repair of the slide elements is possible. The sliding surface is usually
re-ground.
PV value PV-diagramm
The permissible bearing load is determined from the pressure and the
PV value, which defines the bearing wear.
30
The PV value is the product of surface pressure (P) and running velocity (V).
25
Please keep in mind, that the maximum allowed speed and surface pres-
sing can not be reached at the same time (see PV diagramm) 20
[m/min.]
Speed
15
Calculation for the existing bushing load: 10
PV = P × V (N/cm2 × m/min.) *
5
P = F/A (N/cm2 )
0
F = loading force (N) 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
0,5 x 45°
s -0,1
d6
t
0,5 x 45°
d7
90° d3
d5
d4
Material: Fixing:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating from d3 = 10,2 2 X M3
from d3 = 20,2 2 X M5
Note: from d3 = 40,2 2 X M6
For combination loads use together with Bushes 2052.70.
from d3 = 50,3 4 X M6
Screws not included.
from d3 = 60,3 4 X M8
from d3 = 90,5 4 X M10
d1 F7 A
r
l1
l4
r
15°
d2 m6 Ø0,02 A
Material: Attention:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
d1 F7 A
r
l1
l4
15°
d2 m6 Ø0,02 A
Material: Attention:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
d3
d 1 H7 A
r
6
l1
l2
2
r
15°
d 2 G7
k6 Ø0,02 A
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Bushes can also be fitted with Loctite.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D
d3
d 1 E7 A
r1
l3
r2
l1
l2
l4
r1
15°
d 2 H7
r6 Ø0,02 A
Material: Attention:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
d3 h12
A d 1 F7
r
l 2 ±0,1
5
0,
l 1 ±0,2
R
3
r
10°
d2 H7
m6 Ø0,02 A
Material: Attention:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
3
r
r1
l3
r1
l1
l2
r2
r1
d 1H7 A
H7
d 2 m6 Ø0,02 A
Material: Attention:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
r
l5 -0,5
h
l3
d7
-0,5
l 1 -1,0
R1
l4
d2 H7
h6
∅0,02 A
Material: Fixing:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating (to be ordered separately)
Screw clamps with screws,
Note: up to ∅ d1 = 50 - 2072.45.10 (M6 X 16 DIN EN ISO 4762)
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
from ∅ d1 = 60 - 2072.45.16 (M10 X 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the Attention:
end of chapter D. Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
2082.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448
d1 24 25 30 32 38 40 48 50 60 63 80 100 125 160
d2 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
d3 40 50 63 71 90 112 140 180 220
d4 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
d6 58 66 79 89 123 143 168 203 243
d7 7 7 7 7 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
l1 40 50 63 71 80 100 125 160 200
l3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 10 10 10 10 10
l4 3 4 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 16
l5 10 12 15 17 19 22 21 30 32
h 10 10 10 10 16 16 16 16 16
r 3 3 3 5 6 8 10 12 18
Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448 =2082.70.
Guide diameter d1 24 mm = 024
Order No =2082.70. 024
16
6
ø11,5
l1
l 2 -2
-3
R2
l4
d 2 H7
g6
Material: Fixing:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating (to be ordered separately)
Screw clamps with screws 2072.46 (M10 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
Note:
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of Attention:
chapter D. Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2082.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
d1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
d2 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
d3 40 50 63 71 90 112 140 180
d4 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
d6 75 83 93 106 123 143 168 203
l1 40 50 63 71 80 100 125 160
l2 30 40 50 56 63 80 106 132
l4 3 4 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16
r 3 3 3 5 6 8 10 12
30°
13
6
M8
l1
5°
R2
l2
H7
d 2 g6 Ø0,02 A
Material: Fixing:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating (to be ordered separately)
Screw clamps with screws 2072.47 (M8 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
Note:
Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
2086.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
d1 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
d2 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
d3 40 50 63 71 90 112 140 180
d6 29 34 40.5 44.5 54 65 79 99
l1 40 50 55 63 75 90 115 138
l2 4 4 5 6 8 10 12 12
d7
2072.48.45. d6 2073.45.
d 1 G7 A
h
k
l3
l1
l2
l4
d 2 m6
H6
Øt A
d3
Material: Fixing:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating (to be ordered separately)
Screw clamps with screws 2072.48.45. or
Note: Securing flange 2073.45.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D. Attention:
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
end of chapter D. Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
2102.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
d1 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
d2 28 35 44 52 63 80 100 125
d3 32 40 50 60 71 90 112 140
d6 - - - 75 90 111 133 162
d7 48 56 65 82 98 115 144 170
l1 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160
l2 28 35 44 55 70 88 109 140
l3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20
l4 3 5 8 8 8 10 10 10
h 10 10 12 12 16 20 25 32
k - - - 12 16 20 25 32
t 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
d7
2072.48.45. d6 2073.45.
d 1 G7 A
h
k
l3
l6
l1
l7
l2
l 1/2
R1
,5
l6
l4
d5
d 2 H6
m6 Øt A
d3
Material: Fixing:
Bronze (to be ordered separately)
Screw clamps with screws 2072.48.45. or
Note: Securing flange 2073.45.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D. Attention:
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the Bushes can only be used with axial motion!
end of chapter D. Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.
s +0,3
l
b
R2
0
s -0,015 0
a -0,2
Material:
b -0,1
-0,2
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
Sliding faces ground.
0
s -0,015 0
l -0,5
Material:
b -0,1
-0,2
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
Sliding faces ground.
+0,3
s l
b +0,1
X
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
Sliding faces ground.
2961.73. Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
Order No b s l l
305 605
2961.73.025.005.0305 25 5 ●
2961.73.030.006.0305 30 6 ●
2961.73.035.010.0605 35 10 ●
2961.73.040.008.0605 40 8 ●
2961.73.040.012.0605 40 12 ●
2961.73.050.010.0605 50 10 ●
2961.73.060.016.0605 60 16 ●
2961.73.080.012.0605 80 12 ●
2961.73.080.020.0605 80 20 ●
2961.73.100.020.0605 100 20 ●
b
R2
+0,04 e e1
10 +0,01
l
F
DIN 74 - Jm 8
b
R2
10 ± 0,025
e e1 e2 e3 e4 Material:
l Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Execution:
E Sliding faces ground.
DIN 74 - Jm 8
Note:
Screws are not included.
Fixing:
45
b
e e1 e2 e3 e4
10 ± 0,025
l
A B
e2
b
e1
b
e1
e a e a
l l
2961.75.
C
0,02
b
R2
ø17,5
e1
ø11
R2 e a a
7,3 l
10 ±0,025
ød
e
s
e1
e
ød
a
e1
e1
e
a
a
e
e
e
a
e2
e2
e2
e2
b2 b2 b2 b2
b1 b1 b1 b1
b b b b
D
ød
A B
ød
e
e1
e
ød
a
e1
e
e1
a
a
e
e
e
a
e
e2
e2
e2
b1 b1 b1 b1
e2
b b b b
e
s
ød
e1
e
ød
a
e1
e1
e
a
a
e
e
e
a
e2
e2
e2
e2
b2 b2 b2 b2
b1 b1 b1 b1
b b b b
2961.81. Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 Mounting example
Number of
Order No Shape b s a b2 b1 d e e1 e2 screw holes
2961.81.035.10.160 A 35 10 160 10 20 11 70 - 45 2
2961.81.035.10.200 A 35 10 200 10 20 11 110 - 45 2
2961.81.035.10.250 B 35 10 250 10 20 11 80 - 45 3
2961.81.045.15.160 A 45 15 160 15 30 13.5 70 - 45 2
2961.81.045.15.200 A 45 15 200 15 30 13.5 110 - 45 2
2961.81.045.15.250 B 45 15 250 15 30 13.5 80 - 45 3
2961.81.055.15.160 A 55 15 160 20 35 17.5 70 - 45 2
2961.81.055.15.200 A 55 15 200 20 35 17.5 110 - 45 2
2961.81.055.15.250 B 55 15 250 20 35 17.5 80 - 45 3
2961.81.075.25.160 A 75 25 160 25 40 17.5 70 - 45 2
2961.81.075.25.200 A 75 25 200 25 40 17.5 110 - 45 2
2961.81.075.25.250 B 75 25 250 25 40 17.5 80 - 45 3
2961.81.085.28.240 B 85 28 240 30 60 22 95 - 25 3
2961.81.085.28.300 D 85 28 300 30 60 22 85 80 25 4
2961.81.085.28.350 D 85 28 350 30 60 22 100 100 25 4
2961.81.085.28.400 D 85 28 400 30 60 22 115 120 25 4
2961.81.085.28.450 C 85 28 450 30 60 22 100 100 25 5
2961.81.085.30.160 A 85 30 160 30 60 22 70 - 45 2
2961.81.085.30.200 A 85 30 200 30 60 22 110 - 45 2 Material:
2961.81.085.30.250 B 85 30 250 30 60 22 80 - 45 3 Steel, surface hardened. Sliding faces with
2961.81.085.30.300 B 85 30 300 30 60 22 105 - 45 3 embedded solid lubricant.
2961.81.085.30.350 B 85 30 350 30 60 22 130 - 45 3
2961.81.085.30.400 C 85 30 400 30 60 22 80 75 45 5 Note:
2961.81.100.25.160 A 100 25 160 30 60 17.5 70 - 45 2 Screws are not included.
2961.81.100.25.200 A 100 25 200 30 60 17.5 110 - 45 2
2961.81.100.25.250 B 100 25 250 30 60 17.5 80 - 45 3 Fixing:
2961.81.100.25.400 C 100 25 400 30 60 17.5 80 75 45 5 Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
2961.81.100.30.160 A 100 30 160 30 60 22 70 - 45 2
2961.81.100.30.200 A 100 30 200 30 60 22 110 - 45 2
2961.81.100.30.250 B 100 30 250 30 60 22 80 - 45 3
2961.81.100.30.400 C 100 30 400 30 60 22 80 75 45 5
2961.81.125.25.160 A 125 25 160 30 75 17.5 70 - 45 2
2961.81.125.25.200 A 125 25 200 30 75 17.5 110 - 45 2
2961.81.125.25.250 B 125 25 250 30 75 17.5 80 - 45 3
2961.81.125.25.300 D 125 25 300 30 80 26 85 80 25 4
2961.81.125.25.350 D 125 25 350 30 80 26 100 100 25 4
2961.81.125.25.400 C 125 25 400 30 75 17.5 80 75 45 5
2961.81.125.25.400.1 D 125 25 400 30 80 26 115 120 25 4
2961.81.125.25.450 C 125 25 450 30 80 26 100 100 25 5
2961.81.125.25.500 C 125 25 500 30 80 26 110 115 25 5
2961.81.125.30.160 A 125 30 160 30 75 22 70 - 45 2
2961.81.125.30.200 A 125 30 200 30 75 22 110 - 45 2
2961.81.125.30.250 B 125 30 250 30 75 22 80 - 45 3
2961.81.125.30.300 B 125 30 300 30 75 22 105 - 45 3
2961.81.125.30.350 B 125 30 350 30 75 22 130 - 45 3
2961.81.125.30.400 C 125 30 400 30 75 22 80 75 45 5
2961.81.125.30.450 C 125 30 450 30 75 22 80 95 50 5
2961.81.125.30.500 C 125 30 500 30 75 22 80 120 50 5
10 ±0,1
e
e1
e
e1
e1
10 ±0,025
e1
a
a
Mounting example
e1
e
e1
a
ø11
e1
e1
e
a
e1
e1
e
e
a
e
e
a
e
e
20
20
20
20
20
20
b1 b1
b1 b1 b1 b1 b1
b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b2 b
b b b b b b
A B C D E F G
e
ø17,5
e1
e
e
a
e
e1
e1
e1
a
a
a
e
e
20 20 20 20
25
25
25
25
b2 b2 b2 b2
b1 b1 b1 b1
b b b b
Mounting example
20
,5
R2
ø17,5
R2,5
250
215
160
R2,5
125
100
Material:
35
35
Steel, surface hardened
Note: 28 28
Screws are not included.
80 80
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M16.
,5
R2
ø11
R2,5
250
225
160
R2,5
135
125
Material:
25
25
25 25 Note:
Screws are not included.
50 50
85 85 Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
A B b
e
a
a
e
15
15
2960.72. b
C D e1
b
e1
e
a
a
e
90°
d
15
15
5 ± 0,025
Material: 2960.72. Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant
Bronze with solid lubricant,
oilless lubricating Number of
Order No Shape b a e e1 d screw holes
Note: 2960.72.018.050 A 18 50 20 - 6.5 2
Screws are not included. 2960.72.018.075 A 18 75 45 - 6.5 2
2960.72.018.100 A 18 100 70 - 6.5 2
Fixing: 2960.72.018.150 B 18 150 60 - 6.5 3
Use countersunk cap screws 2960.72.028.050 A 28 50 20 - 9 2
DIN 7991/ISO 10642. 2960.72.028.075 A 28 75 45 - 9 2
2960.72.028.100 A 28 100 70 - 9 2
2960.72.028.150 B 28 150 60 - 9 3
2960.72.038.050 A 38 50 20 - 9 2
2960.72.038.075 A 38 75 45 - 9 2
2960.72.038.100 A 38 100 70 - 9 2
2960.72.038.150 B 38 150 60 - 9 3
2960.72.048.075 A 48 75 45 - 9 2
2960.72.048.100 A 48 100 70 - 9 2
2960.72.048.125 A 48 125 95 - 9 2
2960.72.048.150 B 48 150 60 - 9 3
2960.72.075.075 C 75 75 45 45 9 4
2960.72.075.100 C 75 100 70 45 9 4
2960.72.075.125 C 75 125 95 45 9 4
2960.72.075.150 D 75 150 60 45 9 6
2960.72.100.100 C 100 100 70 70 9 4
2960.72.100.125 C 100 125 95 70 9 4
2960.72.100.150 D 100 150 60 70 9 6
b
D B
e1
e
a
l1
l1
b
e1
G H
b
e1
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
e
Screws are not included.
a
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
l1
l1
2960.71. 0,02
0
20 -0,02
10
R5
15
°
d1
d
3x45°
b
D B
e1
e
a
l1
l1
b
e1
G H
b
e1
Material:
Steel, surface hardened
Note:
e
Screws are not included.
a
e
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
l1
l1
2960.87.
0,02
0
20 -0,02
10
R5
15
°
d1
d
3x45°
b
D B
e1
e
a
l1
l1
b
e1
G H
b
e1
Description:
Steel with sinterlayer is a two-layer material.
It ensures low maintenance, selflubricating
e
service even in arduous multishift
applications.
a
Material:
Steel plate with sinterlayer,
part of lubricant 20-25%.
l1
l1
Note:
Screws are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
2960.30.
a
e1
e1
l1
l1
l2 e2
C D
b b
l1
e1
Material: l2 e2
a
E
b
e1
a
a
e1
e1
l1
l1
l2 e2 l2 e2
2960.70.
0,02
20 ± 0,025
10
R5
0
R1 °
15
ø13,5
ø20
13
A B
e3
a
e3
a
e3
a
e2
e2
e2
e e e1 e e1
b b b
2960.85.028.125 A 28 125 14 - 25 75 2
2960.85.028.150 A 28 150 14 - 25 100 2
R2
2960.85.038.075 A 38 75 19 - 15 45 2
2960.85.038.100 A 38 100 19 - 25 50 2
2960.85.038.125 A 38 125 19 - 25 75 2
DIN 74- 2960.85.038.150 A 38 150 19 - 25 100 2
Km 2960.85.038.200 A 38 200 19 - 25 150 2
2960.85.048.075 A 48 75 24 - 15 45 2
2960.85.048.100 A 48 100 24 - 25 50 2
2960.85.048.125 A 48 125 24 - 25 75 2
2960.85.048.150 A 48 150 24 - 25 100 2
R5 2960.85.048.200 A 48 200 24 - 25 150 2
2960.85.058.075 A 58 75 29 - 15 45 2
2960.85.058.100 A 58 100 29 - 25 50 2
2960.85.058.150 A 58 150 29 - 25 100 2
2960.85.075.075.1 A 75 75 37.5 - 15 45 2
Material: 2960.85.075.075 B 75 75 25 25 25 25 2
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating 2960.85.075.100.1 A 75 100 37.5 - 25 50 2
2960.85.075.100 B 75 100 25 25 25 50 2
Note: 2960.85.075.125 A 75 125 37.5 - 25 75 2
Screws are not included. 2960.85.075.150 A 75 150 37.5 - 25 100 2
2960.85.075.200 A 75 200 37.5 - 25 150 2
Fixing: 2960.85.100.100 C 100 100 25 50 25 50 4
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10. 2960.85.100.125 C 100 125 25 50 25 75 4
2960.85.100.150 C 100 150 25 50 25 100 4
2960.85.100.200 C 100 200 25 50 25 150 4
2960.85.100.250 C 100 250 25 50 25 200 4
2960.85.100.300 C 100 300 25 50 25 250 4
2960.85.125.125 C 125 125 37.5 50 25 75 4
2960.85.125.150 C 125 150 37.5 50 25 100 4
2960.85.125.200 C 125 200 37.5 50 25 150 4
2960.85.125.250 C 125 250 37.5 50 25 200 4
2960.85.125.300 C 125 300 37.5 50 25 250 4
2960.85.125.350 C 125 350 37.5 50 25 300 4
2960.85.150.150 C 150 150 25 100 25 100 4
2960.85.150.200 C 150 200 25 100 25 150 4
2960.85.150.250 C 150 250 25 100 25 200 4
2960.85.150.300 C 150 300 25 100 25 250 4
2960.85.200.200 C 200 200 25 150 25 150 4
2960.85.200.250 C 200 250 25 150 25 200 4
2960.85.200.300 C 200 300 25 150 25 250 4
A B
A B
100
100
a
2960.86.
25
25
A B 0,02
e1 25 e1 20 ± 0,025
A B 12
b b
ø17
ø11
DIN 74-
R3 Km
2x45°
2x45°
,5
2x45° 2x45°
R5
3x45°
3x45°
R3 R5
,5
A-A B-B
A B
e
a
2960.76.
a
e
13 +0,5
3x45°
3x45°
R5
25
25
R2
ø14
ø20
25 25
e1 e1 e1
b b
DIN 74
Km 12
25 -0,02
0,02
l
h1
h
l
h1
b
c
h
b c1
c c2
a a
D
C
2962.78.45.
A, B
l
h2
g
ø16
16 +0,05
0
2x45°
10
R3
l
0,02
h1
h1
ø9
h
C, D
e
h
e
16 +0,05
0
ø16
2x45°
b b
10
R3
c c
0,02
d d
a a ø9 ø11
A
B
e1
e1
C
e2
a -0,5
a -0,5
e2
e1
e2
a -0,5
a -0,5
e1
e1
e1
e2
e1
B
e
l1 e 2 l1 l1 e 2 l1
b -0,1 b -0,1 b -0,1 b -0,1
F H L M
G
e2
e1
e1
e1
e1
e3
a -0,5
a -0,5
a -0,5
e3
e3
a -0,5
Material:
e3
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
e1
e1
G
e1
Note:
e1
Screws are not included. e2
e
e
e
Fixing: l1 l1 l1 l1
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762, or b -0,1 b -0,1 b -0,1
countersunk cap screws DIN 7991/ISO 10642. b -0,1
I J K
e1
e1
a -0,5
a -0,5
e1
a -0,5
e3
e1
e1
l1 l1
e
b -0,1 b -0,1
l1
b -0,1
2962.78.
1x45°
I
d
s ±0,025
5
15°
0,02
t
R2 d1
A, B, C, D, F+G
E, H, L, M
1x45°
J
d
±0,025
5
15°
0,02
ts
d1
d1
R2
d1
90°
R2
d
1x45° 1x45°
1x45° 1x45°
1x45°
K
d
±0,025
t 5 5
s ±0,025 s ±0,025
15°
0,02
ts
0,02 0,02
R2 d1
a
234
2962.84.45.
a
144
125
M10
16
16
17 ±0,025
ø18
1x45°
12 12
11
l1 l1
0,02
b b
2x45°
ø11
e1
e2
e1
a
e2
e1
e1
a
e1
e
e
l1 l1 l1
b b b
H L 2962.85.
0,02
e2
e1
e1
e3
e3
a
d1
R2
e1
e1
d
e2
1x45°
e
1x45°
l1 l1 t
b b s
A B C
a
e3
e3
e
e3
2960.79.
e2
a
l1 l3
30°
b
a
e2
R5
D
10
e1
ø13,5
ø20
e3
a
e
e
13 +0,5
15°
DIN 74 l1 l3 l1 l2 l3 l1 l3
Km 12 0,02 A b b b
0,1 A
3x45°
A 20 ±0,025
A B C
a
e3
e3
e
e3
2960.80.
e2
a
l1 l3
30°
b
a
R5
e2
10
e1
ø13,5
ø20
e3
a
e
e
13 +0,5
15°
l1 l3 l1 l2 l3 l1 l3 DIN 74
Km 12 0,02 A
b b b
0,1 A
3x45°
A 20 ±0,025
b
A
25 e 1
e
e
a
e3
a
e
e
20 e
20
20
b
F
25 e1
b
E
25 e1
e
b
D
25 e 1
e
e
Material:
e
e
e
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
a
Note:
a
e
e
e
Screws are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
e
e
20
20
20
b
H
25 e 1 e2 e1
b b
G I
25 e 1 e2 e1 25 e1 e2
e1
a
e2
20 e 4 e 4
a
a
e3
20 e 1
20
2960.74.
30°
R 10
12
ø11
ø20
14
DIN 74 - Km
20 ± 0,01
0,02
b
A
25 e 1
e
e
a
e3
a
e
e
20 e
20
20
b
F
25 e1
b
E
25 e1
e
b
D
25 e 1
e
e
Description:
e
e
e
Special cast iron with solid lubricant is a low-
cost alternative, altthough absorption of the a
a
e
e
e
Material:
Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant.
e
e
e
Note:
20
20
20
Screws are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
b
H
25 e 1 e2 e1
b b
G I
25 e 1 e2 e1 25 e1 e2
e1
a
e2
20 e 4 e 4
a
a
e3
20 e 1
20
2960.75.
30°
R 10
12
ø11
ø20
14
DIN 74 - Km
21 ± 0,25
0,02
2960.75. Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2
Number of
Order No Shape b a e e1 e2 e3 e4 screw holes
2960.75.070.100 A 70 100 50 20 - - - 2
2960.75.070.150 B 70 150 50 10 20 - - 3
2960.75.070.200 D 70 200 50 20 - - - 4
2960.75.100.100 I 100 100 - 30 20 - 25 3
2960.75.100.150 C 100 150 25 50 - 50 - 4
2960.75.100.200 D 100 200 50 50 - - - 4
2960.75.100.250 E 100 250 50 50 - - - 5
2960.75.100.300 F 100 300 50 50 - - - 6
2960.75.150.100 G 150 100 - 25 50 50 - 4
2960.75.150.150 H 150 150 - 25 50 - - 4
2960.75.150.200 D 150 200 50 100 - - - 4
2960.75.150.250 E 150 250 50 100 - - - 5
2960.75.150.300 F 150 300 50 100 - - - 6
2960.75.200.100 G 200 100 - 50 50 50 - 4
a
e6
e5
20
20
e5
a
e4
e4
70
e4
45
45
20
25 25 25
e9
e1 e1
b e2 b
b
F
E
e9
e9
D
a
e8
a
e7
e7
a
Material:
e6
e6
e6
145
145
e5
e5
e5
Steel, surface hardened
20
20
20
95
e4
e4
e4
Note:
Screws are not included. 25 25 25 e 9
Fixing: e1
b
e1
b
e1
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10. b
H
e9
G I
e1
a
e6
20
e5
a
a
e4
70
e5
e4
e4
45
20
20
32,5
25 25 e 1 25
e1 e2 e9
e9 e3 e2
e2 b b
e3
b
2960.44.45.
30°
14
R10
ø11
ø20
ø7
3x45°
21 ±0,25
0,02
a
e4
a
45
20
e5
25
e4
e1
45
b
20
e9 e9
H e2
2960.54.45. b
30° e1
12
I
14
R10
ø11
a
ø20
e6
a
e5
70
e5
e4
e4
32,5
ø7
20
20
25 e1 25
3x45° e2 e9
20 ±0,01
e3 e2
0,02 b b
10
A B
ø9
°
15 9
e
10
ø15
ø9
e1
a
ø15
DIN 74
a
Km 8
e
DIN 74
25
25
Km 8
3x45° 3x45°
b b
12 -0,02 12 -0,02
0,02 0,02
10
ø9
ø15
a
e
25
3x45°
b
12 -0,02
0,02
°
B 15 9
10
ø9
e
ø15
Material:
e1
a
0,02
13
10
25
R5
l2
ø13,5
ø20
l1
l2
25
3x45°
b
20 - 0,02
0,02
Material: 2960.93. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Bronze with solid lubricant,
oilless lubricating Order No b l1 l2
2960.93.050.250 50 250 60
Note: 2960.93.050.300 50 300 80
Screws are not included. 2960.93.050.350 50 350 100
2960.93.050.400 50 400 120
Fixing: 2960.93.050.450 50 450 140
Use socket cap screws 2960.93.050.500 50 500 150
DIN EN ISO 4762 M12. 2960.93.080.250 80 250 60
2960.93.080.300 80 300 80
2960.93.080.350 80 350 100
2960.93.080.400 80 400 120
2960.93.080.450 80 450 140
2960.93.080.500 80 500 150
2960.93.100.250 100 250 60
2960.93.100.300 100 300 80
2960.93.100.350 100 350 100
2960.93.100.400 100 400 120
2960.93.100.450 100 450 140
2960.93.100.500 100 500 150
2960.93.125.250 125 250 60
2960.93.125.300 125 300 80
2960.93.125.350 125 350 100
2960.93.125.400 125 400 120
2960.93.125.450 125 450 140
2960.93.125.500 125 500 150
2960.93.160.250 160 250 60
2960.93.160.300 160 300 80
2960.93.160.350 160 350 100
2960.93.160.400 160 400 120
2960.93.160.450 160 450 140
2960.93.160.500 160 500 150
s - 0,02
A
5 t
10°
b1
d1
d
b
3x45°
25 e
a 0,02
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
B
5
15°
25 e e
a
2962.75. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Number of
Order No Shape a b s b1 e d d1 t screw holes
2962.75.025.012.0110 A 110 25 12 12.5 60 15 9 8.5 2
2962.75.025.012.0120 A 120 25 12 12.5 70 15 9 8.5 2
2962.75.025.015.0110 A 110 25 15 12.5 60 18 11 10.5 2
2962.75.025.015.0120 A 120 25 15 12.5 70 18 11 10.5 2
2962.75.060.030.0125 A 125 60 30 30 75 20 13.5 13 2
2962.75.060.030.0150 A 150 60 30 30 100 20 13.5 13 2
2962.75.060.030.0160 A 160 60 30 30 110 20 13.5 13 2
2962.75.060.030.0200 B 200 60 30 30 75 20 13.5 13 3
2962.75.060.040.0125 A 125 60 40 30 75 20 13.5 13 2
2962.75.060.040.0150 A 150 60 40 30 100 20 13.5 13 2
2962.75.060.040.0160 A 160 60 40 30 110 20 13.5 13 2
2962.75.060.040.0200 B 200 60 40 30 75 20 13.5 13 3
R3
,5
19
31
a
21
147
l
2962.75.45.
B
R3
,5
10
2x45°
19
31
a
ø16
ø9
21
121
20 +0,01
0
237
l
0,02
Material: 2962.75.45. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
Bronze with solid lubricant, lubricant, CNOMO
oilless lubricating
Note: Number of
Screws are not included. Order No Shape a l screw holes
2962.75.45.050.20.160 A 50 160 2
Fixing: 2962.75.45.050.20.250 B 50 250 3
Use socket cap screws
DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
5 t
15°
A
l1
b
d1
d
25 e 0,01
a
5
Material:
15°
B DIN 74 - Km
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
Screws are not included.
l1
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
b
25 e e
a
2962.76. Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
Number of
Order No Shape a b s e l1 d d1 t screw holes
2962.76.070.032.0125 A 125 70 32 75 40 20 13.5 13 2
2962.76.070.032.0150 A 150 70 32 100 40 20 13.5 13 2
2962.76.070.032.0200 B 200 70 32 75 40 20 13.5 13 3
2962.76.090.045.0125 A 125 90 45 75 55 26 17.5 17.5 2
2962.76.090.045.0150 B 150 90 45 50 55 26 17.5 17.5 3
2962.76.090.045.0200 B 200 90 45 75 55 26 17.5 17.5 3
17
b
min
30
3x45°
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
Screws are not included.
2962.77. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
Number of
Order No b s l e1 e2 e3 screw holes
2962.77.065.040.0150 65 40 150 110 - - 2
2962.77.065.040.0200 65 40 200 80 80 - 3
2962.77.065.040.0250 65 40 250 105 105 - 3
2962.77.065.040.0300 65 40 300 90 80 90 4
2962.77.065.040.0350 65 40 350 105 100 105 4
2962.77.065.065.0150 65 65 150 110 - - 2
2962.77.065.065.0200 65 65 200 80 80 - 3
2962.77.065.065.0250 65 65 250 105 105 - 3
2962.77.065.065.0300 65 65 300 90 80 90 4
2962.77.065.065.0350 65 65 350 105 100 105 4
l3 l2 l2 l2 l3
0,02/300
c
b ± 0,025
a ± 0,025 l ±1
0,02 300
2962.74. Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with Material:
solid lubricant Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Order No a b c l l1 l2 l3
2962.74.015.010.075 10.3 15.3 6 75 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.100 10.3 15.3 6 100 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.125 10.3 15.3 6 125 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.150 10.3 15.3 6 150 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.175 10.3 15.3 6 175 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.200 10.3 15.3 6 200 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.225 10.3 15.3 6 225 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.250 10.3 15.3 6 250 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.275 10.3 15.3 6 275 25 6 3
2962.74.015.010.300 10.3 15.3 6 300 25 6 3
2962.74.025.015.105 15.3 25.3 8 105 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.140 15.3 25.3 8 140 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.175 15.3 25.3 8 175 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.210 15.3 25.3 8 210 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.245 15.3 25.3 8 245 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.280 15.3 25.3 8 280 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.315 15.3 25.3 8 315 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.350 15.3 25.3 8 350 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.385 15.3 25.3 8 385 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.420 15.3 25.3 8 420 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.455 15.3 25.3 8 455 35 8 4
2962.74.025.015.490 15.3 25.3 8 490 35 8 4
2962.74.035.025.135 25.3 35.3 12 135 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.180 25.3 35.3 12 180 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.225 25.3 35.3 12 225 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.270 25.3 35.3 12 270 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.315 25.3 35.3 12 315 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.360 25.3 35.3 12 360 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.405 25.3 35.3 12 405 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.450 25.3 35.3 12 450 45 10 5
2962.74.035.025.495 25.3 35.3 12 495 45 10 5
2962.74.045.035.165 35.3 45.3 16 165 55 12 6
2962.74.045.035.220 35.3 45.3 16 220 55 12 6
2962.74.045.035.275 35.3 45.3 16 275 55 12 6
2962.74.045.035.330 35.3 45.3 16 330 55 12 6
2962.74.045.035.385 35.3 45.3 16 385 55 12 6
2962.74.045.035.440 35.3 45.3 16 440 55 12 6
2962.74.045.035.495 35.3 45.3 16 495 55 12 6
R3
A
R3
e1
e1
e2
a
a
e1
e1
ød
ød
25
25
0,5x45° 0,5x45°
e e
b +0,05
+0,02 s ±0,02 b +0,05
+0,02 s ±0,02
0,02 0,02
Material: 2962.79. Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
Bronze with solid lubricant, lubricant
oilless lubricating
Note: Number of
Screws are not included. Order No Shape b s a e e1 e2 d screw holes
2962.79.030.040.150 A 30 40 150 20 50 - 14 3
2962.79.030.040.200 A 30 40 200 20 75 - 14 3
2962.79.030.040.250 B 30 40 250 20 75 50 14 4
2962.79.040.040.150 A 40 40 150 20 50 - 14 3
2962.79.040.040.200 A 40 40 200 20 75 - 14 3
2962.79.040.040.250 B 40 40 250 20 75 50 14 4
2962.79.045.050.150 A 45 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
2962.79.045.050.200 A 45 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
2962.79.045.050.250 B 45 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
2962.79.055.050.150 A 55 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
2962.79.055.050.200 A 55 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
2962.79.055.050.250 B 55 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
2962.79.060.050.150 A 60 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
2962.79.060.050.200 A 60 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
2962.79.060.050.250 B 60 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
2962.79.070.050.150 A 70 50 150 25 50 - 18 3
2962.79.070.050.200 A 70 50 200 25 75 - 18 3
2962.79.070.050.250 B 70 50 250 25 75 50 18 4
0 0
s -0,015 a -0,2
b -0,015
0
2962.80. Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid Material:
lubricant Bronze with solid lubricant,
oilless lubricating
Order No b s a
2962.80.025.016.080 25 16 80
2962.80.025.016.100 25 16 100
2962.80.025.016.125 25 16 125
2962.80.040.025.125 40 25 125
2962.80.040.025.160 40 25 160
2962.80.040.025.200 40 25 200
2962.80.063.040.200 63 40 200
2962.80.063.040.250 63 40 250
2962.80.063.040.315 63 40 315
f x 45°
f x 45°
e1 e1
l1
min. support
l1
min. support
e
l2
l2
e
a
60
2960.73.
60
c
a
°
15
t
5 x 45°
r
10
b f7
d1
d
°
15
45
°
32
15 r
10
M16
10
5
ø17
r b f7
Material: 2960.73. Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
Steel, surface hardened. Sliding
faces with embedded solid lubri- Number of
cant. Order No Shape b a c l1 l2 e e1 d d1 f t r screw holes
2960.73.063.180.036 A 63 180 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
Note: 2960.73.063.200.036 A 63 200 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
Screws are not included. 2960.73.063.224.036 A 63 224 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
2960.73.071.180.036 A 71 180 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
Fixing: 2960.73.071.200.036 A 71 200 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
Use socket cap screws 2960.73.071.224.036 A 71 224 36 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 16 16 3
DIN EN ISO 4762. 2960.73.090.200.045 A 90 200 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
2960.73.090.224.045 A 90 224 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
2960.73.090.250.045 A 90 250 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
2960.73.112.200.045 A 112 200 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
2960.73.112.224.045 A 112 224 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
2960.73.112.250.045 A 112 250 45 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 21 25 3
2960.73.140.315.045 B 140 315 45 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
2960.73.140.400.045 B 140 400 45 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
2960.73.140.400.056 B 140 400 56 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
2960.73.190.400.056 B 190 400 56 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 25.5 31.5 4
2960.73.240.500.056 B 240 500 56 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 30.5 31.5 4
2960.73.240.630.056 B 240 630 56 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 30.5 31.5 4
f x 45°
e1 l1 e1
min. support
l1
min. support
e
l2
l2
e
a
60
2960.89.
60
a
° c
15
t
5 x 45°
r
10
b f7
d1
d
°
15 45
32
°
r 15
M16
10
10
ø17
r
b f7
2960.89. Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387 Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant,
Number of oilless lubricating
Order No Shape b a l1 l2 e e1 d d1 f c t r screw holes
2960.89.063.180 A 63 180 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3 Note:
2960.89.063.200 A 63 200 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3 Screws are not included.
2960.89.063.224 A 63 224 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3
2960.89.071.180 A 71 180 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3 Fixing:
2960.89.071.200 A 71 200 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3 Use socket cap screws
2960.89.071.224 A 71 224 20 90 50 36 14 20 18 36 16 16 3 DIN EN ISO 4762.
2960.89.090.200 A 90 200 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
2960.89.090.224 A 90 224 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
2960.89.090.250 A 90 250 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
2960.89.112.200 A 112 200 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
2960.89.112.224 A 112 224 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
2960.89.112.250 A 112 250 20 100 50 50 18 26 28 45 21 25 3
2960.89.140.315 B 140 315 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 45 25.5 31.5 4
2960.89.190.400 B 190 400 40 150 80 90 22 33 36 56 25.5 31.5 4
2960.89.240.500 B 240 500 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 56 30.5 31.5 4
2960.89.240.630 B 240 630 40 250 160 160 26 40 36 56 30.5 31.5 4
ø14
b -0,02
ø20
0
b1
2 x 45°
25
6 x 45°
13
0 0
l -1,0 s -0,1
c*
15
M8
3 x 45°
B
50
6 x 45°
25
l1 25
0
l -1,0
b
e 20
20 45
90
a Mounting example
3x45°
ø13,5
t 15
2960.91.
rad
s ±0,01
ius
w
ed 2960.90.
R3
R25
ø16 h6
ø20 plug gauge
l
b
e 20
20 45
90
Mounting example a
3x45° ø13,5
t 15
2960.91.
rad
s ±0,01
ius
w
2960.90. ed
R3
R25
ø16 h6
ø20 plug gauge
l
Material: 2960.91. Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357
Steel, through-hardened and gas
nitrided Order No b a s e t w l
2960.91.100.170.045 100 170 45 60 30 20 143.37
Note: 2960.91.125.170.045 125 170 45 85 30 20 143.37
Screws are not included. 2960.91.150.170.045 150 170 45 110 30 20 143.37
2960.91.200.170.045 200 170 45 160 30 20 143.37
Fixing: 2960.91.100.150.045 100 150 45 60 30 30 127.86
Use socket cap screws 2960.91.100.170.060 100 170 60 60 45 30 127.86
DIN EN ISO 4762 M12. 2960.91.125.150.045 125 150 45 85 30 30 127.86
2960.91.125.170.060 125 170 60 85 45 30 127.86
2960.91.150.150.045 150 150 45 110 30 30 127.86
2960.91.150.170.060 150 170 60 110 45 30 127.86
2960.91.200.150.045 200 150 45 160 30 30 127.86
2960.91.200.170.060 200 170 60 160 45 30 127.86
b
e 20
20 45
90
a Mounting example
3x45°
ø13,5
2960.90.
t 15
rad
s ±0,01
ius
w
ed 2960.92.
R3
R25
ø16 h6
ø20 plug gauge
l
2960.92. Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357 Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant,
Order No b a s e t w l oilless lubricating
2960.92.100.170.045 100 170 45 60 30 20 143.37
2960.92.125.170.045 125 170 45 85 30 20 143.37 Note:
2960.92.150.170.045 150 170 45 110 30 20 143.37 Screws are not included.
2960.92.200.170.045 200 170 45 160 30 20 143.37
2960.92.100.150.045 100 150 45 60 30 30 127.86 Fixing:
2960.92.100.170.060 100 170 60 60 45 30 127.86 Use socket cap screws
2960.92.125.150.045 125 150 45 85 30 30 127.86 DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
2960.92.125.170.060 125 170 60 85 45 30 127.86
2960.92.150.150.045 150 150 45 110 30 30 127.86
2960.92.150.170.060 150 170 60 110 45 30 127.86
2960.92.200.150.045 200 150 45 160 30 30 127.86
2960.92.200.170.060 200 170 60 160 45 30 127.86
e
20 e1 e2 e3 e4
l
a1
d
Material:
t
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
a2
+0,05
+0,1
Note:
R2
a4
b
c
d
a
40
ø18 Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
13
Fixing:
20 ±0,01
R1
R2
R3
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
,5
ø11
16 ± 0,1
b l1
+0,05
h 1 +0,1
h
r
b 1 ±0,1
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
b l
+0,05
h 1 +0,1
b 1 +0,5
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
R1
h3
h1
h2
d
Aligning surface
b2
g
Mounting example Provide
f Through-
Slide e holes
shoulders for screws
to support c
angle guide b
for high
transverse
forces
Aligne
this side
only
l
Flat guide bar
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
Screws are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
0
l -0,2
h -0,015
b 1+0,02
b -0,1
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
,4
R0
h2
h 1 -0,015
R2
a5
a2
a4
t
d 1 H7
d
a3
h
g
Mounting example Provide f
Slide shoulders e Through-
to support c holes
angle guide for screws
for high b
transverse a d
forces
Aligne
this side
only
l
Flat guide bar
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 and dowel pins DIN 7979.
B
R Z 6,3
R Z 6,3
A
h 3 F7 t2 Material:
t 1 ±0,1
Note:
Screws and pins are not included.
+0,7
l4
Fixing:
d 3 +1
d3H7
b g6
t3 d1
h2 l 3 ±0,01
l 2 ±0,1
l 1 -0,2
0,01 A 30
ø8,5
12
R Z 6,3
0,01 A
44
A
0
12 -0,02
Material: 8
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
Note:
Screws are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.
l1
l
11
b - 0,2
a -0,2
h + 0,05
+ 0,1
l
c ++ 0,1
0,05
0,02/300
2964.78.
0,02/300
+ 0,1
b + 0,05
a -0,2
h + 0,05
+ 0,1
l
c ++ 0,2
0,05
5x45°
(h 1) 50 e ±0,01
b ±0,026
120°
d1
d
3x45°
25 e1 e1
t Screws M12
*Screws M16
h DIN EN ISO 4762
h2 50 e ±0,01
b ±0,026
d1
120°
10
d
3x45°
25 e1 e1
t Reference face Screws M12
(h 1) *Screws M16
DIN EN ISO 4762
5x45°
(h 1) 55 e ±0,01
120°
b h6
d1
d
3x45°
25 e1 e1
rotating
t Screws M12
*Screws M16
h DIN EN ISO 4762
Material: 2963.84. Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Bronze with solid lubricant,
oilless lubricating Number of
Order No b h (h1) h3 l e e1 d d1 t screw holes
Note: 2963.84.065.044.0150 65 44 (47) 65 150 45 100 20 13.5 20 2
Screws and pins are not included. 2963.84.065.044.0200 65 44 (47) 65 200 95 150 20 13.5 20 2
2963.84.065.044.0250 65 44 (47) 65 250 145 100 20 13.5 20 3
* at 2963.84.125. 2963.84.065.044.0300 65 44 (47) 65 300 195 125 20 13.5 20 3
2963.84.125.047.0150 125 47 (52) 85 150 45 100 26 17.5 15 2
2963.84.125.047.0200 125 47 (52) 85 200 95 150 26 17.5 15 2
2963.84.125.047.0250 125 47 (52) 85 250 145 100 26 17.5 15 3
2963.84.125.047.0300 125 47 (52) 85 300 195 125 26 17.5 15 3
2963.84.125.052.0150 125 52 (57) 85 150 45 100 26 17.5 15 2
2963.84.125.052.0200 125 52 (57) 85 200 95 150 26 17.5 15 2
2963.84.125.052.0250 125 52 (57) 85 250 145 100 26 17.5 15 3
2963.84.125.052.0300 125 52 (57) 85 300 195 125 26 17.5 15 3
2963.85.
Holes for pins
h3 ø12 H7 / *16 H7
5x45°
h l
h2 55 e ±0,01
d1
120°
b h6
10
d
3x45°
25 e1 e1
rotating
t Screws M12
(h 1) *Screws M16
DIN EN ISO 4762
11
120°
65
H7
2 x ø10
(18)
35 e 2 ±0,01
h3
2963.71. l
20 e e1 e1 e
ø17,5
ø11
10
120°
65
H7
44 2 x ø10
(47) e 2 ±0,01
h3
15
ø14
ø10 H7 (2x)
10
120°
120
90
ø20 (6x)
ø13 (6x)
15 25
13 e1 50
2963.73.
3x45°
44 l
25 25 e e
ø10 H7(2x)
120°
120
55
90
ø20 (6x)
ø13 (6x)
13 50 e1
(47)
ø14
90°
ø22
25
95
82
13 e e1 e1 e
(16) Socket cap screws
Material: B C
Steel, sliding faces surface hardened 150 200
82
15 30 60 30 20 25 110 25
Socket cap screws Socket cap screws
ø14
90°
80
ø11,8
ø14
e e1 e1 e
25 Socket cap screws
(58)
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
B C
150 200
Note:
Screws and pins are not included.
Holes for pins pre-drilled Holes for pins pre-drilled
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
80
80
15 30 60 30 20 25 110 25
Socket cap screws Socket cap screws
47 l
15
45°
20 Holes for pins pre-drilled
ø11,8
ø14
60
15 25 e e1 e1 e
Holes ø14
Material: B C
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
l l
Note:
Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks Holes for pins pre-drilled Holes for pins pre-drilled
2965.83.
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
60
60
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
15 e e1 e 20 e e1 e
Holes ø14 Holes ø14
47 l
15
45°
20 Holes for pins pre-drilled
ø11,8
ø14
60
15
25 e e1 e1 e
Holes ø14
B C Material:
Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
l l
Note:
Holes for pins pre-drilled Holes for pins pre-drilled Matching single-sided prismatic guides
2965.81.
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
60
60
15 e e1 e 20 e e1 e
Holes ø14 Holes ø14
p
45°
ø18
lg
ø11
25
12
3x45°
13 25
h 135
l
Material:
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating
B
Note:
Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks
2965.82.45.
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
25
125
225
l
A
p
45°
ø18
lg
ø11
25
12
3x45°
13 25
h 135
l
Material:
Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
B
Note:
Matching single-sided prismatic guides
2965.80.45.
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.
25
125
225
l
57 l
9
45° 20 Holes for pins pre-drilled
13
ø22
ø14
88
20
ø11,8
ø14
25 e e1 e1 e
Socket cap screws
Material: B C
Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating l l
Note:
Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks Holes for pins pre-drilled Holes for pins pre-drilled
2965.82.
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
88
88 1
15 e e1 e 20 e e1 e
Socket cap screws Socket cap screws
13
ø22
ø14
88
20
ø11,8
ø14
25 e e1 e1 e
Socket cap screws
B C Material:
l l Steel, sliding faces surface hardened
Note:
Holes for pins pre-drilled Holes for pins pre-drilled Matching single-sided prismatic guides
2965.80.
Screws and pins are not included.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.
88
88
15 e e1 e 20 e e1 e
Socket cap screws Socket cap screws
1
2960.70. 1 2960.70.
2960.71. 2960.71.
2960.72. 2960.72.
2960.74. 2960.74.
2960.76. 2960.76.
2960.79. 2960.79.
Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
2960.76. Sliding Pad
2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
2
2960.73. 1 2960.70.
2960.71.
Pos. 1
2960.72.
2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
2960.74.
2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
2960.76.
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
2960.79.
2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
2960.87.
2960.76. Sliding Pad
2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
2960.87. Sliding Pad VDI
Pos. 2
2960.73. Guide Bracket VDI
1 2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.70.
2960.72.
2960.74. 1 2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.76.
2960.74.
2960.79.
2960.76.
2960.79.
Pos. 1 2960.87.
2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI 3 2102.70.
2960.72. Sliding Pad,
small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR 4 2073.45.
2960.76. Sliding Pad
2960.79. Sliding Pad to NAAMS
2960.87. Sliding Pad VDI
Pos. 2
2052.70. Oilless Guide Bushes
Pos. 3
2102.70. Guide Bushes with collar AFNOR
Pos. 4 2 2052.70.
2073.45. Securing Flange
6
2960.70.
2960.71. 2102.70. 4 5 2073.45.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2961.70.
3 2960.90.
2960.92.
2 2960.91.
1 2960.70.
Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
Pos. 2
2960.91. Overrun Cam to VDI
Pos. 3
2960.90. Overrun cam to VDI
2960.92. Overrun cam to VDI
Pos. 4
2102.70. Guide Bushe with collar
AFNOR
Pos. 5
2073.45. Securing Flange
Pos. 6
2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO 2960.72.
2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
7 2961.70.
2960.72. Sliding Pad,
small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
Pos. 7
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
2961.74.
2961.78.
3 2961.79. 3 2961.74.
2961.81. 2961.79.
2961.81.
Pos. 1
2962.70. Angled Guide Gib
2962.73. Angled Guide Gib
Pos. 2
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
2961.75.
Pos. 3
2961.74. Retaining Plate to VDI
2961.79.
2961.81.
2960.72. 2960.72. 2960.72.
Pos. 4 4 2961.70. 2 2961.70. 4 2961.70.
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
2961.70. Flat Guide Bar 2961.75.
2961.74.
2961.75.
1 2961.78.
2961.81.
2 2960.72.
Pos. 1
2961.74. Retaining Plate to VDI
Pos. 2
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions
Pos. 1
2961.70. Flat Guide Bar
2960.72. Sliding Pad, small dimensions 2 2962.70. 1 2961.70. 2 2962.73. 1 2960.72.
Pos. 2
2962.70. Angled Guide Gib
2962.73. Angled Guide Gib
1 2961.70. 2 2960.74.
Pos. 1
2961.70. Guide Bar
Pos. 2
2960.74. Sliding Pad AFNOR
Pos. 3
2962.76. Guide Bar with three sliding surfaces
Pos. 4
2965.81. Single-sided prismatic Guide (Bronze)
Pos. 5
2965.83. Single-sided Prismatic Sliding Block 3 2962.76. 4 2965.81. 5 2965.83.
(Steel)
Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pad ISO
Pos. 2
2960.71. Sliding Pad VDI
2960.87.
Pos. 3
2962.75. Guide Bar with two sliding surfaces
Pos. 4
2963.81. Prismatic Guide
Pos. 5 3 2962.75. 4 2963.81. 5 2963.80.
2963.80. Sliding Block
ø25
ø16 H7
ø11
M12
11
15
l1
l ±0,05
M5
l2
20
16
15
ø11
ø16 H7
d5
d3
d2
d1
Material:
Centring Units: 16MnCr5, heat treated
Conical surfaces induction hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm
Adjusting washer: C45 or similar
Note:
Centring unit complete with adjusting washer.
Screws are included.
k*/2
2441.11.0.□□□
Centring unit with adjusting washer k*/2 = d3/2
2441.11.0.□□□.1
Centring unit with one flat side with adjusting washer k*
2441.11.0.□□□.2
Centring unit with two flat sides with adjusting washer k* = d3
ø25
ø16 H7
ø11
M12
11
15
l1
l ±0,05
M5
l2
20
16
15
ø11
ø16 H7
d5
d3
d2
d1
Material:
16MnCr5, heat treated
Conical surfaces induction hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm
Note:
Adjusting washer 2441.11.3. to be ordered separately.
Screws are not included.
2441.11.□□□
k*/2
Centring unit
k*/2 = d3/2
2441.11.□□□.1
Centring unit with one flat side
k*
2441.11.□□□.2
Centring unit with two flat sides
k* = d3
d1
d2
d5
d
ø11
c +0.1
Material:
C45 or similar
Note:
2441.11.3.□□□
k*/2
Adjusting washer k*/2 = d3/2
2441.11.3.□□□.1
Adjusting washer with one flat side
2441.11.3.□□□.2
Adjusting washer with two flat sides
k* k* = d3
22
0,5
h1
( l ±0,25 )
d1
h3
h2
0,5
22
15
Material:
X153CrMoV12 (1.2379), hardened 58 ± 2 HRC
Note:
)
3x
2441.13.0.45.
Screws and pins are not included.
d3
ø12(2x) ø14(3x)
5
d2
d1
)
3x
0°(
12
Material:
Cf 70 (1.1249)
Note:
Adjusting washer for centring unit 2441.13.45.
h1
( l ±0,25 )
d1 18
ø13 H13
h3
h2
(3x)
22
15
ø11
ø19
d6
d5
Material:
16MnCr5, heat treated
Conical surfaces induction hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm
Note:
Order No for centring unit to CNOMO with adjusting washer: 2441.13.0.
Screws and pins are not included.
d2
d3
ø12 (2x) ø15 (3x)
5
d1
3x
12
0°
Material:
100 Cr 6
Note:
Adjusting washer for centring unit 2441.13.
R3
d 1H7
d j6
d1
d2
50
15°
2x45°
t1
8
d3
d4
d H7
25
1x45°
*l ±0,05
R20
20 -20
ø20
12
ø13
ø16 -0,1 1x45°
5
-0,3
ø90 ±1
65
2446.10.55.02.
R8 +2
65
Description:
40
Pressure bolts with base are used to transfer force from the pressure
cushion of the press to the tool.
Material:
C45 (1.0503), heat-treated 800 - 1000 N/mm2
2446.10.55.04. 20
Execution:
drop-forged
Note:
65
R8 +2
2446.10.55.05. 20
20 32,5
R8 +2
2x45°
*l ±0,1
R3
ø20
12
20
ø13
1x45°
ø16 -0,1
5
-0,3
ø110 ±1
Description: ø8
5
Air pins are used to transfer force from the pressure cushion of the press
to the tool.
Material:
C45 (1.0503), heat-treated 800 - 1000 N/mm2
3x
Execution: 12
0°
drop-forged
Note: 2446.11.55.02.
Screws are not included. 35
ø8
5
3x
12
0°
a1
l max.
l min.
l1
a
d1
d2
l1
d1
d2
206.94.
100
d1
d2
a1
l max.
l min.
100
a
d1
d2
l3
l1
d
l0
FL
l
s
l2
ø pillar d₁
d2
Without ball cage With ball cage With ball cage Without ball cage With ball cage With ball cage
retainer retainer retainer retainer retainer retainer
202.91. 202.91. 202.92.1. 202.92.1.
ø17 +0,1
M6
DIN EN ISO ø10
15
4762
l1
min.
20l
d2
4
d2
Note:
The following guide pillars are equipped with this cage retainer:
202.17.
202.55.
2021.44.
2021.58.
2
8
202.92.1
f
2
l1
cage travel
= stroke/2
d2
l3
l2
Note:
The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer:
202.22.
202.24.
2021.46.
2021.50.
d3
9
l2
l1
ø15
l2
d2
d2 202.93.
Note: Fixing:
The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer: Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 for ordering size:
202.22. 03. - 2192.12.08.035
202.24. 04. - 2192.12.08.045
2021.46. 05. - 2192.12.08.055
2021.50. 06. - 2192.12.08.070
08. - 2192.12.08.090
Screws are not included.
8,5
d1
d2
Description: Note:
FIBRO Pillar Wipers protect against premature wear caused by the Pillar Wipers will be delivered with 3 screws M 4 × 16 DIN 963.
ingress of dirt into the die set guides.
Outside diameters match boss dias. on FIBRO Die Sets (Cast Iron). They
can be fitted onto the bolster, or into a counterbore – flush with the
bolster surface.
d3
d 1 h6
d2
8
3
l1
3
Description:
Combination progression dies with certain forming stages can be
Dh
equipped advantageously with springloaded lifter pins. FIBRO Lifter Pins
244.00.2., available in four sizes, can be used to assume the double
function of lifting and guiding the strip. The amount of lift is a function
of the counterbore-depth.
Material:
No 1.7131, case-hardened
Execution:
10
ground
Note:
d4 For ordering code of screw plug 241.00.1. and helical spring see spring
range on pages chapter F.
8,5
6
8,7
13
15
16
2072.45.16
10
– steel, milled
6,3
– clamping height 10 mm
5 – M10 screw
10
3 5
20
32
7,5
11
7
11
5,8 +0,1
ø7
ø16
d6 d7
19,5
19
3
ø2
,5
Description:
Strengthened holding piece 2071.45 alternative to holding piece 207.45
Note:
The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from ød1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are included in delivery.
(Order No: 2071.45 - Screw clamp incl. socket cap screw M6x20 DIN EN ISO 4762).
16
6
10
5
32
11
6 -0,3
0,5 +0,5
– M8 screw
8,5
11,5
12
2072.46.30.16
16
– steel, milled
– clamping height 6 mm
– M10 screw
25 32
20
25
5
15 10
21
24,6
18,9
13,5
d6
d 1 G7
d4
h
l3
A A
e1
d 2 M6
m6
M
d3
5 d5
e2
e3
2072.48.45.
„A“
m
p d2
A A t
m
k
e
d3
n
21
l1
l2
35
H1
0
0°14'13"
5
Material: l3
Spacer plates: X 210 Cr 12 (1.2080), hardened 58 + 2 HRC
Adjusting plate: X 153 CrMoV 12 (1.2379) M10
Description:
For spacing out sheet metal retainers in tools for external skin parts.
Note:
b
Screws are not included.
11
18
A A
b1
20
11
14 increments each of 0.02 mm means an adjusting range of 0.28 mm
35
with a minimum support area of 100 x 80 mm.
4
21
11
ø11
ø18 A-A
ø11
Basis: 0.02 mm per tooth ø18
M10x20
DIN EN ISO 4762
20°
R20
ø30
l
R1
0
20
M12
107
ø8 +0,1
1,5
13,5
30
26 26
Material:
Ck 60, area of pilot taper hardened 58 + 2 HRC
Execution:
forged
2443.10. Guide
Order No l
2443.10.065 65
2443.10.090 90
2443.10.120 120
2443.10.150 150
2443.10.180 180
2443.10.250 250
2443.10.300 300
2443.10.350 350
Rounded transition R5
min.ø30
10
20°
R20
ø20
R1
0
15
M8
73
ø6,1
27,5
1,5
20
9
15
54,5
63
Material:
Ck 60
Execution:
forged
Note:
Guides are preferably used in confined spaces in sequential compound
dies.
Rounded transition R5
min.ø30
10
20°
R20
ø20
l
R1
0
15
M8
73
ø6,1
27,5
1,5
20
9
15
54,5
63
Material:
Ck 60, area of pilot taper hardened 58 + 2 HRC
Execution:
forged
Note:
Guides are preferably used in confined spaces in sequential compound
dies.
R20
l
107
l2
l1
R1
0
20
M12
ø8 +0,1
13,5
ø30
Mounting example
30
8
2) Version with long flap:
l = 180, 250 mm
26 26
40
1) Version with short flap: 10
l = 120, 150 mm ø6,5
40
10
ø6,5
8
2018.00.60.08.030
108
8
rounded
58
32
,5
R4 Thickness Thickness
8mm 8mm 15°
Material:
Guide: Ck 60, area of pilot taper hardened 50 + 5 HRC
Flap: St 37
Spring: Spring steel wire
Execution:
forged
Note:
See following pages for accessories.
l
103
M12
l2
l1
R1
0
20
1,5
ø30
13,5
ø8 +0,1
Mounting example
30
108
100
30
5x45°
10
61
ø6,2
2018.00.60.08.030
35,5
26
10
ø6,5
18
7
16,5
10
0° 28
40 8 36
R4 R4
Material:
Guide: Ck 60, area of pilot taper hardened 50 + 5 HRC
Flap: St 37, hardened 58 + 2 HRC
Execution:
forged
Note:
See following pages for accessories.
30
M8x1
19,5
A/F 13 LED
2018.00.60.23.02.5
8
M8x1
ø10
26
17
ø19 ø19
l
l
54
54
39
39
12 12
80 80 Mounting example
2443.14.00.60.23.01.5
105 105
54,5 21 21 54,5 2443.14.00.60.23.02.5
14,5 14,5
21 21
15
15
9
9
70
70
110 110
2443.14.00.60.18.044
Material: Attention:
Steel At least two position monitors must be installed crosswise. In case of
large parts, such as the side part, a third position monitor should be
Note: placed. The position monitors should be placed in such a way that a
See following pages for accessories.
perfect querying of the sheet metal part is guaranteed. Position moni-
tors should be arranged a minimum of 5 mm away from the pulling or
locking bards and not within the range of strong sheet movement.
M18x1
M12x1
SW24 LED
ø4,5 ±0,15
„X”
ø14,5
M12x1
2443.14.00.60.23.02.5
M12x1
ø14,5
38,2
ø4,5 ±0,15
27
10 4 fs = impact factor 1
10 3
[m . min.-1 ]
10 2
3 6
2 . H . nf = v
12
15 9
18
21
30 24
27
10 1
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Max loading Q [% of C]
10.2017 subject to alterations
Safe Loads for FIBRO Ball Bearing Guides
Tables of Dynamic Load Indexes
Definition:
The dynamic load index C constitutes a constant loading that will allow the respective sizes of ball bearing guides to reach + 105 m without any discernible
bearing damage. The load index is shown in N and results from tests executed with batches of sufficient size, subjected to linear travel oscillations and
radially imposed loads of constant magnitude and unchanging direction.
R Z 10
d 2 H5
js4
d 5+1 2021.43.
2021.29. d1 2021.29.
Pillar x d1 Retaining bore d2H6 d8+1 l2 t5
Guide pillar with 15/16 15/16+0,011 24 20,5 6,5
collar 19/20 19/20+0,013 27 23,5 6,5
24/25 24/25+0,013 34 30,5 6,5
(transition fit) 30/32 30/32+0,016 42 37,5 6,5
38/40 38/40+0,016 52 37,5 6,5
48/50 48/50+0,019 62 47,5 6,5
60/63 60/63+0,019 72 47,5 6,5
R Z 10
d 2 H6
j6
d 8+1 2021.43.
2021.39. 2021.39.
Pillar x Retaining bore
Liner bush d1
d1 d3H5
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4 19/20 32+0,011
24/25 40+0,011
(transition fit) 30/32 48+0,011
38/40 58+0,013
48/50 70+0,013
60/63 85+0,015
R Z 10
d 3 H5
js4
R Z 10
H5
d 3 m5
202.60. 202.60.
Retaining bore Plattendicke
Pillar x d1
d3H5 c3–1 Demountable guide
19 25+0,009 33 pillars with centre
25 30+0,009 33 d1
32 36+0,011 38 collar
40 46+0,011 38 (transition fit)
R Z 10
c3
*Slip-Fit Bonding: d 3 H5
js4
The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
This would result in an unreliable bond.
The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
glue-line gap.
This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench. d1
2051.32. 2051.32.
R Z 10
Retaining bore
Pillar x d1
d3H5 Sintered ferrite guide
8 13,7+0,008 d 3 H5
js4 bushes
11/12 22+0,009 d1
15/16 28+0,009 DIN 9831 /
19/20 32+0,011 ISO 9448-2
24/25 40+0,011 slip-fit bonding*
30/32 48+0,011
38/40 58+0,013
48/50 70+0,013
60/63 85+0,015
80 95,7+0,015
Pillar x d1 Pillar x d1
d3H6 d3H5
d1
3 7+0,009 8 18+0,008 Ball bearing guide
4 8+0,009 10 22+0,009
5 10+0,009 11/12 22+0,009 bushes
6 11+0,011 15/16 28+0,009 DIN 9831 /
8 14+0,011 19/20 32+0,011 ISO 9448-3
24/25 40+0,011
30/32 48+0,011 slip-fit bonding*
38/40 58+0,013
48/50 70+0,013
60/63 85+0,015
80 105+0,015
R Z 10
Ball bearing guide 16 28+0,013
d1
bushes similar AFNOR 20 32+0,016
25 40+0,016
slip-fit bonding* 32 50+0,016
40 63+0,019
50 80+0,019
*Slip-Fit Bonding:
The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
This would result in an unreliable bond.
The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
glue-line gap.
This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.
2081.3x. / 2081.4x. / d 3 H5
js4
2081.3x. / 2081.4x. / 2081.8x.
R Z 10
2081.8x. d1
Pillar x d1 Retaining bore d3H5
19/20 32+0,011
Headed guide bushes, 24/25 40+0,011
30/32 48+0,011
carbonitrided, bron- 38/40 58+0,013
ze-coated sintered 48/50 70+0,013
60/63 85+0,015
types or ball bearing 80 105+0,015
types
DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-6
DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-7
ISO 9448
(transition fit)
2081.7x. / 2081.9x. d 3 H6
j6
2081.7x. / 2081.9x.
R Z 10
12 26+0,009
d1
bushes, carbonitrided 15/16 28+0,009
19/20 32+0,011
sintered types or ball 24/25 40+0,011
bearing types 30/32 48+0,011
38/40 58+0,013
DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-4 48/50 70+0,013
DIN 9831 / ISO 9448-5 60/63 85+0,015
80 105+0,015
(transition fit)
R Z 10
19/20 32+0,016
d1
24/25 40+0,016 solid lubrication
30/32 48+0,016
38/40 58+0,019
rings DIN 9831 /
48/50 70+0,019 ISO 9448-4
60/63 85+0,022 (transition fit)
80 105+0,022
2022.25. 2022.25.
Pillar x d1 Retaining bore d1M6
-0,004 Guide pillar AFNOR
25
-0,017 (transition fit)
32
-0,004
40
-0,020
50
63 -0,005
R Z 10
80 -0,024
-0,006
100
-0,028
d 1 M6
h5
2022.13. 2022.13.
Pillar x d1 Bohrung d1H6
40 +0,016 Guide pillar VW
50 0 (press fit)
63 +0,019
80 0
Pillars of d1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting
d 1 H6
r6
2085.70. 2085.70.
Pillar x d1 Retaining bore d2G7 limits d2G7
Guide Bushes with
d1
+0,024
12 16
collar, Bronze with +0,006
16 20
non-liquid lubricant 20 26
+0,028
(transition fit) +0,007
24 30
d 2 G7
k6
2085.71. 2085.71.
Retaining Retaining
Guide Bushes with Pillar x d1 Pillar x d1
d1
limits d2H7 limits d2H7
bore d2 bore d2
collar, Bronze with 10 14 +0,018 45 55
non-liquid lubricant 12 18 0 50 60
+0,030
13 19 55 65
(press fit) 0
14 20 60 75
+0,021
15 21 63 75
0
16 22 70 85
20 30 75 90
+0,035
25 35 80 100
0
30 40 90 110
+0,025
31,5 40 100 120
0
35 45 +0,040
120 140
40 50 0
d 2 H7
r6
d 2 H7
h6
d 2 H7
g6
d 2 H6
m6
d 2 H7
h6, k6
2087.72. d1 2087.72.
Pillar [ d1 Retaining bore d2H7 limits d2H7
Guide Bushes with 9/10 14 +0,018
collar, bronze with 12 18 0
14/15 20
non-liquid lubricant 16 22 +0,021
e7 = slip fit 18/20 26 0
k6 = transition fit 22/24 30
25 32 +0,025
30/32 42 0
40/42 54
+0,030
50 66
0
60 80
d 2 e7
d 2 H7
k6
D Guide elements
F Springs
J Peripheral Equipment
K Cam Units
E2
Ground Precision Components
FIBRO Precision Components cover a very wide Tool life, production cost and work quality are
range of materials, shapes and sizes and thus to a large extent a function of tooling material
permit virtually unrestricted selection even to selection versus strip stock characteristics
highly individual requirements. and ancillary process conditions. A judicious
choice from the wide range of materials for
At Hassmersheim and also abroad, stock our punches and matrices will be facilitated by
levels of Precision Components reach seven- the orientation guide in this catalogue. Listing
digit figures. It is therefore quite likely that the principal characteristics of each material
your particular choice will be available for together with selection criteria, it is intended
immediate delivery. Should this not be the case to help customers make the right choice.
then our flexible batch production schedules
will ensure that delays are kept to a minimum. Our experienced tooling specialists will assist
you with further detailed information.
Batch production in our interpretation not only
spells prompt delivery but also exceptional In keeping with the basic tenet of our firm,
quality. Starting with the arrival inspection every effort is made to ensure that design,
of raw materials, every single manufacturing performance potential and quality of FIBRO
operation on FIBRO Precision Components Precision Components keep well abreast with
is followed by a quality check. Lastly, an latest technological developments.
uncompromising final inspection of each and
every part guarantees that the trade mark
FIBRO is and remains synonymous with Quality.
subject to alterations E3
Contents
E15 232. E24
Comparative graphs Punch VDI 3374
E4 subject to alterations
Contents
2216. E33 268. E41
Punch with tapered head, stepped, Punch with ejector pin, stepped,
round short point
subject to alterations E5
Contents
2222. E53 2742. E61
Ball lock punch, stepped, square, Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with
light duty ejector pin, light duty
E6 subject to alterations
Contents
2704. E69 2203. E77
Ball lock punch, punch larger than Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty
shaft, blank, with ejector pin,
light duty
subject to alterations E7
Contents
2723. E85 2245. E93
Ball lock punch, stepped, square, Ball lock punch, punch larger than
with ejector pin, heavy duty shaft, slot, heavy duty
E8 subject to alterations
Contents
2263. E101 2701. E111
Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, Punch, blank, with ejector pin,
heavy duty ISO 8020
subject to alterations E9
Contents
2276. E119 2607. E135
Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Matrix with shoulder, blank,
Standard ISO 8977
240.91. E208
Wooden box
240.92. E208
Wooden box
240.11. E209
Gauge pin with handle
240.22. E209
Gauge pin with handle
240.31. E209
Gauge pins - boxed set
240.32. E209
Gauge pins - boxed set
2282.01. E210
Punching and embossing unit with
matrix for punched holes and self
tapping screws
Flexural strength
Hardness Vickers
HM = Tungsten Carbide
Characteristics: Hard-sintered carbide on WC-basis and of recognized properties; produced by powder-metallurgic
processes, FIBRO’s exclusively used HIP-densified carbide exhibits much enhanced flexural
strength and reduced residual porosity.
Application Field: Die components for highest performance and very large stamping volumes – for altogether ultimate
demands on tool life.
HM = material code number = “9”
e. g. Order No = 270.9. ...
d2
Y
k +0,2
radiussed
l 1 +0,5
d 1 h6
k +0,2
radiused
l 1 +0,5
d 1 h6
+0,2
radiused
0,5
5
d4
d 3 h6
l 1 +0,5
+0,5
R1 7
3
d 1 h6
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 224.0.
Hardnes:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 ± 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.
Execution:
Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently hot upset-forged and
tempered; residual upset-buge below head normally much smaller than
permissible acc. to DIN 9861.
60°
d2
0,5 +0,2
d 3 h6
l 1 +0,5
+0,5
R1 7
3 d 1 h6
HST
Order No 225.4.
Hardness:
Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 ± 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 225.0.
Hardness:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 ± 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.
Execution:
Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently
precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full interchangea-
bility with replacement punches.
k +0,2
radiused
≈5
d4
d 3 h6
l 1 +0,5
13
l2 R
d 1 h6
HST
Order No 274.4.
Hardness:
Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 ± 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 274.0.
Hardness:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 ± 3 HRC
60°
d2
+0,2
k
d 3 h6
I 1 +0,5
3
R1
I2 d 1 h6
HST
Order No 275.4.
Hardness: Surface ≥ 950 HV 0,3; Head 52 ± 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 275.0.
Hardness: Surface 2300 HV 0,05; Head 52 ± 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.
Execution:
Punch head hot upset-forged.
Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.
Note:
Matching insert sleeves 233. and 234.
Thrust Pin
Order No. 233.
Thrust Pin
60
Punches
Order No. 232.
H7
ø5 h6
ø13 -0,05
l 2 (counter-sinking)
Thrust Pin
Order No 234.
Thrust Pin
ø13 h6
Stepped Quill
60 Punch with
Conical Head
Order No 232.
H7
ø5 h6
k
h
radiussed
l 1 +1
d 1 h6
k
h
d3
I 1 +1 3
R1
I2
d 1 h6
6.2 9 1.5 4 10 ●
6.3 9 1.5 4 10 ● ●
k +0.2
r-0
.2 6.4 9 1.5 4 10 ● ●
6.5 10 1.5 4 12 ● ● ●
7 10 1.5 4 12 ● ● ●
7.5 11 1.5 4 12 ● ● ●
7.7 11 1.5 4 12 ●
8.1 11 1.5 4 12 ● ●
l +0.5
8.5 13 1.5 4 15 ● ● ●
9 13 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ●
9.5 14 1.5 4 15 ● ●
10.5 15 1.5 4 15 ●
11 15 1.5 4 15 ●
11.5 16 1.5 4 15 ●
12 16 1.5 4 15 ● ●
d 1 h6 12.5 17 1.5 4 15 ●
13.5 18 1.5 4 15 ●
14 18 1.5 4 15 ● ●
14.5 19 1.5 4 15 ●
15 19 1.5 4 15 ● ●
15.5 20 1.5 4 15 ●
17 21 1.5 4 15 ● ● ●
18 22 1.5 4 15 ● ●
19 23 1.5 4 15 ●
Material: 19.5 25 1.5 4 15 ●
HSS
Order No 2284.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 62-66 HRC
Head 45-55 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.
Execution:
Shaft precision ground.
Head subsequently hot upset-forged and tempered.
Note:
Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.
d s h8
d 1 f7
6.3 9.5 9.5 10 10
6.4 9.5 9.5 10 10
6.5 10.5 10.5 12 12
45°
r-
k +0,2
0,2
a
l +0,5
d 1 h6
r-
k +0,2
0,2
a
d 1 h6
l +0,5
R1
3
l 1 +0,5
P +0,01
-0,01
d 1 -0,02
r-
k +0,2
0,2
a
l +0,5
d 1 h6
r-
k +0,2
0,2
a
d 1 h6
l +0,5
R1
3
l 1 +0,5
P +0,01
-0,01
d 1 -0,02
2716. Punch with tapered head, stepped, round, with ejector pin
l 71 80 90 100 120
d1 / (Order No) d2 p l1 / (Order No) a k r (Order Code character) (D) (E) (F) (G) (J)
5 / (3) 7 1.6-4.9 13 (3) 19 (4) 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
6 / (4) 9 2.5-5.9 13 (3) 19 (4) 1.5 4 10 ● ● ● ● ●
8 / (5) 11 2.5-7.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 1.5 4 12 ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (6) 14 4.0-9.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (7) 17 5.0-12.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (8) 20 8.0-15.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (9) 25 12.0-19.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 1.5 4 15 ● ● ● ● ●
d 3 -0,1
d4
4 +0,2
X
+0,5
d 2 h6
l1
R1
3
l2
d 1 h6
+0,5
d4 d1
4,2 -0,1
d 3 -0,1
R 0,4 -0,2
32
d 2 k6
d 2 -0,05
l 1 +1
R1
3
l 2 ±0,5
d 1 j6
+0,4
k
radiussed
19
d 1 m5
l 1 +0,8
d4
d 1 h6
d 3 +0,2
M
k +0,4
radiused
19
d 2 m5
d 2 h6
l 1 +0,8
R9
,5
l2
d4
d 1 +0,01
Key flats parallel with longest size of shape, unless otherwise specified.
d 3 +0,2
M
k +0,4
radiused
19
d 2 m5
d 2 h6
l 1 +0,8
5
R9,
l2
d4
d 1 +0,01
Key flats parallel with longest size of shape, unless otherwise specified.
Tensile strength of Tungsten – 6% Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only Tensile strength of Tungsten – Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only versus
versus HIP-densified state, in dependance of Cristallite particle size HIP-densified state, in dependance of total Cobalt content
d 3 -0,1
d4
4 +0,2
I 1 +0,5
d 1 h6
d4 d 1 +0,5
d 3 -0,1
d4
4 +0,2
I 1 +0,5
d 2 h6
R1
3
I 2 ±0,5
d 4 h6
d4 d1 +0,5
k +0,2
l 1 +0,5
d 1 h6
0,5+0,2
l 1 +0,5
d 3 h6
R1
3
7 +0,5
d 1 h6
E49
Ordering example
Ball-Lock Punches
Note: See table for standard dimensions
Special dimensions to order
2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
Format: Slot
length P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting
Format: Slot
Punch: length: l1 Order No width W = 4,5 mm
22 without ejector pin 13 = 1
27 with ejector pin 19 = 2
25 = 3
30 = 4
special = X
Version: Order No Order Code
blank = 0 Angle: character
round = 1 0° = A
square = 2 90° = B
Order Code 180° = C
rectangular = 3 Lenght: l character 270° = D
slot = 4 50 = A special = X
rectangle with radiused corners = 5 56 = B
pilot pin with tapered tip = 6 Diameter: d2 Order No 63 = C
pilot pin parabolic tip = 7 6 (light duty only) = 1 71 = D
special shapes = 9 10 = 2 80 = E
13 = 3 90 = F
16 = 4 100 = G
20 = 5 110 = H
25 = 6 125 = J
Type: Order No 32 = 7 140 = K
light = 2 38 (light duty only) = 8 150 = L
heavy = 3 40 (heavy duty only) = 9 175 = M
punch larger, light = 4 200 = N
punch larger, heavy = 5 special = X
2242.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle = 90° (B)
Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
90
0°
6,5
4,5
Format: Round
P = ø24,5 mm = 2450
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
light = (2)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
P ±0,01
α = 90°
d5
P ±0,01
l +0,5
G
G= 2×P
R1
3
+1
l1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
W ±0,01
α = 90°
d5 G
P ±0,01
l +0,5
G= P2+W2
R1
3
l 1 +1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
W ±0,01
α = 90°
d5
P ±0,01
l +0,5
G=P
R1
3
+1
l1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
W ±0,01
α = 90°
d5 G
P ±0,01
l +0,5
R
0,
5
±0
,0
1*
R1
3
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
l 1 +1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
2252. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
2702. Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 ● ● ●
2712. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 1,6-5,9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 1,6-9,9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 5,0-12,9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 8,0-15,9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 12,0-19,9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 16,0-24,9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 24,0-31,9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 30,0-37,9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ●
*l1=10 where P < 2.20
Format: Round
P = ø24,5 mm = 2450
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
light = (2)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
with ejector pin = 27
P ±0,01
α = 90°
d5
P ±0,01
l +0,5
G
G= 2×P
R1
3
l 1 +1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
2722. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Pmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ●
*l1=10 where P < 2.20
W ±0,01
α = 90°
d5 G
P ±0,01
l +0,5
G= P2+W2
R1
3
l 1 +1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
2732. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
W ±0,01
α = 90°
d5
P ±0,01
l +0,5
G=P
R1
3
l 1 +1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
2742. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
W ±0,01
α = 90°
d5 G
P ±0,01
l +0,5
R
0,
5
±0
,0
1*
R1
3
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
l 1 +1
α = 90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
2752. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, light duty
63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 1.6 5.9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 14 37.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
2204. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ø38,0 mm = 3800
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
30 mm = (4)
length: l Order code character
90 mm = (F)
diameter: d2 Order No
16 mm = (4)
Type: Order No
punch larger, light duty = (4)
Version: Order No
Blank = (0)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
2214. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 13 - 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 16 - 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 20 - 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 25 - 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 32 - 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 38,0 mm = 3800
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
punch larger, light duty = (4)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
P ±0,01
α = 90° d5
l +0,5
P ±0,01
R3
l1+1,5
G
α = 90°
G= 2×P Standard
180° 0°
270°
2224. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Pmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 9.19 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 11.31 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 14.14 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 17.68 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 22.63 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
d5 W ±0,01
α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
G
l1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard G= P2+W2
180° 0°
270°
2234. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01 d5
α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard
G=P
180° 0°
270°
2244. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5 α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
G
±0,01
R 0,5 *
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
180° 0°
270°
2254. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
2704. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ø38,0 mm = 3800
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
30 mm = (4)
length: l Order code character
90 mm = (F)
diameter: d2 Order No
16 mm = (4)
Type: Order No
punch larger, light duty = (4)
Version: Order No
Blank = (0)
Punch:
with ejector pin = 27
2714. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 13 - 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 16 - 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 20 - 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 25 - 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 32 - 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 42,5 mm = 4250
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
punch larger, light duty = (4)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
with ejector pin = 27
P ±0,01
α = 90° d5
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
l 1 +1,5
G
α = 90°
Standard
G= 2×P
180° 0°
270°
2724. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Pmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 9.19 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 11.31 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 14.14 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 17.68 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 22.63 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
d5 W ±0,01
α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
G
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard G= P2+W2
180° 0°
270°
2734. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01 d5
α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard
G=P
180° 0°
270°
2744. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5 α = 90°
l +0,5
P ±0,01
R3
G
±0,01
R 0,5 *
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard
180° 0°
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
270°
2754. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
pin, light duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 8 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
d5
l +0,5
3
R1
l 1 +1
N
P +0,01
40°
2262. Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty
71 80 90 100 110 125 140 150
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) N l / (Order Code character) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J) (K) (l)
10 / (2) 8 5.9 - 9.9 19 (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 9.9 - 12.9 19 (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 12.9 - 15.9 25 (3) 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 15.9 - 19.9 25 (3) 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 19.9 - 24.9 25 (3) 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 24.9 - 31.9 25 (3) 30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 31.9 - 37.9 30 (4) 35 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 14,0 mm = 1400
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
25 mm = (3)
Length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
Diameter: d2 Order No
16 mm = (4)
Type: Order No
light = (2)
Version: Order No
Pilot pin with tapered tip = (6)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
d5
l +0,5
3
R1
l 1 +1
N
2
P +0,01
2272. Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty
50 56 63 71 80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G)
6 / (1) 6 2,9-5,9 13 (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (2) 8 5,9-9,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 8 9,9-12,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 8 12,9-15,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 15,9-19,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 8 19,9-24,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 8 24,9-31,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ●
38 / (8) 8 31,9-37,9 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ø24,5 mm = 2450
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
heavy duty = (3)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
P ±0,01
α = 90°
d5
±0,01
l +0,5
P
G R1
3
l 1 +1
G= 2×P
α = 90°
Standard
180° 0°
270°
W ±0,01
d5
l +0,5
α = 90°
R1
P ±0,01
3
+1
l1
α = 90° G= P2+W2
Standard
180° 0°
270°
2243. d 2 g5
W ±0,01
d5
l +0,5
α = 90°
R1
P ±0,01
+1
l1
G=P
α = 90°
Standard
180° 0°
270°
W ±0,01
d5
α = 90°
l +0,5
P ±0,01
R1
3
G
±0,01
R 0,5 *
+1
l1
α = 90° G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
Standard
180° 0°
270°
2253. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 14 39.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
2703. Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 ● ● ● ● ●
d5
l +0,5
3
R1
l 1 +1
P +0,01
2713. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 1.6 - 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 5 - 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 8 - 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 12 - 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 16 - 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 24 - 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 30 - 39.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
*l1=10 where P < 2.20
Format: Round
P = ∅ 5,5 mm = 0550
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
13 mm = (1)
length: l Order code character
63 mm = (C)
diameter: d2 Order No
13 mm = (3)
Type: Order No
heavy duty = (3)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
with ejector pin = 27
±0,01
P d5
l +0,5
α = 90°
±0,01
R1
3
P
l 1 +1
G
G= 2×P
α = 90°
Standard
180° 0°
270°
2723. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 Pmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
*l1=10 where P < 2.20
d5 W ±0,01
l +0,5
α = 90°
R1
P ±0,01
3
+1
l1
G= P2+W2
α = 90°
Standard
180° 0°
270°
2733. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
W ±0,01 d5
l +0,5
α = 90°
R1
3
P ±0,01
+1
l1
G=P α = 90°
Standard
180° 0°
270°
2743. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
W ±0,01
d5
l +0,5
α = 90°
R1
P ±0,01
3
l 1 +1
±0,01
R 0,5 *
180° 0°
270°
2753. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No)* l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 1.6 9.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 4.5 12.9 13 (1) 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6 15.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 19.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 24.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 12.5 31.9 13 (1) 19 (2) 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 39.9 19 (2) 25 (3) 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
*l1=10 where W < 2.20
90° Standard
180° 0° d5
I +0,5
270° R3
I 1 +1,5
+0,01
P
2205. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 50,0 mm = 5000
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
30 mm = (4)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
punch larger, heavy duty = (5)
Version: Order No
Blank = (0)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
90° Standard
180° 0°
270°
2215. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 13 - 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 16 - 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 20 - 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 25 - 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 32 - 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 40 - 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 32,1 mm = 3210
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
punch larger, heavy duty = (5)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
P ±0,01
α = 90°
d5
l +0,5
P ±0,01
R3
l 1 +1,5
G
α = 90°
Standard
G= 2×P
180° 0°
270°
2225. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Pmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 9.19 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 11.31 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 14.14 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 17.68 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 22.63 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 28.28 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5 α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
G
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard G= P2+W2
180° 0°
270°
2235. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
α = 90° d5
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
G=P Standard
180° 0°
270°
2245. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5
α = 90°
l +0,5
P ±0,01
R3
G
±0,01
R 0,5 *
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
180° 0°
270°
2255. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
2705. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 50,0 mm = 5000
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
30 mm = (4)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
punch larger, heavy duty = (5)
Version: Order No
Blank = (0)
Punch:
with ejector pin = 27
2715. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 13 - 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 16 - 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 20 - 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 25 - 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 32 - 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 40 - 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 32,1 mm = 3210
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
19 mm = (2)
length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (7)
Type: Order No
punch larger, heavy duty = (5)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Punch:
with ejector pin = 27
P ±0,01
α = 90° d5
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
l 1 +1,5
G
α = 90°
Standard
G= 2×P
180° 0°
270°
2725. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Pmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 9.19 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 11.31 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 14.14 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 17.68 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 22.63 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 28.28 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5 α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
G
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard G= P2+W2
180° 0°
270°
2735. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5
α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
l 1 +1,5
α = 90°
Standard
G=P
180° 0°
270°
2745. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
W ±0,01
d5 α = 90°
l +0,5
R3
P ±0,01
G
l 1 +1,5
±0,01
R 0,5 *
α = 90°
Standard
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
180° 0°
270°
2755. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
pin, heavy duty
80 90 100
d2 / (Order No) d5 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (E) (F) (G)
13 / (3) 12 5 32 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 6.5 38 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 8 40 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 10 44 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 11.5 50 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 14 56 19 (2) 30 (4) ● ● ●
2263. Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty
71 80 90 100 110 125 140 150
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) N l / (Order Code character) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J) (K) (l)
10 / (2) 10 5,9-9,9 19 (2) 8 ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 9,9-12,9 19 (2) 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 12,9-15,9 25 (3) 15 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 15,9-19,9 25 (3) 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 19,9-24,9 25 (3) 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 24,9-31,9 25 (3) 30 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 31,9-39,9 30 (4) 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Format: Round
P = ∅ 14,0 mm = 1400
Punch cutting length: l1 Order No
25 mm = (3)
Length: l Order code character
100 mm = (G)
Diameter: d2 Order No
16 mm = (4)
Type: Order No
heavy = (3)
Version: Order No
Pilot pin with tapered tip = (6)
Punch:
without ejector pin = 22
2273. Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty
63 71 80 90 100 110 125
d2 / (Order No) d5 P l1 / (Order No) l / (Order Code character) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
10 / (2) 10 5,9-9,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (3) 12 9,9-12,9 19 (2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (4) 12 12,9-15,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (5) 12 15,9-19,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (6) 12 19,9-24,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (7) 12 24,9-31,9 25 (3) ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (9) 12 31,9-39,9 30 (4) ● ● ● ● ●
05.2017
Punches and retainers BOLT LOCK
The development of the BOLT LOCK system is In the area of follow-on composites, the system
a logical continuation of today‘s quick-release can also be used to cut the grating or remove
systems for punches beyond a shaft diameter the pc board.
of 40 mm. The system makes a valuable contribution
to the further standardisation of tools and
connected advantages in regard to time, costs
Since the punches are available for any and quality.
geometries, the compact system can be used
for a variety of applications.
An example of this is the use of punches to cut • Designed as a replacement for today‘s
sheet metal parts, which are not manufactured serially produced parts previously
as individual parts, but rather mainly as
multiple parts for economic reasons. Large manufactured individually.
perforations in structured parts of the car body • Punches available in standard shapes and
can be manufactured without a problem using customer-specific special shapes according
the system. to data record.
• High quality due to automated serial
production.
• Cost savings in design due to CAD standard
parts library. Data in the currently common
data formats can be called worldwide
directly through fibro.partcommunity.com
and is thus always up-to-date free of cost.
• Low spatial requirement as conventional
system and therefore also an option for
saving operations.
• Geometrical changes of the cutting contour
do not affect the retaining plate, thus
permitting cost savings in case of changes.
• Low mounting effort in tool maintenance,
quick-release system.
• Punches are provided with extraction
thread in the standard version. Lateral
borehole in the case of cutting form width
W < 20 mm.
Length
cutting
length
Punch
Diameter
2 2 4 7 . 2 3 E 2 . 1 0 0 0 0 . 0 3 0 0 0 Z
Shape: slot
Length P = 100 mm
Punch cutting Shape: slot
Punch length: l1 Order No Width W = 30 mm
22 without ejector pin 20 =2
Order Code
Length: l character
Execution: Order No 77 = E
blank = 0**
round = 1*
square = 2* optional Order Code character
rectangular = 3 with retaining plate- =Z
slot = 4 BOLT LOCK
rectangle with radiused corners = 5
*only for size (a x b): 01, 04, 05
**only available as CAD download
Note: Size (a1 x b1) Order No
Special forms available upon customer‘s request. 01 ( 80 x 55) = 1
Use blank 2207. for CAD data, see 02 (100 x 40) = 2
fibro.partcommunity.com.
03 (160 x 40) = 3
04 (120 x 80) = 4
05 (160 x 120) = 5
06 (240 x 45) = 6
Typ: Order No
BOLT LOCK = 7
Material Order No
HWS (1.2379) = 2
other materials and coatings available
upon request
Ordering example:
2247.23E2.10000.03000 Z
optional: with retaining plate BOLT LOCK (Z)
30
10
Example:
Selection of punch BOLT LOCK, blank according to the max. dimensions of the cutting form
Size 04 (A1 x B1 : 120 x 80 mm)
Incorporation of the cutting contour into the punch BOLT LOCK blank model.
Send the data to FIBRO in STEP format.
30
l
b1
a1
Material:
HWS (1.2379)
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
10
30
l +0,1
2664.11.
l1
2217. P ±0,01
b1
a1
30
10
l +0,1
2664.11.
l1
2227.
P ±0,01
b1
P ±0,01
a1
30
10
l +0,1
l1
2664.11.
2237. W ±0,01
b1
P ±0,01
a1
30
10
l +0,1
2664.11.
l1
2247.
W ±0,01
b1
P ±0,01
a1
30
10
l +0,1
l1
2664.11.
2257. W ±0,01
b1
P ±0,01
, 5
R0
a1
E103
Ordering example
Punches ISO 8020
Note: See table for standard dimensions
Special dimensions to order
2 2 4 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 A
Format: Slot
length P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting
Format: Slot
Punch: length: l1 Order No width W = 4,5 mm
22 without ejector pin 8 = 1
27 with ejector pin 10 = 2
13 = 3
19 = 4
25 = 5
Version: Order No 30 = 6 Order Code
blank = 0 special = X Angle: character
round = 1 0° = A
square = 2 90° = B
Order Code 180° = C
rectangular = 3 Lenght: l character 270° = D
slot = 4 50 = A special = X
rectangle with radiused corners = 5 56 = B
pilot pin with tapered tip = 6 Diameter: d1 Order No 63 = C
pilot pin parabolic tip = 7 3 = 1 71 = D
special shapes = 9 4 = 2 80 = E
5 = 3 90 = F
6 = 4 100 = G
8 = 5 110 = H
10 = 6 120 = J
Type: Order No 13 = 7 125 = K
ISO = 1 16 = 8 140 = L
20 = 9 150 = M
25 =10 200 = N
32 =11 special = X
2241.7G4.0650.0450A
Angle = 0° (A)
Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
Punch cutting length: l1 = 19 mm (4)
Length: l = 100 mm (G)
Diameter: d1 = 13 mm (7)
Type = ISO (1)
Version: Slot (4)
Punch: without ejector pin (22)
T +0,25
1
0,
r+
d 1 m5
P ±0,01
+1
l
P ±0,01
3
R13
G
G= 2×P
l 1 +0,5
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r+
d 1 m5
W ±0,01
+1
l
G
P ±0,01
3
R13
G= P2+W2
+0,5
l1
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r+
d 1 m5
W ±0,01
+1
l
P ±0,01
3
R13
G=P
+0,5
l1
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r+
d 1 m5 W ±0,01
+1
l
P ±0,01
R
0,
3
5
R13
±0
,0
1
*
+0,5
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
l1
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r±
+1
l
d 1 m5
T +0,25
1
0,
r±
d 1 m5
+1
l
3
R13
+0,5
l1
P +0,01
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
T +0,25
1
0,
P
r±
±0,01
d 1 m5
P ±0,01
+1
l
G
G= 2×P
3
R13
+0,5
l1
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r±
d 1 m5
W ±0,01
+1
l
G
P ±0,01
3
R13
G= P2+W2
+0,5
l1
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r±
d 1 m5
W ±0,01
+1
l
P ±0,01
3
R13
G=P
l 1 +0,5
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
T +0,25
1
0,
r±
d 1 m5 W ±0,01
+1
P ±0,01
l
R
0,
3
5
±0
R13
,0
* 1
+0,5
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
l1
90°
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02
180° 0°
270°
2751. Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
71 80 90 100 120
d1 / (Order No) d2 Wmin Gmax l1 / (Order No) r T l / (Order Code character) (D) (E) (F) (G) (J)
5 / (3) 8 1.6 4.9 13 (3) 19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
6 / (4) 9 2.5 5.9 13 (3) 19 (4) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
8 / (5) 11 2.5 7.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (6) 13 4 9.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 0.3 5 ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (7) 16 5 12.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (8) 19 8 15.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (9) 23 12 19.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (10) 28 16.5 24.9 19 (4) 25 (5) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (11) 35 20 31.9 25 (5) 30 (6) 0.4 5 ● ● ● ● ●
+0,25
0,
r+
T
d1 m5
l +1
R1
3
+0,5
l1
N
P +0,01
40°
4
Compression
16
spring
d4
Casing
l2
ø6,5 +0,1
l1
ø3 H7
H7
d 1 f7
l
h
h1
+0,1
h2
3,5
Parallel
dowel pin +0,05
d
d 5 f7
40
= 22
E121
Ordering example
Matrixes
NB: See table for standard dimensions
Special dimensions to order
l1
d2
2 6 4 6 . 1 0 F 6 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
Format: Slot
length P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting Order
length: l No
2 = 1 Format: Slot
3 = 2 width W = 6,5 mm
Matrixes:
4 = 3
26 = matrixes 5 = 4
6 = 5
8 = 6
Order 10 = 7
Version: No 12 = 8
blank (pilot hole bore) = 0 special = X Order Code
round = 1 Angle: character
Order Code 0° = A
square = 2 Length: l1 character 90° = B
13 = A 180° = C
rectangular = 3 Order 16 = B 270° = D
slot = 4 Diameter: d2 No 20 = C special = X
5 = 1 22 = D
rectangle with radiused corners = 5 6 = 2 25 = E
special shapes = 9 8 = 3 28 = F
10 = 4 30 = G
13 = 5 32 = H
16 = 6 35 = J
20 = 7 40 = K Anti-rotation element: Order No
Type: Order No 22 = 8 special = X pin [ 3 = 1
automotive standard = 5 25 = 9 pin [ 4 = 2
without shoulder ISO 8977 = 6 32 = 10 pin [ 6 = 3
with shoulder ISO 8977 = 7 38 = 11 polished surface
= 4
40 = 12 (continuous)
45 = 13 polished surface
50 = 14 = 5
top, 14 mm
56 = 15 polished surface
63 = 16 = 6
bottom, 14 mm
71 = 17
special = X
76 = 18
85 = 19
90 = 20
100 = 21
Ordering Code (Example):
2646.10F6.1350.0650 A2
8
Anti-rotation element:
28
Pin ∅ = 4 mm (2)
Angle = 0° (A)
Format: Slot
width W = 6,5 mm (0650)
Format: Slot 32
length P = 13,5 mm (1350) starting
Shape cutting length: l = 8 mm (6) lead
Length: l1 = 28 mm (F)
Diameter:
d2 = 32 mm (10)
13,5
d 2 n5
P +0,1
l
l1+0,5
0
d4 Starting
lead
Format: Round
P = ∅ 15,1 mm = 1510
Shape cutting length: l Order No
12 mm = (8)
Length: l1 Order code character
28 mm = (F)
Diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (10)
Type: Order No
without sholder
ISO 8977 = (6)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Matrix = 26
d2 F d2 F d2 F
10 4 10 4 10 4
13 5,5 13 5,5 13 5,5
16 7 16 7 16 7
20 8,5 20 8,5 20 8,5
22 9,5 22 9,5 22 9,5
25 11 25 11 25 11
32 14 32 14 32 14
40 18 40 18 40 18
50 23 50 23 50 23
l
+0,02
l1+0,5
P -0
+0,02
-0
P
starting
d4
lead G
90° 90°
G= 2×P
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
F F F
90° 90° 90°
F
90°
180° 0°
F=d2 /2
270°
l
+0,02
W -0
l1+0,5
+0,02
-0 P
starting
d4 lead G
90° 90°
G= P2+W2
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
d2 F d2 F d2 F
10 4 10 4 10 4
13 5,5 13 5,5 13 5,5
16 7 16 7 16 7
20 8,5 20 8,5 20 8,5
22 9,5 22 9,5 22 9,5
25 11 25 11 25 11
32 14 32 14 32 14
40 18 40 18 40 18
50 23 50 23 50 23
l
+0,02
W -0
l1+0,5
+0,02
-0
P
d4 starting
lead
90° 90°
G=P
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
d2 F d2 F d2 F
10 4 10 4 10 4
13 5,5 13 5,5 13 5,5
16 7 16 7 16 7
20 8,5 20 8,5 20 8,5
22 9,5 22 9,5 22 9,5
25 11 25 11 25 11
32 14 32 14 32 14
40 18 40 18 40 18
50 23 50 23 50 23
2656. d 2 n5
l
+0,02
W -0
l1+0,5
+0,02
-0
P
d4 starting G
lead ±0,01
R 0,5 *
90° 90°
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
2656. Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
16 20 22 25 28 30 32 35 40
d2 / (Order No) d4 Wmin Gmax l / (Order No) l1 / (Order Code character) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J) (K)
10 / (4) 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (5) 8 2 7 5 / (4) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (6) 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (7) 12 3.2 11 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
22 / (8) 15 4 14 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (9) 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (10) 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (12) 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ●
50 / (14) 37 9 36 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
d2 F d2 F d2 F
10 4 10 4 10 4
13 5,5 13 5,5 13 5,5
16 7 16 7 16 7
20 8,5 20 8,5 20 8,5
22 9,5 22 9,5 22 9,5
25 11 25 11 25 11
32 14 32 14 32 14
40 18 40 18 40 18
50 23 50 23 50 23
Format: Round
P = ∅ 15,1 mm = 1510
Shape cutting length: l Order No
12 mm = (8)
Length: l1 Order code character
28 mm = (F)
Diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (10)
Type: Order No
with shoulder
ISO 8977 = (7)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Matrix = 26
P +0,02
l
-0
l1+0,5
starting
P +0,02
5 +0,25
lead
-0
G
d4
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
F F F
90° 90° 90°
F
90°
180° 0°
F=d2 /2
270°
W +0,02
-0
l
l1+0,5
starting
P +0,02
5 +0,25
lead
-0
G
d4
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
F F F
90° 90° 90°
F
90°
180° 0°
F=d2 /2
270°
l
+0,02
W -0
l1+0,5
starting
lead
5 +0,25
+0,02
-0 P
d4
90° 90°
G=P
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
F F F
90° 90° 90°
F
90°
180° 0°
F=d2 /2
270°
l
+0,02
W -0
l1+0,5
starting
lead
5 +0,25
+0,02
-0
P
d4 G
±0,01
R 0,5 *
90° 90°
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
180° 0° 180° 0°
270° 270°
2657. Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
16 20 22 25 28 30 32 35
d2 / (Order No) d3 d4 Wmin Gmax l / (Order No) l1 / (Order Code character) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J)
8 / (3) 11 4 1.2 3.5 4 / (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
10 / (4) 13 5.8 1.2 5 4 / (3) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (5) 16 8 2 7 5 / (4) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (6) 19 9.5 2.4 9 5 / (4) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (7) 23 12 3.2 11 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
22 / (8) 25 15 4 14 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (9) 28 17.3 4.8 16 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (10) 35 20.7 5.5 20 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (12) 43 27.7 6.4 27 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50 / (14) 53 37 6.4 36 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
F F F
90° 90° 90°
F
90°
180° 0°
F=d2 /2
270°
P +0,1
l1+0,3
10°
3
d 2 n5
Matrix = 26
P +0,01
l1+0,3
10°
3
1°
d 2 n5
Format: Round
P = ∅ 21,9 mm = (2190)
Shape cutting length: l Order No
12 mm = (8)
Length: l1 Order Code character
28 mm = (F)
Diameter: d2 Order No
32 mm = (10)
Type: without shoulder Order No
Automotive Standard = (5)
Version: Order No
Round = (1)
Matrix = 26
l
P +0,02
l1+0,3
10°
P +0,02
3
1° G
d 2 n5
G= 2×P
F
90°
180° 0°
270°
Matrix = 26
l
W ±0,02
l1+0,3
10°
G
P +0,02
3
1°
d 2 n5
G= P2+W2 F
90°
180° 0°
270°
Matrix = 26
l
W ±0,02
l1+0,3
10°
P +0,02
3
1°
d 2 n5
F G=P
90°
180° 0°
270°
Matrix = 26
l
W ±0,02
l1+0,3
10°
G
P +0,02
3
R 0,5 ±0,01 *
1°
d 2 n5
F
90°
G= (P−1.0)2 +(W−1.0)2 +1
180° 0°
270°
2655. Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused corners, Automotive Standard
13 16 20 22 25 28 30 32 35 40
d2 / (Order No) Wmin Gmax F l / (Order No) l1 / (Order Code character) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (J) (K)
10 / (4) 1.3 6.8 7 3 / (2) 4 / (3) 5 / (4) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
13 / (5) 1.9 8.8 8.2 3 / (2) 5 / (4) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 / (6) 1.9 10.8 9 3 / (2) 5 / (4) 8 / (6) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 / (7) 1.9 13.6 11 3 / (2) 6 / (5) 10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
22 / (8) 1.9 15 12 3 / (2) 6 / (5) 10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 / (9) 1.9 17 13.5 3 / (2) 6 / (5) 10 / (7) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
32 / (10) 1.9 22 16 3 / (2) 6 / (5) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
38 / (11) 1.9 27 19 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
40 / (12) 1.9 27 20 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
45 / (13) 2.4 35 22.5 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
50 / (14) 4 40 25 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
56 / (15) 4 45 28 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
63 / (16) 4 50 31.5 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
71 / (17) 4 56 35.5 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
76 / (18) 5.6 60 38 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
85 / (19) 5.6 66 42.5 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
90 / (20) 5.6 70 45 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
100 / (21) 5.6 78 50 3 / (2) 8 / (6) 12 / (8) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Øt A d 2 n6
l1
starting d1
H7
lead
A
d 2 n6
d 1 H8
30'
l 1 +0,5
l2
Starting lead
d 4 ±0,1
d 2 k6
Starting d 1 H8
lead
30'
l3
l 1 +0,5
l2
d 4 ±0,1
d3
b +0,01
l
l 1 +0,5
5 +0,5
a +0,01 a +0,01
2 3
b +0,01
b +0,01
d 4 = d 1 +0,7
+0,5
f +0,01
a +0,01
1
*d
4 5
d 5 +0,01
b +0,01
A
l
l 1 +0,5
a +0,01 a +0,01
2 3
5 +0,2
b +0,01
b +0,01
d 4 = d 1 +0,7
+0,5
a +0,01
1
*d
4 5
d 5 +0,01
b +0,01
d3
b +0,01
d 2 m5
30'
3
a +0,01 a +0,01
5 +0,5
l 1 +0,5
2 3
b +0,01
b +0,01
1°
f +0,01
a +0,01
1
*d
4 5
d 5 +0,01
b +0,01
A
d 2 m5
30'
3
a +0,01 a +0,01
l 1 +0,5
2 3
b +0,01
b +0,01
5 +0,2 1°
a +0,01
1
*d
4 5
d 5 +0,01
b +0,01
d3
A
E161
Ordering examples
Special shapes Punches/Matrixes
(standardised)
2 2 9 1 . . F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
must be given for
special shapes!
Special shape
0°
2 6 9 6 . . F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
Matrixes must be given for
special shapes!
Special shape F 44
Special shape
0°
P
P/2
Note:
(2), max. R0.2 Punch
(1) and (2) - roundings and sharp edges
(1) rounding on the cutting punch of max. R0.2,
corresponds to a sharp edge on the matrix (1), max. R0.2
(2), max. R0.2
(2) rounding on the cutting matrix of max. R0.2, (2), R0.0
corresponds to a sharp edge on the punch
(2), R0.0
Matrix
P
P
P
W W W W
2 2 2 2
W W W W W W
F33 F52 F14 F56 F57 F58
(2) R A A A (2) A (2)
P (2) (2)
(1) (1) R
G
2 R
P
P
P
W W W W
2 2 2 2
W R= G W (2) W W W W
2
Various
F41 F93 F64 F65 F27
W R
A
A
R1 W W B
2 2
R2 R
P
P
P
P
W S
R 1 = 0,683W - 0,183P 2 B B B
W (2) W
R 2 = 1,183P - 0,683W W W 2
F28 F29 F16 F34
(2) R R (2)
P
P
P
P
W W W W
2 2 2 2
W W W W
P
P
P
P
Key-hole
F30 F31 F32 F61 F62
(2) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1)
A
R
B°
A
P
W (2) (2)
W W W W
Polygons
F12 F85 F35 F86 F36 F87
(2) R (2) R W (2) W R
W
W
W
W
P
P
W
270°
subject to alterations E163
Ordering examples
Special shapes Punches/Matrixes
(standardised)
2 2 9 1 . . F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
must be given for
special shapes!
Special shape
0°
2 6 9 6 . . F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
Matrixes must be given for
special shapes!
Special shape F 44
Special shape
0°
P
P/2
Note:
(2), max. R0.2 Punch
(1) and (2) - roundings and sharp edges
(1) rounding on the cutting punch of max. R0.2,
corresponds to a sharp edge on the matrix (1), max. R0.2
(2), max. R0.2
(2) rounding on the cutting matrix of max. R0.2, (2), R0.0
corresponds to a sharp edge on the punch
(2), R0.0
Matrix
P
W A
W W W W W
2
Double T-shapes
F21 F91 F92 F15
A A A A
(2) (2) (2)
B
B
P
P
(1) (1) (2) S R
W R W R W W
Simple T-shapes
F44 F66 F45 F67
A A
A A A A
(2) 2 (2) 2
(1) (1) R R
P
P
B
B
B B
W W W W
2 2
L-shapes
F46 F77 A F78 F79 A F48 F80
A A A A A A A
2 2
180° (1) (1) (1)
0°
(2) B (2) B (2) B
(1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 2
P
P
P
P
PP
PP
B
B
WW WW
W W R W W R W R W
F81 F82 A F47 F83 F49 F84
A A A A A A
(2) 2 (2) (2) (2) (2)
(1) B R R R R
(1) 2
P
P
P
P
PP
PP
PP
PP
B
WW R WW WW WW
W W W W W W
U-shapes
F50 F68 F69 F70 F71 F72
A A A B A B A B A B
(1) (2) (1) (2)
2 2 2 2
(1) (1) (1) (1)
P
P
B
(2) (2)
W W W W R W R W
F51 F73 F74 F75 F76
A A A B A B A B
(2) (2) (2) 2 2 2
R R
R R R
P
P
B
S S
W W W W W
270°
subject to alterations E165
Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
2618. d5
d 1 -0,2
l -0,1
19
0
5
d8 O-ring
M
d 6 -0,01
-0,05
°
60
6x
O-ring
2618.
Dynamic Stripper Punching waste
(DAE)
24-26
20 +0.05
The dynamic stripper can help to protect both the tool and the product
0
Mounting example
Punch with
ejector pin
p
d4 Matrix
5 +0.05
+0.05
20
0
0
15
d 7 +0.05
0
5
for standard dimensions
25
ø9
cutting length
cutting length
l 1- Length
l 1- Length
d4 d4
l - Shape
l - Shape
Starting ø16
lead
Diameter-d 2
d4= 9 mm
Diameter-d 2
5
P P
25
ø9
cutting length
cutting length
l 1- Length
l 1- Length
d4 d4
l - Shape
l - Shape
Starting ø16
lead
Diameter-d 2
d 2 n5
d4
p +0.1
(l)
l 1+0.5
20 +0.05
Starting lead 5 +0.05
d7
Diameter d4 Execution:
9 mm = 09 Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces
Shape cutting length: l Order number ground.
5 mm = (4) Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
Length: l1 Order code character Note:
25 mm = (E) Order dynamic stripping element (DAE) sepa-
Diameter d2 Order number rately.
16 mm = (6)
Type: Order number
without sholder for DAE = (6)
Version: Order number
Blank (pilot hole bore) = (0)
for Dynamic Stripper
(DAE) = 18
Matrix = 26
Starting d 2 m5
lead d4
p +0.1
(l)
l 1+0.5
5 +0.05
+0.05
20
5 +0.25
d7
d 3 -0.25
d 2 n5
Punch with d4
ejector pin p +0.01
p
d 2 H7
n5
Plate d 4 /d 5
(l)
d1
p +0.01
l 1+0.5
+0.05
l
20
5 +0.05
l 1+0.5
5 +0.05
Starting lead d7
d7
Diameter d4 Execution:
9 mm = 09 Diameter d2, starting lead and end faces
Shape cutting length: l Order number ground.
5 mm = (4) Note:
Length: l1 Order code character Order dynamic stripping element (DAE) sepa-
25 mm = (E) rately.
Diameter d2 Order number
16 mm = (6)
Type: Order number
without sholder for DAE = (6)
Version: Order number
Round = (1)
for Dynamic Stripper
(DAE) = 18
Matrix = 26
Starting d 2 m5
lead d4 Punch with
p +0.01
ejector pin
p
d 2 m5
H7
(l)
Plate d 4 /d 5
d1
p +0.01
l 1+0.5
5 +0.05
+0.05
l
20
5 +0.25
l 1+0.5
+0.05
d7
5
d 3 -0.25
d7
d 3 -0.25
E173
Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty
2664.05. d 4 H7 ø6 H7
m6
15
6,3
32
18
15
t
d 2H6 M8
øK M4
M8 x 10
M4 x 20
a +0,8 1)
x r2
e 1 ±0,01
r1
d1
e3±0,01 e3±0,01
a3 ±0,2 a3 ±0,2
b +0,8 1)
30° 1)
a x 45° 1)
a 1 ±0,2 4
e 2 ±0,01
Execution:
Version for metal thicknesses up to 3 mm. The punch locating hole d2 is
manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6 stud holes
H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate with other
polygon versions.
Note:
Special punch retainers available to order.
15
6,3
41
28
25
t
d 2H6 M8
øK M4
M8 x 10
M4 x 20
a +0,8 1)
x r2
e 1 ±0,01
r1
d1
e3±0,01 e3±0,01
a3 ±0,2 a3 ±0,2
b +0,8 1)
30° 1)
a x 45° 1)
a 1 ±0,2 4
e 2 ±0,01
Execution:
Version for metal thicknesses > 3 mm/max. 6 mm. The punch locating
hole d2 is manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6
stud holes H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate
with other polygon versions.
Note:
Special punch retainers available to order.
15
6,3
32
18
15
t
d 2H6 M8
øK M4
M8 x 10
M4 x 20
a +0,8 1)
x r2
e 1 ±0,01
r1
d1
e3±0,01 e3±0,01
a3 ±0,2 a3 ±0,2
b+0,8 1)
30° 1)
a x 45° 1)
a 1 ±0,2 4
e 2 ±0,01
Execution:
Version for metal thicknesses up to 3 mm. The punch locating hole d2 is
manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6 stud holes
H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate with other
polygon versions.
Note:
Special punch retainers available to order.
15
6,3
41
28
25
t
d 2H6 M8
øK M4
M8 x 10
M4 x 20
a +0,8 1)
r2
e 1 ±0,01 x
r1
d1
e3±0,01 e3±0,01
a3 ±0,2 a3 ±0,2
b+0,8 1)
30° 1)
a x 45° 1)
a 1 ±0,2 4
e 2 ±0,01
Execution:
Version for metal thicknesses > 3 mm/max. 6 mm. The punch locating
hole d2 is manufactured to a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm relative to the 6
stud holes H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate
with other polygon versions.
Note:
Special punch retainers available to order.
Pressure plate welded.
6,3
M
d2
l1
l
8
20
20
d 2 h6
k
s
d
d 3±0,005 d2
4,5 -0,08
0
l 1±0,13
M4
d2
4,55 +0,13
e
Retainer for
ball-lock punches
b +0,025
c +0,025
+0,010
a +0,005 up to Ø 25
d +0,75
+0,015
*a +0,008 from Ø 32
d 3±0,005 d2
4,5 -0,08
0
l 1±0,13
M4
d2
Retainer for
ball-lock punches
b +0,025
c +0,025
+0,010
a +0,005 up to Ø 25
d +0,75
+0,015
*a +0,008 from Ø 32
05.2017
Retainer BOLT LOCK
2664.11.01
ø10,5
ø8 H7
14,5
31
16
11
ø17 21
80
60
Material: 24 ±0,01
HWS (1.2379)
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
Note: 15 ±0,01
16,5
55
17,5
DIN EN ISO 4762 and pins
DIN EN ISO 8735
≈15
42
2664.11.02
ø10,5
ø8 H7
14,5
31
16
11
ø17
21
100
Material: 86 ±0,01
HWS (1.2379)
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
9,5
10 ±0,01
Note:
40
36
80
ø10,5
ø8 H7
14,5
31
16
11
ø17
21
160
135 Material:
HWS (1.2379)
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
7
Note:
10 ±0,01
40
64
120 ±0,01
2664.11.04
ø13,5
ø10 H7
14,5
31
16
13
ø20 21
120
30 ±0,01
Material:
HWS (1.2379)
20 ±0,01
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
Note:
50
80
50
90
ø13,5
ø10 H7
14,5
31
16
13
ø20
21
160
135 ±0,01
Material:
5 ±0,01
HWS (1.2379)
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
120
80
Note:
Delivery including socket cap screws
DIN EN ISO 4762 and pins
DIN EN ISO 8735
≈15
60
120
2664.11.06
ø13,5
ø10 H7
14,5
31
16
13
ø20
21
240
Material: 210 ±0,01
HWS (1.2379)
12,5 ±0,01
Hardness 60 +2 HRC
45
20
Note:
Delivery including socket cap screws
DIN EN ISO 4762 and pins
DIN EN ISO 8735
≈15
120
210
E181
Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-rotation element
2664.02. H7
ø6 m6
d3
2665.01. d
15
6
5 +0,05
11
25
11
t
d1
M8
G5
d 2
a +0,8 1) r2
r1
30° 1)
e3±0,01 e3±0,01
a3 ±0,2 a3 ±0,2
b +0,8 1)
e 1 ±0,01
a x 45° 1)
a 1 ±0,2 4
e 2 ±0,01
Execution:
The centres of the pinholes are the reference points for the position of
the punch bore.
The dimensions e1, e2 and e3 have a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm.
The triangle ball-lock retainers are interchangeable.
Note:
Pressure plate 2665.01. to be ordered separately for the receiving punch
plate.
2664.02. Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-rotation element
Order No d d1 d2 d3 a a1 a3 a4 b e1 e2 e3 t r1 r2
2664.02.10 9 15 10 14 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 7.5 26.925 9 9 9.5 12
2664.02.13 9 15 13 17 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 6.5 29.97 12 9 12.7 15.2
2664.02.16 9 15 16 20 54 19 15.9 13 53.2 6 31.75 13.5 9 14.3 16.8
2664.02.20 11 18 20 24 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 5 33.53 16.5 11 17.5 20
2664.02.25 13.5 20 25 29 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
2664.02.32 13.5 20 32 36 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
2665.01. d
15
6
5 +0,05
11
25
11
t
d1
M8
G5
d 2
a +0,8 1) r2
b 4 ±0,02
r1
30° 1)
e3±0,01 e3±0,01
a3 ±0,2 a3 ±0,2
b +0,8 1)
b 31)
1) e 1 ±0,01
a x 45° 1)
a 1 ±0,2 4
e 2 ±0,01
Execution:
The centres of the pinholes are the reference points for the position of
the punch bore.
The dimensions e1, e2 and e3 have a tolerance of ± 0.01 mm.
The triangle ball-lock retainers are interchangeable.
Note:
Pressure plate 2665.01. to be ordered separately for the receiving punch
plate.
2664.04. Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with anti-rotation element
Order No d d1 d2 a a1 a3 a4 b b3 b4 e1 e2 e3 t r1 r2
2664.04.10 9 15 10 44.5 19 11.1 10 43.7 12 5 7.5 26.925 9 9 9.5 12
2664.04.13 9 15 13 50.8 19 14.3 12 50 15 6.5 6.5 29.97 12 9 12.7 15.2
2664.04.16 9 15 16 64 19 15.9 13 53.2 18 8 6 31.75 13.5 9 14.3 16.8
2664.04.20 11 18 20 60.3 19 17.5 14 59.5 23 10 5 33.53 16.5 11 17.5 20
2664.04.25 13.5 20 25 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 28 12.5 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
2664.04.32 13.5 20 32 69.9 23.8 19.8 16 69.1 35 16 7 40.64 22 13.5 22.2 24.7
M +0,8 1)
e 1±0,1 a r2
ø7 d
ø6
e 3±0,1 e 3±0,1
a3±0,2 a3±0,2
l1
ø7
b+0,8 1)
a 1±0,2
l
M8
20
r1 30° 1)
8
d ø7
1)
k a 4 x 45°
e2 ±0,1
s
6
d
Retainer Ø d2 Socket head cap screw Dowel pin Pin screw Pressure plate
2664.02./04. 10 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.10
13 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.13
16 2192.10.08.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.16
20 2192.10.10.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.20
25 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.25
32 2192.10.12.035 236.1.0600.020 2192.72.08.008 2665.01.32
E185
Stripping unit
2431.7. Installation example:
d3
d2
3
l
l
b
R3 d4
d1 Compression
d1
d5
Material:
FIBROFLEX® 95 Shore A
Note:
Stripping units can be used for retainers 2664.02./04./05./06./10.
* values for the stripping force are dependent on a number of parameters
(e.g. lubricant, temperature etc.) and may vary from those given here.
** max spring travel should not exceed 15% of the length
Spring travel** 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm 3mm 6mm 9mm
Length 35 35 35 43 43 43 53 53 53 63 63 63 73 73 73
d2 Stripping forces (N)*
10 1300 - - 1060 1820 - 900 1650 - 720 1450 1860 - - -
13 2100 - - 1700 2850 - 1460 2610 - 1170 2320 2910 930 2080 2500
16 3000 - - 2310 3900 - 1990 3560 - 1590 3150 3980 1270 2810 3440
20 3500 - - 2900 4900 - 2500 4470 - 2000 3950 5000 1590 3420 4330
25 5400 - - 4440 7520 - 3810 6860 - 3050 6050 7680 2420 5390 6780
32 8400 - - 6840 11390 - 5880 10450 - 4700 9310 11640 3740 8370 10280
38 - - - 9280 19740 - 8140 15890 - 6440 11570 18030 5460 8850 11680
40 - - - 10100 20190 - 8650 17300 - 6890 13780 20670 6000 9800 12700
Ordering example:
Stripping unit = 2431.7.
d2 = 10 mm = 2431.7.10.
l = 53 mm = 2431.7.10.53
Order number = 2431.7.10.53
Mounting example
Mounting example
Description: Execution:
Repairs, sharpening and modifications on dies equipped with elastomer Stock lenghts: 39, 47, 56 mm.
strippers do not necessitate the dismantling of a stripper plate, thus Other lengths on request (max. 56 mm)!
becoming very expedient.
Any marring of delicate part surfaces is precluded. This makes
Application:
Especially in large dies, where the use of elastomer strippers does away
elastomer strippers ideal for all painted, anodized, plastic-coated and
with the need of huge stripper plates.
polished parts. FIBROFLEX® Elastomer Strippers are resistant against oils
and greases. Mounting:
Material: Push stripper over punch, where it will stay put on account of its elasti-
city.
FIBROFLEX®
No other form of retention will be required.
Hardness: 95 Shore A
A single press stroke will then pierce a hole through the bottom portion
of the stripper that matches the punch shape exactly.
d4
3
d5
Material:
Steel
243.7. .1 Washer
Order No d4 d5
243.7.085.1 8.5 21
243.7.105.1 10.5 23
243.7.130.1 13 26
243.7.135.1 13.5 26
243.7.165.1 16.5 30
243.7.205.1 20.5 38
243.7.255.1 25.5 50
243.7.325.1 32.5 55
243.7.385.1 38.5 60
243.7.405.1 40.5 63
Material: Execution:
Steel hardened and ground to finest finish
Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
high class diemaking in mind. Whereas DIN EN ISO 8735 stipulates ISO
Class 6 for dowels, we produce our pins to m5.
236.1. Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
d1 d2 t1 l2 r l1 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120
6 4 6 2.1 6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
8 5 8 2.6 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
10 6 10 3 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
12 6 12 3.8 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
14 8 12 4 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 8 16 4.7 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 10 20 6 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
25 16 24 6 25 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735 =236.1.
Diameter d1 6 mm = 0600.
Length l1 16 mm = 016
Order No =236.1. 0600. 016
Material: Execution:
Steel hardened and ground to finest finish
Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
2361.1. Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, according to DIN EN ISO 8735
d1 d2 t1 l2 r l1 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120
4 3 4.5 1.3 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
5 3 5 1.7 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
6 4 6 2.1 6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
8 5 8 2.6 8 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
10 6 10 3 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
12 6 10 3.8 12 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
14 8 12 4 14 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
16 8 12 4.7 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
20 10 16 6 20 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Draw Bar
Impact Sleeve
ca. 500 mm
Four Adaptors:
- M 3, M 4
- M 5, M 6
- M 8, M 10
236.001 Dowel Pin Extractor FIBROZIPP - M 16
Extraction tool for the fast and convenient removal of dowels with internal
extracting thread – also for shafts, plugs and other machine components.
The tool comes with interchangeable adaptors and screws, to fit
all threads from M3 to M16. Interchangeable
Extracting Screw
DIN ISO 4762
Description: Epoxy-Bonding:
Dowel liner bushes are used where precisely positioned, unhardened The jig-ground pin holes of the hardened matrix are joined with the
parts are often changed or must be replaced, e.g. in precision tool const- dowel liner bush by means of a dowel pin 235.1. Retainer holes for
ruction. dowel liner bushes should be approximately 2 mm larger in diameter
than the bush O.D. – a coarse finish is desirable. Following exact positio-
Material: ning/aligning, FIBROLIT® ZWO or FIBROFIX® SECHS is used for bonding.
WS
Hardness 54 ± 2 HRC
Material: Execution:
Steel hardened and ground to finest finish
Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
high class diemaking in mind. Whereas DIN EN ISO 8734 stipulates ISO
Class 6 for dowels, we produce our pins to m5.
Material: Execution:
Steel hardened and ground to finest finish
Hardness 60 ± 2 HRC
Material:
Case hardened steel
Hardness 740 ± 40 HV 10
Execution:
Diameters d1, d2 and shoulder precision ground.
Material:
Case hardened steel
Hardness 740 ± 40 HV 10
Execution:
Diameters d1 and d2 precision ground.
Single pins:
Quality class I 240.1.
Quality class II 240.2.
Small set:
91 gauge pins from ∅ 1-10 mm in steps of
0,1 mm, complete in wooden box.
Quality class I 240.51.
Quality class II 240.52.
Large set:
273 gauge pins from ∅ 1-10 mm in steps of
0,1 mm, plus one each. 0,01 mm-oversize/
undersize pin – complete in wooden box
Quality class I 240.41.
Quality class II 240.42.
Special sets:
Ordering Code (example): Supplied to customer’s requirements in
respect of assortment and quality class. All
Gauge pin DIN 2269 =240. gauge pins from ∅ 3 mm upward are marked
Quality class KL 1 = 1. with their actual size.
Diameter d1 0.29 mm = 0029
Order No =240. 1. 0029
240.45. Gauge Pin Holders Wooden boxes: with drilled holes, for the safe
and orderly storage of gauge
Order No
(without pins)
(without pins) for diameters Order No pins – each hole marked with
from 1–2 240.45.1 the requisite pin size.
from 2–4 240.45.2 Large Set of approx. 270 Pins 240.91
from 4–6 240.45.3 size: 2503 903 390
from 6–8 240.45.4 Small Set of approx. 90 Pins 240.92
from 8–10 240.45.5 size: 1553 903 285
Boxes complete with carrier board
inset
Gauge Pin Holders are double-ended, to carry two pins e.g. for go – no go
Class I-Accuracy 240.9x.1
measurements etc. Class II-Accuracy 240.9x.2
Wooden box:
Wooden boxes for Gauge Pins – with drilled holes in wooden tray insert.
Each hole marked with true size of pin.
External dimensions: 155x90x285 mm
Material:
HSS
Execution:
The punching and embossing unit with matrix
consists of:
1 x embossing die
1 x punch die
1 x matrix
2282.01. Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched holes and self tapping screws
Nominal-∅ =
Order No thread size d1 d2 d3h6 d4k6 d5h6 d6 d7 d8h6 d9k6 l1 l2 l3 l4 l5
2282.01.035 B 3,5 2.75 3.2 7.5 3.75 2.7 2.7 3.1 7.5 3.75 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
2282.01.039 B 3,9 3.05 3.4 7.5 3.75 3 3 3.6 7.5 3.75 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
2282.01.042 B 4,2 3.15 3.5 8.5 4.25 3.1 3.1 3.7 8 4 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
2282.01.048 B 4,8 3.85 4.2 9 4.5 3.8 3.8 4.5 8 4 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
2282.01.055 B 5,5 4.35 4.8 9 4.5 4.3 4.3 5 8 4 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
2282.01.063 B 6,3 4.85 5.3 10.5 5.25 4.8 4.8 5.5 10 5 31.3 28 74.5 71.5 60
2282.01.xxx
2282.01.xxx.1 Embossing die 2282.01.xxx.2 Punch die 2282.01.xxx.3 Bottom die
ø13
d 9 k6 to DIN 9861
4,2
d7 Example of application:
d 3 h6
d 1 H7 1
R 0,3
l5
l1
l2
l4
4,2
l3
d2
d 4 k6
ø13
5
d 6 H7 1
d 5 h6
d 8 h6
D Guide elements
F Springs
Compression springs, gas springs, elastomer springs
Spring and spacer units
J Peripheral Equipment
K Cam Units
F2
Springs
Springs for dies, fixtures, moulds, A special spring range for demanding
applications in the manufacture of tools,
machines, mechanisms. For various machinery and jigs & fixtures.
industrial uses.
Our spring systems are constantly being
FIBRO Compression Springs – a comprehensive developed to cover the most varied
range, rooted in the resolute quality consci- requirements.
ousness on which our reputation was built. The spring type is selected to match specific
Applied equally to the selection and inspecti- customer requirements.
on of raw materials as well as to every step in
manufacture.
Springs – a simple product by comparison. But Special helical springs
a demanding one also if new standards are to Manufactured to DIN ISO 10243, the springs
be set by its reliability and performance. are available in four grades for high cyclic and
A product whose failure in service always is constant loads.
very expensive, even disastrous in some cases. The specially rolled wire profile is manufactured
from high quality heat treated alloy steel.
A product therefore where it pays . . . to pay for
the difference. Whose faults or qualities remain
hidden at first. They prove themselves in the FIBROFLEX® Springs
long run –!
These rubber-elastic spring elements in Sho-
FIBRO high performance springs – in four rehardness ratings 80, 90, 95, are made from
duty ranges. Made from selected grades of polyurethane elastomers. Benefits include
chrome-vanadium spring steel. high spring forces and good resilient damping
Cold-formed from special rolled wire sections. behaviour.
Capable of sustaining service loadings of
exceptional serverity.
Identical fitting dimensions for all springs of FIBROELAST® Springs
common nominal size, facilitating development
work. Packing a maximum of spring action into As a superior alternative to rubber springs we
a minimum of design space offer polyurethane elastomer springs in Shore A
hardness rating of 70.
Up and down in endless repetition: FIBRO Com-
pression Springs. From the tough stable of tool-
and diemaking, where no quarters are given. Disc Springs
A spring range of almost 400 sizes. Each spring The required spring characteristics result from
strictly to specification. Ends flattened and various laminations with multiple settings and
ground parallel. Surfaces ball shot peened for combinations.
even greater spring resilience.
FIBRO Springs – for fit-and-forget performance.
For confined spaces. For virtually no space at FIBRO Gas springs
all. For aircraft · tractors · harvesters · dies jigs · close a gap where ever the accent is on accomo-
fixtures · for machines from A to Z. dation of the utmot force component within a
For all uses where the going is hard. A choice minimum of space – or where exceedingly large
without regrets. travel is demanded: FIBRO Gas springs take care
of both demands, even in combination.
subject to alterations F3
Contents
F23, 241.14.13. F32
Gas springs - General overview
F174 High performance compression
spring DIN ISO 10243
F4 subject to alterations
Contents
241.14.20. F38 241.14.32. F46
High performance compression High performance compression
spring DIN ISO 10243 spring DIN ISO 10243
subject to alterations F5
Contents
241.14.50. F54 242.01. F62
High performance compression Disc spring DIN 2093
spring DIN ISO 10243
F6 subject to alterations
Contents
2441.6. F76 244.10. F82
Locating bolt, threaded Washer
subject to alterations F7
Contents
2441.16. F86 2452.10. .2 F97
Thrust washer Damping unit SD
F8 subject to alterations
Contents
244.18. F105 2533.20. F112
Spring and spacer unit, with Spacer with spring for die release
hexagon socket countersunk head
cap screw
subject to alterations F9
Contents
2470.20. .2 F121 2471.34. F125
Spring plunger, low maintenance, Spring plunger, with spring loaded
increased spring force, VDI 3004, ball, with hexagon socket, increased
Colour marking: red spring force
2480.00.50.20. F406
Service station, mobile, for gas
springs
2480.00.54.10 F407
Hose press, pneumatic
2480.00.54.03 F407
Hose shears
F409-
Gas springs - Application examples
416
1950
Force increase diagram:
1800
Initial spring force 750 daN
1650
– Gas spring
1500
– High Performance Compression Spring
1350
Spring force in daN
1200
– FIBROFLEX® spring
1050
900
750
600
450
Gas spring
300
High Performance Compression Spring
150 FIBROFLEX®spring
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Stroke in mm
20.000
Range of applications:
Gas spring
High Performance Compression Spring
15.000
FIBROFLEX® spring
13.000
Spring force in daN
10.000
5.000
3.000
550
subject to alterations
F23
Compression
Springs
DIN ISO 10243
F25
High Performance Compression Springs
Service Data for Limited-/ Working temperature
Extended Spring Life
The spring material has a working temperature
The achievable service life of helical of up to 250 °C. This rating is an approximation
compression springs depends to a large extent since the actual approved working temperature
on the composition of the spring wire, the will also depend on factors such as load. It is
operating conditions, and on design worth noting that above 100 °C the modulus of
parameters. elasticity decreases and with a reduction in
tension setting starts to occur.
S1
S2
L1…Ln = length of loaded spring
Sn
F1
SA
F2 (mm) as related to
spring forces F1…Fn
LBL = length of compacted
L0
H15
Dh spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
L1
Fn
L2
F1…Fn = forces (N) as related to
Ln
L BL
length of spring L1…Ln
SV1…SV7 = recommend. preload.
compression, as relat.
to compress. S1…S7
S1…Sn = compr. as related to
spring forces F1…Fn
R = spring rate (N/mm)
SA1…SA7 = working stroke (mm)
S2
L1…Ln = length of loaded spring
Sn
F1
SA
F2 (mm) as related to
spring forces F1…Fn
LBL = length of compacted
L0
H15
Dh spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
L1
Fn
L2
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green”
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 10,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 39 5,2 1,7 3,5 52 5,9 1,7 4,2 59 6,5 2,3 4,2 65
241.14.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 8,5 4,8 2,1 2,7 41 6,4 2,1 4,3 54 7,2 2,1 5,1 61 8,0 2,9 5,1 68
241.14.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 6,8 6,0 2,6 3,4 41 8,0 2,6 5,4 54 9,0 2,6 6,4 61 10,0 3,6 6,4 68
241.14.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 6,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 41 9,2 3,0 6,2 55 10,4 3,0 7,4 62 11,5 4,1 7,4 69
241.14.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 5,0 8,1 3,5 4,6 41 10,8 3,5 7,3 54 12,2 3,5 8,7 61 13,5 4,9 8,6 68
241.14.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 4,3 10,2 4,4 5,8 44 13,6 4,4 9,2 58 15,3 4,4 10,9 66 17,0 6,1 10,9 73
241.14.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 3,2 12,0 5,2 6,8 38 16,0 5,2 10,8 51 18,0 5,2 12,8 58 20,0 7,2 12,8 64
241.14.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,1 48,9 21,2 27,7 54 65,2 21,2 44,0 72 73,4 21,2 52,2 81 81,5 29,3 52,2 90
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue”
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 16,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 53 4,4 1,4 3,0 70 5,0 1,4 3,6 80 5,5 2,0 3,5 88
241.15.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 13,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 51 5,2 1,7 3,5 68 5,9 1,7 4,2 77 6,5 2,3 4,2 85
241.15.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 11,9 4,8 2,1 2,7 57 6,4 2,1 4,3 76 7,2 2,1 5,1 86 8,0 2,9 5,1 95
241.15.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 10,3 5,7 2,5 3,2 59 7,6 2,5 5,1 78 8,6 2,5 6,1 89 9,5 3,4 6,1 98
241.15.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 8,9 6,3 2,7 3,6 56 8,4 2,7 5,7 75 9,5 2,7 6,8 85 10,5 3,8 6,7 93
241.15.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 7,6 8,1 3,5 4,6 62 10,8 3,5 7,3 82 12,2 3,5 8,7 93 13,5 4,9 8,6 103
241.15.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 5,3 9,9 4,3 5,6 52 13,2 4,3 8,9 70 14,9 4,3 10,6 79 16,5 5,9 10,6 87
241.15.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 1,6 40,8 17,7 23,1 65 54,4 17,7 36,7 87 61,2 17,7 43,5 98 68,0 24,5 43,5 109
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 22,6 2,7 1,2 1,5 61 3,6 1,2 2,4 81 4,0 1,2 2,8 90 4,5 1,6 2,9 102
241.16.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 17,7 3,5 1,5 2,0 62 4,7 1,5 3,2 83 5,3 1,5 3,8 94 5,9 2,1 3,8 104
241.16.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 16,7 4,2 1,8 2,4 70 5,6 1,8 3,8 94 6,3 1,8 4,5 105 7,0 2,5 4,5 117
241.16.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 14,7 5,1 2,2 2,9 75 6,8 2,2 4,6 100 7,7 2,2 5,5 113 8,5 3,1 5,4 125
241.16.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 12,8 5,7 2,5 3,2 73 7,6 2,5 5,1 97 8,6 2,5 6,1 110 9,5 3,4 6,1 122
241.16.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 10,8 7,5 3,3 4,2 81 10,0 3,3 6,7 108 11,3 3,3 8,0 122 12,5 4,5 8,0 135
241.16.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 7,8 8,7 3,8 4,9 68 11,6 3,8 7,8 90 13,1 3,8 9,3 102 14,5 5,2 9,3 113
241.16.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,0 36,0 15,6 20,4 72 48,0 15,6 32,4 96 54,0 15,6 38,4 108 60,0 21,6 38,4 120
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.10.025 10,0 5,0 25 34,3 2,1 0,9 1,2 72 2,8 0,9 1,9 96 3,1 0,9 2,2 106 3,5 1,4 2,1 120
241.17.10.032 10,0 5,0 32 25,5 2,4 1,0 1,4 61 3,2 1,0 2,2 82 3,6 1,0 2,6 92 4,0 1,5 2,5 102
241.17.10.038 10,0 5,0 38 21,6 3,5 1,5 2,0 76 4,6 1,5 3,1 99 5,2 1,5 3,7 112 5,8 2,2 3,6 125
241.17.10.044 10,0 5,0 44 17,9 3,9 1,7 2,2 70 5,2 1,7 3,5 93 5,8 1,7 4,1 104 6,5 2,5 4,0 116
241.17.10.051 10,0 5,0 51 15,1 4,5 1,9 2,6 68 6,0 1,9 4,1 91 6,7 1,9 4,8 101 7,5 2,9 4,6 113
241.17.10.064 10,0 5,0 64 12,3 6,4 2,8 3,6 78 8,5 2,8 5,7 104 9,6 2,8 6,8 118 10,7 4,1 6,6 131
241.17.10.076 10,0 5,0 76 10,2 7,4 3,2 4,2 75 9,8 3,2 6,6 100 11,1 3,2 7,9 113 12,3 4,7 7,6 125
241.17.10.305 10,0 5,0 305 2,5 31,2 13,5 17,7 76 41,6 13,5 28,1 102 46,8 13,5 33,3 115 52,0 20,0 32,0 127
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green”
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 18,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 70 5,2 1,7 3,5 94 5,9 1,7 4,2 106 6,5 2,3 4,2 117
241.14.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 16,4 5,1 2,2 2,9 84 6,8 2,2 4,6 112 7,7 2,2 5,5 126 8,5 3,1 5,4 139
241.14.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 13,6 6,0 2,6 3,4 82 8,0 2,6 5,4 109 9,0 2,6 6,4 122 10,0 3,6 6,4 136
241.14.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 12,1 6,9 3,0 3,9 83 9,2 3,0 6,2 111 10,4 3,0 7,4 126 11,5 4,1 7,4 139
241.14.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 11,4 8,1 3,5 4,6 92 10,8 3,5 7,3 123 12,2 3,5 8,7 139 13,5 4,9 8,6 154
241.14.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 9,3 10,5 4,6 5,9 98 14,0 4,6 9,4 130 15,8 4,6 11,2 147 17,5 6,3 11,2 163
241.14.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 7,1 12,3 5,3 7,0 87 16,4 5,3 11,1 116 18,5 5,3 13,2 131 20,5 7,4 13,1 146
241.14.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 5,4 14,7 6,4 8,3 79 19,6 6,4 13,2 106 22,1 6,4 15,7 119 24,5 8,8 15,7 132
241.14.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 1,4 49,8 21,6 28,2 70 66,4 21,6 44,8 93 74,7 21,6 53,1 105 83,0 29,9 53,1 116
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue”
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 30,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 99 4,4 1,4 3,0 132 5,0 1,4 3,6 150 5,5 2,0 3,5 165
241.15.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 24,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 97 5,2 1,7 3,5 129 5,9 1,7 4,2 146 6,5 2,3 4,2 161
241.15.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 21,4 4,8 2,1 2,7 103 6,4 2,1 4,3 137 7,2 2,1 5,1 154 8,0 2,9 5,1 171
241.15.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 18,5 5,7 2,5 3,2 105 7,6 2,5 5,1 141 8,6 2,5 6,1 159 9,5 3,4 6,1 176
241.15.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 15,5 6,6 2,9 3,7 102 8,8 2,9 5,9 136 9,9 2,9 7,0 153 11,0 4,0 7,0 171
241.15.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 12,1 8,4 3,6 4,8 102 11,2 3,6 7,6 136 12,6 3,6 9,0 152 14,0 5,0 9,0 169
241.15.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 10,2 10,2 4,4 5,8 104 13,6 4,4 9,2 139 15,3 4,4 10,9 156 17,0 6,1 10,9 173
241.15.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 8,4 12,3 5,3 7,0 103 16,4 5,3 11,1 138 18,5 5,3 13,2 155 20,5 7,4 13,1 172
241.15.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,1 43,2 18,7 24,5 91 57,6 18,7 38,9 121 64,8 18,7 46,1 136 72,0 25,9 46,1 151
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 42,2 2,6 1,1 1,5 110 3,5 1,1 2,4 148 3,9 1,1 2,8 165 4,4 1,6 2,8 186
241.16.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 33,4 3,3 1,4 1,9 110 4,4 1,4 3,0 147 5,0 1,4 3,6 167 5,5 2,0 3,5 184
241.16.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 29,4 4,1 1,8 2,3 121 5,4 1,8 3,6 159 6,1 1,8 4,3 179 6,8 2,4 4,4 200
241.16.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 24,5 4,8 2,1 2,7 118 6,4 2,1 4,3 157 7,2 2,1 5,1 176 8,0 2,9 5,1 196
241.16.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 19,6 5,7 2,5 3,2 112 7,6 2,5 5,1 149 8,6 2,5 6,1 169 9,5 3,4 6,1 186
241.16.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 14,7 7,2 3,1 4,1 106 9,6 3,1 6,5 141 10,8 3,1 7,7 159 12,0 4,3 7,7 176
241.16.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 13,7 8,7 3,8 4,9 119 11,6 3,8 7,8 159 13,1 3,8 9,3 179 14,5 5,2 9,3 199
241.16.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 11,8 9,9 4,3 5,6 117 13,2 4,3 8,9 156 14,9 4,3 10,6 176 16,5 5,9 10,6 195
241.16.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 2,9 36,0 15,6 20,4 104 48,0 15,6 32,4 139 54,0 15,6 38,4 157 60,0 21,6 38,4 174
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.13.025 12,5 6,3 25 58,6 2,7 1,2 1,5 158 3,6 1,2 2,4 211 4,1 1,2 2,9 237 4,5 1,6 2,9 264
241.17.13.032 12,5 6,3 32 43,9 3,2 1,4 1,8 140 4,2 1,4 2,9 186 4,8 1,4 3,4 209 5,3 1,9 3,4 233
241.17.13.038 12,5 6,3 38 36,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 140 5,2 1,7 3,5 187 5,9 1,7 4,2 211 6,5 2,3 4,2 234
241.17.13.044 12,5 6,3 44 30,3 4,7 2,0 2,6 141 6,2 2,0 4,2 188 7,0 2,0 5,0 211 7,8 2,8 5,0 235
241.17.13.051 12,5 6,3 51 26,2 5,4 2,3 3,1 141 7,2 2,3 4,9 189 8,1 2,3 5,8 212 9,0 3,2 5,8 236
241.17.13.064 12,5 6,3 64 21,2 6,6 2,9 3,7 140 8,8 2,9 5,9 187 9,9 2,9 7,0 210 11,0 4,0 7,0 233
241.17.13.076 12,5 6,3 76 17,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 139 10,8 3,5 7,3 185 12,2 3,5 8,6 208 13,5 4,9 8,6 231
241.17.13.089 12,5 6,3 89 14,5 9,9 4,3 5,6 144 13,2 4,3 8,9 191 14,9 4,3 10,6 215 16,5 5,9 10,6 239
241.17.13.305 12,5 6,3 305 4,3 33,6 14,6 19,0 144 44,8 14,6 30,2 193 50,4 14,6 35,8 217 56,0 20,2 35,8 241
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 23,5 3,9 1,7 2,2 92 5,2 1,7 3,5 122 5,9 1,7 4,2 139 6,5 2,3 4,2 153
241.14.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 23,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 110 6,4 2,1 4,3 147 7,2 2,1 5,1 166 8,0 2,9 5,1 184
241.14.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 19,3 6,0 2,6 3,4 116 8,0 2,6 5,4 154 9,0 2,6 6,4 174 10,0 3,6 6,4 193
241.14.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 17,1 6,9 3,0 3,9 118 9,2 3,0 6,2 157 10,4 3,0 7,4 178 11,5 4,1 7,4 197
241.14.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 15,7 8,1 3,5 4,6 127 10,8 3,5 7,3 170 12,2 3,5 8,7 192 13,5 4,9 8,6 212
241.14.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 10,7 10,2 4,4 5,8 109 13,6 4,4 9,2 146 15,3 4,4 10,9 164 17,0 6,1 10,9 182
241.14.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 10,0 12,3 5,3 7,0 123 16,4 5,3 11,1 164 18,5 5,3 13,2 185 20,5 7,4 13,1 205
241.14.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 8,6 14,7 6,4 8,3 126 19,6 6,4 13,2 169 22,1 6,4 15,7 190 24,5 8,8 15,7 211
241.14.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 7,9 16,8 7,3 9,5 133 22,4 7,3 15,1 177 25,2 7,3 17,9 199 28,0 10,1 17,9 221
241.14.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 2,6 51,0 22,1 28,9 133 68,0 22,1 45,9 177 76,5 22,1 54,4 199 85,0 30,6 54,4 221
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 49,4 3,3 1,4 1,9 163 4,4 1,4 3,0 217 5,0 1,4 3,6 247 5,5 2,0 3,5 272
241.15.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 37,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 145 5,2 1,7 3,5 193 5,9 1,7 4,2 219 6,5 2,3 4,2 241
241.15.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 33,9 4,8 2,1 2,7 163 6,4 2,1 4,3 217 7,2 2,1 5,1 244 8,0 2,9 5,1 271
241.15.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 30,0 5,7 2,5 3,2 171 7,6 2,5 5,1 228 8,6 2,5 6,1 258 9,5 3,4 6,1 285
241.15.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 26,4 6,3 2,7 3,6 166 8,4 2,7 5,7 222 9,5 2,7 6,8 251 10,5 3,8 6,7 277
241.15.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 20,2 8,1 3,5 4,6 164 10,8 3,5 7,3 218 12,2 3,5 8,7 246 13,5 4,9 8,6 273
241.15.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 17,9 9,9 4,3 5,6 177 13,2 4,3 8,9 236 14,9 4,3 10,6 267 16,5 5,9 10,6 295
241.15.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 15,2 11,7 5,1 6,6 178 15,6 5,1 10,5 237 17,6 5,1 12,5 268 19,5 7,0 12,5 296
241.15.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 13,5 13,5 5,9 7,6 182 18,0 5,9 12,1 243 20,3 5,9 14,4 274 22,5 8,1 14,4 304
241.15.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 4,8 41,4 17,9 23,5 199 55,2 17,9 37,3 265 62,1 17,9 44,2 298 69,0 24,8 44,2 331
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 75,5 2,6 1,1 1,5 196 3,5 1,1 2,4 264 3,9 1,1 2,8 294 4,4 1,6 2,8 332
241.16.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 53,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 175 4,4 1,4 3,0 233 5,0 1,4 3,6 265 5,5 2,0 3,5 292
241.16.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 49,1 4,1 1,8 2,3 201 5,5 1,8 3,7 270 6,2 1,8 4,4 304 6,9 2,5 4,4 339
241.16.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 43,2 4,7 2,0 2,7 203 6,3 2,0 4,3 272 7,1 2,0 5,1 307 7,9 2,8 5,1 341
241.16.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 37,3 5,6 2,4 3,2 209 7,4 2,4 5,0 276 8,3 2,4 5,9 310 9,3 3,3 6,0 347
241.16.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 30,4 7,1 3,1 4,0 216 9,4 3,1 6,3 286 10,6 3,1 7,5 322 11,8 4,2 7,6 359
241.16.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 25,5 8,7 3,8 4,9 222 11,6 3,8 7,8 296 13,1 3,8 9,3 334 14,5 5,2 9,3 370
241.16.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 21,6 10,4 4,5 5,9 225 13,8 4,5 9,3 298 15,5 4,5 11,0 335 17,3 6,2 11,1 374
241.16.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 19,6 12,0 5,2 6,8 235 16,0 5,2 10,8 314 18,0 5,2 12,8 353 20,0 7,2 12,8 392
241.16.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 6,9 36,6 15,9 20,7 253 48,8 15,9 32,9 337 54,9 15,9 39,0 379 61,0 22,0 39,0 421
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.16.025 16,0 8,0 25 118 2,7 1,2 1,5 319 3,6 1,2 2,4 425 4,1 1,2 2,9 484 4,5 1,6 2,9 531
241.17.16.032 16,0 8,0 32 89,1 3,2 1,4 1,8 285 4,3 1,4 2,9 383 4,9 1,4 3,5 437 5,4 1,9 3,5 481
241.17.16.038 16,0 8,0 38 72,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 281 5,2 1,7 3,5 375 5,9 1,7 4,2 425 6,5 2,3 4,2 469
241.17.16.044 16,0 8,0 44 60,9 4,5 2,0 2,5 274 6,0 2,0 4,0 365 6,8 2,0 4,8 414 7,5 2,7 4,8 457
241.17.16.051 16,0 8,0 51 52,3 5,4 2,3 3,1 282 7,2 2,3 4,9 377 8,1 2,3 5,8 424 9,0 3,2 5,8 471
241.17.16.064 16,0 8,0 64 41,2 6,6 2,9 3,7 272 8,8 2,9 5,9 363 9,9 2,9 7,0 408 11,0 4,0 7,0 453
241.17.16.076 16,0 8,0 76 34,1 8,0 3,4 4,6 273 10,6 3,4 7,2 361 11,9 3,4 8,5 406 13,3 4,8 8,5 454
241.17.16.089 16,0 8,0 89 29,5 9,5 4,1 5,4 280 12,6 4,1 8,5 372 14,2 4,1 10,1 419 15,8 5,7 10,1 466
241.17.16.102 16,0 8,0 102 25,6 11,0 4,7 6,3 282 14,6 4,7 9,9 374 16,4 4,7 11,7 420 18,3 6,6 11,7 468
241.17.16.305 16,0 8,0 305 8,4 33,0 14,3 18,7 277 44,0 14,3 29,7 370 49,5 14,3 35,2 416 55,0 19,8 35,2 462
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 55,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 218 5,2 1,7 3,5 290 5,9 1,7 4,2 329 6,5 2,3 4,2 363
241.14.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 45,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 216 6,4 2,1 4,3 288 7,2 2,1 5,1 324 8,0 2,9 5,1 360
241.14.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 33,4 5,7 2,5 3,2 190 7,6 2,5 5,1 254 8,6 2,5 6,1 287 9,5 3,4 6,1 317
241.14.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 30,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 207 9,2 3,0 6,2 276 10,4 3,0 7,4 312 11,5 4,1 7,4 345
241.14.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 24,5 7,8 3,4 4,4 191 10,4 3,4 7,0 255 11,7 3,4 8,3 287 13,0 4,7 8,3 319
241.14.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 20,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 192 12,8 4,2 8,6 256 14,4 4,2 10,2 288 16,0 5,8 10,2 320
241.14.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 16,0 12,0 5,2 6,8 192 16,0 5,2 10,8 256 18,0 5,2 12,8 288 20,0 7,2 12,8 320
241.14.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 14,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 193 18,4 6,0 12,4 258 20,7 6,0 14,7 290 23,0 8,3 14,7 322
241.14.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 12,0 15,9 6,9 9,0 191 21,2 6,9 14,3 254 23,9 6,9 17,0 287 26,5 9,5 17,0 318
241.14.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 10,9 18,0 7,8 10,2 196 24,0 7,8 16,2 262 27,0 7,8 19,2 294 30,0 10,8 19,2 327
241.14.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 9,5 20,1 8,7 11,4 191 26,8 8,7 18,1 255 30,2 8,7 21,5 287 33,5 12,1 21,4 318
241.14.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 8,4 21,9 9,5 12,4 184 29,2 9,5 19,7 245 32,9 9,5 23,4 276 36,5 13,1 23,4 307
241.14.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 7,6 24,3 10,5 13,8 185 32,4 10,5 21,9 246 36,5 10,5 26,0 277 40,5 14,6 25,9 308
241.14.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 4,0 48,6 21,1 27,5 194 64,8 21,1 43,7 259 72,9 21,1 51,8 292 81,0 29,2 51,8 324
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 98,1 3,3 1,4 1,9 324 4,4 1,4 3,0 432 5,0 1,4 3,6 491 5,5 2,0 3,5 540
241.15.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 72,7 3,9 1,7 2,2 284 5,2 1,7 3,5 378 5,9 1,7 4,2 429 6,5 2,3 4,2 473
241.15.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 56,0 4,8 2,1 2,7 269 6,4 2,1 4,3 358 7,2 2,1 5,1 403 8,0 2,9 5,1 448
241.15.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 47,6 5,7 2,5 3,2 271 7,6 2,5 5,1 362 8,6 2,5 6,1 409 9,5 3,4 6,1 452
241.15.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 41,7 6,3 2,7 3,6 263 8,4 2,7 5,7 350 9,5 2,7 6,8 396 10,5 3,8 6,7 438
241.15.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 32,3 8,1 3,5 4,6 262 10,8 3,5 7,3 349 12,2 3,5 8,7 394 13,5 4,9 8,6 436
241.15.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 25,1 9,9 4,3 5,6 248 13,2 4,3 8,9 331 14,9 4,3 10,6 374 16,5 5,9 10,6 414
241.15.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 22,0 11,7 5,1 6,6 257 15,6 5,1 10,5 343 17,6 5,1 12,5 387 19,5 7,0 12,5 429
241.15.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 19,8 13,2 5,7 7,5 261 17,6 5,7 11,9 348 19,8 5,7 14,1 392 22,0 7,9 14,1 436
241.15.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 18,2 14,7 6,4 8,3 268 19,6 6,4 13,2 357 22,1 6,4 15,7 402 24,5 8,8 15,7 446
241.15.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 16,6 16,5 7,2 9,3 274 22,0 7,2 14,8 365 24,8 7,2 17,6 412 27,5 9,9 17,6 457
241.15.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 15,1 18,3 7,9 10,4 276 24,4 7,9 16,5 368 27,5 7,9 19,6 415 30,5 11,0 19,5 461
241.15.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 13,2 19,8 8,6 11,2 261 26,4 8,6 17,8 348 29,7 8,6 21,1 392 33,0 11,9 21,1 436
241.15.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 6,1 40,8 17,7 23,1 249 54,4 17,7 36,7 332 61,2 17,7 43,5 373 68,0 24,5 43,5 415
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 215,8 2,5 1,1 1,4 540 3,4 1,1 2,3 734 3,8 1,1 2,7 820 4,2 1,5 2,7 906
241.16.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 167,8 3,2 1,4 1,8 537 4,2 1,4 2,8 705 4,7 1,4 3,3 789 5,3 1,9 3,4 889
241.16.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 133,4 3,8 1,6 2,2 507 5,0 1,6 3,4 667 5,6 1,6 4,0 747 6,3 2,3 4,0 840
241.16.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 111,8 4,4 1,9 2,5 492 5,8 1,9 3,9 648 6,5 1,9 4,6 727 7,3 2,6 4,7 816
241.16.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 94,2 5,0 2,1 2,9 471 6,6 2,1 4,5 622 7,4 2,1 5,3 697 8,3 3,0 5,3 782
241.16.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 72,6 6,3 2,7 3,6 457 8,4 2,7 5,7 610 9,5 2,7 6,8 690 10,5 3,8 6,7 762
241.16.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 59,8 7,8 3,4 4,4 466 10,4 3,4 7,0 622 11,7 3,4 8,3 700 13,0 4,7 8,3 777
241.16.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 51,0 9,0 3,9 5,1 459 12,0 3,9 8,1 612 13,5 3,9 9,6 689 15,0 5,4 9,6 765
241.16.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 44,1 10,5 4,6 5,9 463 14,0 4,6 9,4 617 15,8 4,6 11,2 697 17,5 6,3 11,2 772
241.16.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 38,3 12,0 5,2 6,8 460 16,0 5,2 10,8 613 18,0 5,2 12,8 689 20,0 7,2 12,8 766
241.16.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 34,3 13,2 5,7 7,5 453 17,6 5,7 11,9 604 19,8 5,7 14,1 679 22,0 7,9 14,1 755
241.16.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 31,4 14,7 6,4 8,3 462 19,6 6,4 13,2 615 22,1 6,4 15,7 694 24,5 8,8 15,7 769
241.16.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 28,4 15,9 6,9 9,0 452 21,2 6,9 14,3 602 23,9 6,9 17,0 679 26,5 9,5 17,0 753
241.16.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 14,7 32,4 14,0 18,4 476 43,2 14,0 29,2 635 48,6 14,0 34,6 714 54,0 19,4 34,6 794
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.20.025 20,0 10,0 25 293 2,3 1,0 1,3 674 3,1 1,0 2,1 908 3,5 1,0 2,5 1026 3,9 1,4 2,5 1143
241.17.20.032 20,0 10,0 32 224 2,9 1,3 1,6 650 3,9 1,3 2,6 874 4,4 1,3 3,1 986 4,9 1,8 3,1 1098
241.17.20.038 20,0 10,0 38 177 3,6 1,6 2,0 637 4,8 1,6 3,2 850 5,4 1,6 3,8 956 6,0 2,2 3,8 1062
241.17.20.044 20,0 10,0 44 149 4,2 1,8 2,4 626 5,6 1,8 3,8 834 6,3 1,8 4,5 939 7,0 2,5 4,5 1043
241.17.20.051 20,0 10,0 51 128 4,8 2,1 2,7 614 6,4 2,1 4,3 819 7,2 2,1 5,1 922 8,0 2,9 5,1 1024
241.17.20.064 20,0 10,0 64 99,1 6,3 2,7 3,6 624 8,4 2,7 5,7 832 9,5 2,7 6,8 941 10,5 3,8 6,7 1041
241.17.20.076 20,0 10,0 76 86,6 7,5 3,3 4,2 650 10,0 3,3 6,7 866 11,3 3,3 8,0 979 12,5 4,5 8,0 1083
241.17.20.089 20,0 10,0 89 69,6 9,0 3,9 5,1 626 12,0 3,9 8,1 835 13,5 3,9 9,6 940 15,0 5,4 9,6 1044
241.17.20.102 20,0 10,0 102 60,6 10,2 4,4 5,8 618 13,6 4,4 9,2 824 15,3 4,4 10,9 927 17,0 6,1 10,9 1030
241.17.20.115 20,0 10,0 115 53,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 605 15,2 4,9 10,3 807 17,1 4,9 12,2 908 19,0 6,8 12,2 1009
241.17.20.127 20,0 10,0 127 47,6 12,9 5,6 7,3 614 17,2 5,6 11,6 819 19,4 5,6 13,8 923 21,5 7,7 13,8 1023
241.17.20.139 20,0 10,0 139 43,1 14,1 6,1 8,0 608 18,8 6,1 12,7 810 21,2 6,1 15,1 914 23,5 8,5 15,0 1013
241.17.20.152 20,0 10,0 152 39,0 15,3 6,6 8,7 597 20,4 6,6 13,8 796 23,0 6,6 16,4 897 25,5 9,2 16,3 995
241.17.20.305 20,0 10,0 305 21,2 31,5 13,7 17,8 668 42,0 13,7 28,3 890 47,3 13,7 33,6 1003 52,5 18,9 33,6 1113
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 100,0 3,9 1,7 2,2 390 5,2 1,7 3,5 520 5,9 1,7 4,2 590 6,5 2,3 4,2 650
241.14.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 80,3 4,8 2,1 2,7 385 6,4 2,1 4,3 514 7,2 2,1 5,1 578 8,0 2,9 5,1 642
241.14.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 62,0 5,7 2,5 3,2 353 7,6 2,5 5,1 471 8,6 2,5 6,1 533 9,5 3,4 6,1 589
241.14.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 53,0 6,9 3,0 3,9 366 9,2 3,0 6,2 488 10,4 3,0 7,4 551 11,5 4,1 7,4 610
241.14.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 44,1 7,5 3,3 4,2 331 10,0 3,3 6,7 441 11,3 3,3 8,0 498 12,5 4,5 8,0 551
241.14.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 35,2 9,3 4,0 5,3 327 12,4 4,0 8,4 436 14,0 4,0 10,0 493 15,5 5,6 9,9 546
241.14.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 28,1 11,7 5,1 6,6 329 15,6 5,1 10,5 438 17,6 5,1 12,5 495 19,5 7,0 12,5 548
241.14.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 24,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 331 18,4 6,0 12,4 442 20,7 6,0 14,7 497 23,0 8,3 14,7 552
241.14.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 21,1 15,6 6,8 8,8 329 20,8 6,8 14,0 439 23,4 6,8 16,6 494 26,0 9,4 16,6 549
241.14.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 18,7 17,7 7,7 10,0 331 23,6 7,7 15,9 441 26,6 7,7 18,9 497 29,5 10,6 18,9 552
241.14.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 16,7 19,8 8,6 11,2 331 26,4 8,6 17,8 441 29,7 8,6 21,1 496 33,0 11,9 21,1 551
241.14.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 15,3 22,2 9,6 12,6 340 29,6 9,6 20,0 453 33,3 9,6 23,7 509 37,0 13,3 23,7 566
241.14.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 14,0 24,0 10,4 13,6 336 32,0 10,4 21,6 448 36,0 10,4 25,6 504 40,0 14,4 25,6 560
241.14.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 12,6 27,9 12,1 15,8 352 37,2 12,1 25,1 469 41,9 12,1 29,8 528 46,5 16,7 29,8 586
241.14.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 10,4 32,1 13,9 18,2 334 42,8 13,9 28,9 445 48,2 13,9 34,3 501 53,5 19,3 34,2 556
241.14.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 7,0 48,0 20,8 27,2 336 64,0 20,8 43,2 448 72,0 20,8 51,2 504 80,0 28,8 51,2 560
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 147,0 3,3 1,4 1,9 485 4,4 1,4 3,0 647 5,0 1,4 3,6 735 5,5 2,0 3,5 809
241.15.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 118,1 3,9 1,7 2,2 461 5,2 1,7 3,5 614 5,9 1,7 4,2 697 6,5 2,3 4,2 768
241.15.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 93,1 4,8 2,1 2,7 447 6,4 2,1 4,3 596 7,2 2,1 5,1 670 8,0 2,9 5,1 745
241.15.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 80,8 5,7 2,5 3,2 461 7,6 2,5 5,1 614 8,6 2,5 6,1 695 9,5 3,4 6,1 768
241.15.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 68,7 6,3 2,7 3,6 433 8,4 2,7 5,7 577 9,5 2,7 6,8 653 10,5 3,8 6,7 721
241.15.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 53,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 430 10,8 3,5 7,3 573 12,2 3,5 8,7 648 13,5 4,9 8,6 717
241.15.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 43,3 9,9 4,3 5,6 429 13,2 4,3 8,9 572 14,9 4,3 10,6 645 16,5 5,9 10,6 714
241.15.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 38,3 11,7 5,1 6,6 448 15,6 5,1 10,5 597 17,6 5,1 12,5 674 19,5 7,0 12,5 747
241.15.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 33,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 437 17,6 5,7 11,9 583 19,8 5,7 14,1 655 22,0 7,9 14,1 728
241.15.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 28,1 15,0 6,5 8,5 422 20,0 6,5 13,5 562 22,5 6,5 16,0 632 25,0 9,0 16,0 703
241.15.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 25,9 16,8 7,3 9,5 435 22,4 7,3 15,1 580 25,2 7,3 17,9 653 28,0 10,1 17,9 725
241.15.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 23,3 18,9 8,2 10,7 440 25,2 8,2 17,0 587 28,4 8,2 20,2 662 31,5 11,3 20,2 734
241.15.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 20,8 20,1 8,7 11,4 418 26,8 8,7 18,1 557 30,2 8,7 21,5 628 33,5 12,1 21,4 697
241.15.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 17,9 23,7 10,3 13,4 424 31,6 10,3 21,3 566 35,6 10,3 25,3 637 39,5 14,2 25,3 707
241.15.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 15,8 27,0 11,7 15,3 427 36,0 11,7 24,3 569 40,5 11,7 28,8 640 45,0 16,2 28,8 711
241.15.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 10,2 40,5 17,6 22,9 413 54,0 17,6 36,4 551 60,8 17,6 43,2 620 67,5 24,3 43,2 689
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.25.025 25,0 12,5 25 375,7 2,7 1,2 1,5 1014 3,6 1,2 2,4 1353 4,1 1,2 2,9 1540 4,5 1,6 2,9 1691
241.16.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 297,2 3,2 1,4 1,8 951 4,2 1,4 2,8 1248 4,7 1,4 3,3 1397 5,3 1,9 3,4 1575
241.16.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 218,8 3,9 1,7 2,2 853 5,2 1,7 3,5 1138 5,9 1,7 4,2 1291 6,5 2,3 4,2 1422
241.16.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 187,4 4,7 2,0 2,7 881 6,2 2,0 4,2 1162 7,0 2,0 5,0 1312 7,8 2,8 5,0 1462
241.16.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 156,0 5,4 2,3 3,1 842 7,2 2,3 4,9 1123 8,1 2,3 5,8 1264 9,0 3,2 5,8 1404
241.16.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 123,6 6,8 2,9 3,9 840 9,0 2,9 6,1 1112 10,1 2,9 7,2 1248 11,3 4,1 7,2 1397
241.16.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 99,1 8,3 3,6 4,7 823 11,0 3,6 7,4 1090 12,4 3,6 8,8 1229 13,8 5,0 8,8 1368
241.16.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 84,4 9,8 4,2 5,6 827 13,0 4,2 8,8 1097 14,6 4,2 10,4 1232 16,3 5,9 10,4 1376
241.16.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 73,6 11,3 4,9 6,4 832 15,0 4,9 10,1 1104 16,9 4,9 12,0 1244 18,8 6,8 12,0 1384
241.16.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 64,7 12,8 5,6 7,2 828 17,1 5,6 11,5 1106 19,2 5,6 13,6 1242 21,4 7,7 13,7 1385
241.16.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 57,9 14,1 6,1 8,0 816 18,8 6,1 12,7 1089 21,2 6,1 15,1 1227 23,5 8,5 15,0 1361
241.16.25.139 25,0 12,5 139 53,0 15,6 6,8 8,8 827 20,8 6,8 14,0 1102 23,4 6,8 16,6 1240 26,0 9,4 16,6 1378
241.16.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 48,1 17,3 7,5 9,8 832 23,0 7,5 15,5 1106 25,9 7,5 18,4 1246 28,8 10,4 18,4 1385
241.16.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 41,2 20,4 8,8 11,6 840 27,2 8,8 18,4 1121 30,6 8,8 21,8 1261 34,0 12,2 21,8 1401
241.16.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 36,3 23,1 10,0 13,1 839 30,8 10,0 20,8 1118 34,7 10,0 24,7 1260 38,5 13,9 24,6 1398
241.16.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 22,6 34,5 15,0 19,5 780 46,0 15,0 31,0 1040 51,8 15,0 36,8 1171 57,5 20,7 36,8 1300
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.25.032 25,0 12,5 32 375 3,0 1,3 1,7 1125 4,0 1,3 2,7 1500 4,5 1,3 3,2 1688 5,0 1,8 3,2 1875
241.17.25.038 25,0 12,5 38 346 3,6 1,6 2,0 1246 4,8 1,6 3,2 1661 5,4 1,6 3,8 1868 6,0 2,2 3,8 2076
241.17.25.044 25,0 12,5 44 244 4,2 1,8 2,4 1025 5,6 1,8 3,8 1366 6,3 1,8 4,5 1537 7,0 2,5 4,5 1708
241.17.25.051 25,0 12,5 51 208 4,8 2,1 2,7 998 6,4 2,1 4,3 1331 7,2 2,1 5,1 1498 8,0 2,9 5,1 1664
241.17.25.064 25,0 12,5 64 161 6,3 2,7 3,6 1014 8,4 2,7 5,7 1352 9,5 2,7 6,8 1530 10,5 3,8 6,7 1691
241.17.25.076 25,0 12,5 76 131 7,5 3,3 4,2 983 10,0 3,3 6,7 1310 11,3 3,3 8,0 1480 12,5 4,5 8,0 1638
241.17.25.089 25,0 12,5 89 111 8,7 3,8 4,9 966 11,6 3,8 7,8 1288 13,1 3,8 9,3 1454 14,5 5,2 9,3 1610
241.17.25.102 25,0 12,5 102 96,3 10,2 4,4 5,8 982 13,6 4,4 9,2 1310 15,3 4,4 10,9 1473 17,0 6,1 10,9 1637
241.17.25.115 25,0 12,5 115 85,7 11,7 5,1 6,6 1003 15,6 5,1 10,5 1337 17,6 5,1 12,5 1508 19,5 7,0 12,5 1671
241.17.25.127 25,0 12,5 127 76,3 12,9 5,6 7,3 984 17,2 5,6 11,6 1312 19,4 5,6 13,8 1480 21,5 7,7 13,8 1640
241.17.25.152 25,0 12,5 152 63,6 15,9 6,9 9,0 1011 21,2 6,9 14,3 1348 23,9 6,9 17,0 1520 26,5 9,5 17,0 1685
241.17.25.178 25,0 12,5 178 54,0 18,6 8,1 10,5 1004 24,8 8,1 16,7 1339 27,9 8,1 19,8 1507 31,0 11,2 19,8 1674
241.17.25.203 25,0 12,5 203 47,0 21,0 9,1 11,9 987 28,0 9,1 18,9 1316 31,5 9,1 22,4 1481 35,0 12,6 22,4 1645
241.17.25.305 25,0 12,5 305 30,9 32,4 14,0 18,4 1001 43,2 14,0 29,2 1335 48,6 14,0 34,6 1502 54,0 19,4 34,6 1669
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 94,1 5,7 2,5 3,2 536 7,6 2,5 5,1 715 8,6 2,5 6,1 809 9,5 3,4 6,1 894
241.14.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 79,6 6,6 2,9 3,7 525 8,8 2,9 5,9 700 9,9 2,9 7,0 788 11,0 4,0 7,0 876
241.14.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 67,0 7,5 3,3 4,2 503 10,0 3,3 6,7 670 11,3 3,3 8,0 757 12,5 4,5 8,0 838
241.14.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 53,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 509 12,8 4,2 8,6 678 14,4 4,2 10,2 763 16,0 5,8 10,2 848
241.14.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 44,1 11,7 5,1 6,6 516 15,6 5,1 10,5 688 17,6 5,1 12,5 776 19,5 7,0 12,5 860
241.14.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 37,2 13,5 5,9 7,6 502 18,0 5,9 12,1 670 20,3 5,9 14,4 755 22,5 8,1 14,4 837
241.14.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 32,0 15,6 6,8 8,8 499 20,8 6,8 14,0 666 23,4 6,8 16,6 749 26,0 9,4 16,6 832
241.14.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 29,0 17,4 7,5 9,9 505 23,2 7,5 15,7 673 26,1 7,5 18,6 757 29,0 10,4 18,6 841
241.14.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 25,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 488 26,0 8,5 17,5 650 29,3 8,5 20,8 733 32,5 11,7 20,8 813
241.14.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 23,1 21,6 9,4 12,2 499 28,8 9,4 19,4 665 32,4 9,4 23,0 748 36,0 13,0 23,0 832
241.14.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 21,5 23,4 10,1 13,3 503 31,2 10,1 21,1 671 35,1 10,1 25,0 755 39,0 14,0 25,0 839
241.14.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 18,3 26,4 11,4 15,0 483 35,2 11,4 23,8 644 39,6 11,4 28,2 725 44,0 15,8 28,2 805
241.14.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 15,8 31,2 13,5 17,7 493 41,6 13,5 28,1 657 46,8 13,5 33,3 739 52,0 18,7 33,3 822
241.14.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 12,6 39,0 16,9 22,1 491 52,0 16,9 35,1 655 58,5 16,9 41,6 737 65,0 23,4 41,6 819
241.14.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 10,3 46,5 20,2 26,3 479 62,0 20,2 41,8 639 69,8 20,2 49,6 719 77,5 27,9 49,6 798
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 185,1 4,8 2,1 2,7 888 6,4 2,1 4,3 1185 7,2 2,1 5,1 1333 8,0 2,9 5,1 1481
241.15.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 158,1 5,7 2,5 3,2 901 7,6 2,5 5,1 1202 8,6 2,5 6,1 1360 9,5 3,4 6,1 1502
241.15.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 134,1 6,3 2,7 3,6 845 8,4 2,7 5,7 1126 9,5 2,7 6,8 1274 10,5 3,8 6,7 1408
241.15.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 99,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 803 10,8 3,5 7,3 1070 12,2 3,5 8,7 1209 13,5 4,9 8,6 1338
241.15.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 80,5 9,6 4,2 5,4 773 12,8 4,2 8,6 1030 14,4 4,2 10,2 1159 16,0 5,8 10,2 1288
241.15.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 69,2 11,1 4,8 6,3 768 14,8 4,8 10,0 1024 16,7 4,8 11,9 1156 18,5 6,7 11,8 1280
241.15.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 58,9 12,9 5,6 7,3 760 17,2 5,6 11,6 1013 19,4 5,6 13,8 1143 21,5 7,7 13,8 1266
241.15.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 51,5 14,7 6,4 8,3 757 19,6 6,4 13,2 1009 22,1 6,4 15,7 1138 24,5 8,8 15,7 1262
241.15.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 44,8 16,5 7,2 9,3 739 22,0 7,2 14,8 986 24,8 7,2 17,6 1111 27,5 9,9 17,6 1232
241.15.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 42,3 18,0 7,8 10,2 761 24,0 7,8 16,2 1015 27,0 7,8 19,2 1142 30,0 10,8 19,2 1269
241.15.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 37,9 19,8 8,6 11,2 750 26,4 8,6 17,8 1001 29,7 8,6 21,1 1126 33,0 11,9 21,1 1251
241.15.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 32,6 23,1 10,0 13,1 753 30,8 10,0 20,8 1004 34,7 10,0 24,7 1131 38,5 13,9 24,6 1255
241.15.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 28,9 26,4 11,4 15,0 763 35,2 11,4 23,8 1017 39,6 11,4 28,2 1144 44,0 15,8 28,2 1272
241.15.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 21,4 33,0 14,3 18,7 706 44,0 14,3 29,7 942 49,5 14,3 35,2 1059 55,0 19,8 35,2 1177
241.15.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 18,3 39,9 17,3 22,6 730 53,2 17,3 35,9 974 59,9 17,3 42,6 1096 66,5 23,9 42,6 1217
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 388,5 3,6 1,6 2,0 1399 4,8 1,6 3,2 1865 5,4 1,6 3,8 2098 6,0 2,2 3,8 2331
241.16.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 324,7 4,2 1,8 2,4 1364 5,6 1,8 3,8 1818 6,3 1,8 4,5 2046 7,0 2,5 4,5 2273
241.16.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 271,7 5,0 2,1 2,9 1359 6,6 2,1 4,5 1793 7,4 2,1 5,3 2011 8,3 3,0 5,3 2255
241.16.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 211,9 6,5 2,8 3,7 1377 8,6 2,8 5,8 1822 9,7 2,8 6,9 2055 10,8 3,9 6,9 2289
241.16.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 171,7 7,8 3,4 4,4 1339 10,4 3,4 7,0 1786 11,7 3,4 8,3 2009 13,0 4,7 8,3 2232
241.16.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 141,3 9,2 4,0 5,2 1300 12,2 4,0 8,2 1724 13,7 4,0 9,7 1936 15,3 5,5 9,8 2162
241.16.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 121,6 10,7 4,6 6,1 1301 14,2 4,6 9,6 1727 16,0 4,6 11,4 1946 17,8 6,4 11,4 2164
241.16.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 106,9 12,2 5,3 6,9 1304 16,2 5,3 10,9 1732 18,2 5,3 12,9 1946 20,3 7,3 13,0 2170
241.16.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 93,2 13,5 5,9 7,6 1258 18,0 5,9 12,1 1678 20,3 5,9 14,4 1892 22,5 8,1 14,4 2097
241.16.32.139 32,0 16,0 139 86,3 15,0 6,5 8,5 1295 20,0 6,5 13,5 1726 22,5 6,5 16,0 1942 25,0 9,0 16,0 2158
241.16.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 78,5 16,2 7,0 9,2 1272 21,6 7,0 14,6 1696 24,3 7,0 17,3 1908 27,0 9,7 17,3 2120
241.16.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 67,7 18,9 8,2 10,7 1280 25,2 8,2 17,0 1706 28,4 8,2 20,2 1923 31,5 11,3 20,2 2133
241.16.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 58,9 21,6 9,4 12,2 1272 28,8 9,4 19,4 1696 32,4 9,4 23,0 1908 36,0 13,0 23,0 2120
241.16.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 46,1 27,6 12,0 15,6 1272 36,8 12,0 24,8 1696 41,4 12,0 29,4 1909 46,0 16,6 29,4 2121
241.16.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 38,3 33,0 14,3 18,7 1264 44,0 14,3 29,7 1685 49,5 14,3 35,2 1896 55,0 19,8 35,2 2107
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.32.038 32,0 16,0 38 529 3,3 1,4 1,9 1746 4,4 1,4 3,0 2328 5,0 1,4 3,6 2645 5,5 2,0 3,5 2910
241.17.32.044 32,0 16,0 44 425 3,9 1,7 2,2 1958 5,2 1,7 3,5 2210 5,9 1,7 4,2 2508 6,5 2,3 4,2 2763
241.17.32.051 32,0 16,0 51 353 4,5 2,0 2,5 1589 6,0 2,0 4,0 2118 6,8 2,0 4,8 2400 7,5 2,7 4,8 2648
241.17.32.064 32,0 16,0 64 269 6,0 2,6 3,4 1614 8,0 2,6 5,4 2152 9,0 2,6 6,4 2421 10,0 3,6 6,4 2690
241.17.32.076 32,0 16,0 76 219 7,2 3,1 4,1 1577 9,6 3,1 6,5 2102 10,8 3,1 7,7 2365 12,0 4,3 7,7 2628
241.17.32.089 32,0 16,0 89 180 8,7 3,8 4,9 1566 11,6 3,8 7,8 2088 13,1 3,8 9,3 2358 14,5 5,2 9,3 2610
241.17.32.102 32,0 16,0 102 155 9,9 4,3 5,6 1535 13,2 4,3 8,9 2046 14,9 4,3 10,6 2310 16,5 5,9 10,6 2558
241.17.32.115 32,0 16,0 115 140 10,8 4,7 6,1 1512 14,4 4,7 9,7 2016 16,2 4,7 11,5 2268 18,0 6,5 11,5 2520
241.17.32.127 32,0 16,0 127 124 12,3 5,3 7,0 1525 16,4 5,3 11,1 2034 18,5 5,3 13,2 2294 20,5 7,4 13,1 2542
241.17.32.152 32,0 16,0 152 102 15,0 6,5 8,5 1530 20,0 6,5 13,5 2040 22,5 6,5 16,0 2295 25,0 9,0 16,0 2550
241.17.32.178 32,0 16,0 178 88,3 17,7 7,7 10,0 1563 23,6 7,8 15,9 2084 26,6 7,7 18,9 2349 29,5 10,6 18,9 2605
241.17.32.203 32,0 16,0 203 76,0 20,4 8,8 11,6 1550 27,2 8,8 18,4 2067 30,6 8,8 21,8 2326 34,0 12,2 21,8 2584
241.17.32.254 32,0 16,0 254 60,8 25,5 11,1 14,4 1550 34,0 11,1 22,9 2067 38,3 11,1 27,2 2329 42,5 15,3 27,2 2584
241.17.32.305 32,0 16,0 305 49,1 30,9 13,4 17,5 1517 41,2 13,4 27,8 2023 46,4 13,4 33,0 2278 51,5 18,5 33,0 2529
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 92,0 7,5 3,3 4,2 690 10,0 3,3 6,7 920 11,3 3,3 8,0 1040 12,5 4,5 8,0 1150
241.14.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 73,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 702 12,8 4,2 8,6 936 14,4 4,2 10,2 1053 16,0 5,8 10,2 1170
241.14.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 63,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 719 15,2 4,9 10,3 959 17,1 4,9 12,2 1079 19,0 6,8 12,2 1199
241.14.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 51,0 13,5 5,9 7,6 689 18,0 5,9 12,1 918 20,3 5,9 14,4 1035 22,5 8,1 14,4 1148
241.14.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 43,1 15,3 6,6 8,7 659 20,4 6,6 13,8 879 23,0 6,6 16,4 991 25,5 9,2 16,3 1099
241.14.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 39,6 17,4 7,5 9,9 689 23,2 7,5 15,7 919 26,1 7,5 18,6 1034 29,0 10,4 18,6 1148
241.14.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 37,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 722 26,0 8,5 17,5 962 29,3 8,5 20,8 1084 32,5 11,7 20,8 1203
241.14.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 32,0 21,3 9,2 12,1 682 28,4 9,2 19,2 909 32,0 9,2 22,8 1024 35,5 12,8 22,7 1136
241.14.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 28,1 23,4 10,1 13,3 658 31,2 10,1 21,1 877 35,1 10,1 25,0 986 39,0 14,0 25,0 1096
241.14.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 25,2 27,6 12,0 15,6 696 36,8 12,0 24,8 927 41,4 12,0 29,4 1043 46,0 16,6 29,4 1159
241.14.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 22,7 31,5 13,7 17,8 715 42,0 13,7 28,3 953 47,3 13,7 33,6 1074 52,5 18,9 33,6 1192
241.14.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 17,0 39,3 17,0 22,3 668 52,4 17,0 35,4 891 59,0 17,0 42,0 1003 65,5 23,6 41,9 1114
241.14.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 14,8 47,1 20,4 26,7 697 62,8 20,4 42,4 929 70,7 20,4 50,3 1046 78,5 28,3 50,2 1162
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 179,0 6,3 2,7 3,6 1128 8,4 2,7 5,7 1504 9,5 2,7 6,8 1701 10,5 3,8 6,7 1880
241.15.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 140,0 7,8 3,4 4,4 1092 10,4 3,4 7,0 1456 11,7 3,4 8,3 1638 13,0 4,7 8,3 1820
241.15.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 108,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 1038 12,8 4,2 8,6 1384 14,4 4,2 10,2 1557 16,0 5,8 10,2 1730
241.15.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 90,7 11,1 4,8 6,3 1007 14,8 4,8 10,0 1342 16,7 4,8 11,9 1515 18,5 6,7 11,8 1678
241.15.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 81,0 12,9 5,6 7,3 1045 17,2 5,6 11,6 1393 19,4 5,6 13,8 1571 21,5 7,7 13,8 1742
241.15.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 71,8 14,4 6,2 8,2 1034 19,2 6,2 13,0 1379 21,6 6,2 15,4 1551 24,0 8,6 15,4 1723
241.15.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 62,8 16,2 7,0 9,2 1017 21,6 7,0 14,6 1356 24,3 7,0 17,3 1526 27,0 9,7 17,3 1696
241.15.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 57,6 17,7 7,7 10,0 1020 23,6 7,7 15,9 1359 26,6 7,7 18,9 1532 29,5 10,6 18,9 1699
241.15.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 51,6 19,5 8,5 11,0 1006 26,0 8,5 17,5 1342 29,3 8,5 20,8 1512 32,5 11,7 20,8 1677
241.15.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 44,2 22,8 9,9 12,9 1008 30,4 9,9 20,5 1344 34,2 9,9 24,3 1512 38,0 13,7 24,3 1680
241.15.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 36,7 26,1 11,3 14,8 958 34,8 11,3 23,5 1277 39,2 11,3 27,9 1439 43,5 15,7 27,8 1596
241.15.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 30,1 33,0 14,3 18,7 993 44,0 14,3 29,7 1324 49,5 14,3 35,2 1490 55,0 19,8 35,2 1656
241.15.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 24,6 39,3 17,0 22,3 967 52,4 17,0 35,4 1289 59,0 17,0 42,0 1451 65,5 23,6 41,9 1611
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 350,2 5,1 2,2 2,9 1786 6,8 2,2 4,6 2381 7,7 2,2 5,5 2697 8,5 3,1 5,4 2977
241.16.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 268,8 6,6 2,9 3,7 1774 8,8 2,9 5,9 2365 9,9 2,9 7,0 2661 11,0 4,0 7,0 2957
241.16.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 218,8 8,1 3,5 4,6 1772 10,8 3,5 7,3 2363 12,2 3,5 8,7 2669 13,5 4,9 8,6 2954
241.16.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 190,3 9,6 4,2 5,4 1827 12,8 4,2 8,6 2436 14,4 4,2 10,2 2740 16,0 5,8 10,2 3045
241.16.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 162,8 11,1 4,8 6,3 1807 14,8 4,8 10,0 2409 16,7 4,8 11,9 2719 18,5 6,7 11,8 3012
241.16.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 142,2 12,6 5,5 7,1 1792 16,8 5,5 11,3 2389 18,9 5,5 13,4 2688 21,0 7,6 13,4 2986
241.16.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 128,5 14,1 6,1 8,0 1812 18,8 6,1 12,7 2416 21,2 6,1 15,1 2724 23,5 8,5 15,0 3020
241.16.40.139 40,0 20,0 139 114,8 15,6 6,8 8,8 1791 20,8 6,8 14,0 2388 23,4 6,8 16,6 2686 26,0 9,4 16,6 2985
241.16.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 105,0 17,3 7,5 9,8 1817 23,0 7,5 15,5 2415 25,9 7,5 18,4 2720 28,8 10,4 18,4 3024
241.16.40.178 40,0 20,0 178 89,3 20,1 8,7 11,4 1795 26,8 8,7 18,1 2393 30,2 8,7 21,5 2697 33,5 12,1 21,4 2992
241.16.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 77,5 22,8 9,9 12,9 1767 30,4 9,9 20,5 2356 34,2 9,9 24,3 2651 38,0 13,7 24,3 2945
241.16.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 60,8 29,1 12,6 16,5 1769 38,8 12,6 26,2 2359 43,7 12,6 31,1 2657 48,5 17,5 31,0 2949
241.16.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 51,0 34,8 15,1 19,7 1775 46,4 15,1 31,3 2366 52,2 15,1 37,1 2662 58,0 20,9 37,1 2958
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.40.051 40,0 20,0 51 628 4,5 2,0 2,5 2826 6,0 2,0 4,0 3768 6,8 2,0 4,8 4270 7,5 2,7 4,8 4710
241.17.40.064 40,0 20,0 64 488 5,7 2,5 3,2 2782 7,6 2,5 5,1 3709 8,6 2,5 6,1 4197 9,5 3,4 6,1 4636
241.17.40.076 40,0 20,0 76 379 7,2 3,1 4,1 2729 9,6 3,1 6,5 3638 10,8 3,1 7,7 4093 12,0 4,3 7,7 4548
241.17.40.089 40,0 20,0 89 321 8,4 3,6 4,8 2696 11,2 3,6 7,6 3595 12,6 3,6 9,0 4045 14,0 5,0 9,0 4494
241.17.40.102 40,0 20,0 102 281 9,9 4,3 5,6 2782 13,2 4,3 8,9 3709 14,9 4,3 10,6 4187 16,5 5,9 10,6 4637
241.17.40.115 40,0 20,0 115 245 11,1 4,8 6,3 2720 14,8 4,8 10,0 3626 16,7 4,8 11,9 4092 18,5 6,7 11,8 4533
241.17.40.127 40,0 20,0 127 221 12,3 5,3 7,0 2718 16,4 5,3 11,1 3624 18,5 5,3 13,2 4089 20,5 7,4 13,1 4531
241.17.40.152 40,0 20,0 152 168 15,0 6,5 8,5 2520 20,0 6,5 13,5 3360 22,5 6,5 16,0 3780 25,0 9,0 16,0 4200
241.17.40.203 40,0 20,0 203 132 20,1 8,7 11,4 2653 26,8 8,7 18,1 3538 30,2 8,7 21,5 3986 33,5 12,1 21,4 4422
241.17.40.254 40,0 20,0 254 107 25,5 11,1 14,4 2729 34,0 11,1 22,9 3638 38,3 11,1 27,2 4098 42,5 15,3 27,2 4548
241.17.40.305 40,0 20,0 305 87,9 30,6 13,3 17,3 2690 40,8 13,3 27,5 3586 45,9 13,3 32,6 4035 51,0 18,4 32,6 4483
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 156,0 9,6 4,2 5,4 1498 12,8 4,2 8,6 1997 14,4 4,2 10,2 2246 16,0 5,8 10,2 2496
241.14.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 125,0 11,7 5,1 6,6 1463 15,6 5,1 10,5 1950 17,6 5,1 12,5 2200 19,5 7,0 12,5 2438
241.14.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 109,0 13,5 5,9 7,6 1472 18,0 5,9 12,1 1962 20,3 5,9 14,4 2213 22,5 8,1 14,4 2453
241.14.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 94,1 15,6 6,8 8,8 1468 20,8 6,8 14,0 1957 23,4 6,8 16,6 2202 26,0 9,4 16,6 2447
241.14.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 81,0 17,4 7,5 9,9 1409 23,2 7,5 15,7 1879 26,1 7,5 18,6 2114 29,0 10,4 18,6 2349
241.14.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 71,0 19,5 8,5 11,0 1385 26,0 8,5 17,5 1846 29,3 8,5 20,8 2080 32,5 11,7 20,8 2308
241.14.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 66,5 21,6 9,4 12,2 1436 28,8 9,4 19,4 1915 32,4 9,4 23,0 2155 36,0 13,0 23,0 2394
241.14.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 60,0 23,4 10,1 13,3 1404 31,2 10,1 21,1 1872 35,1 10,1 25,0 2106 39,0 14,0 25,0 2340
241.14.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 52,0 27,6 12,0 15,6 1435 36,8 12,0 24,8 1914 41,4 12,0 29,4 2153 46,0 16,6 29,4 2392
241.14.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 44,1 31,2 13,5 17,7 1376 41,6 13,5 28,1 1835 46,8 13,5 33,3 2064 52,0 18,7 33,3 2293
241.14.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 35,0 39,0 16,9 22,1 1365 52,0 16,9 35,1 1820 58,5 16,9 41,6 2048 65,0 23,4 41,6 2275
241.14.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 28,6 46,8 20,3 26,5 1338 62,4 20,3 42,1 1785 70,2 20,3 49,9 2008 78,0 28,1 49,9 2231
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 209,1 8,1 3,5 4,6 1694 10,8 3,5 7,3 2258 12,2 3,5 8,7 2551 13,5 4,9 8,6 2823
241.15.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 168,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 1614 12,8 4,2 8,6 2152 14,4 4,2 10,2 2421 16,0 5,8 10,2 2690
241.15.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 140,0 11,1 4,8 6,3 1554 14,8 4,8 10,0 2072 16,7 4,8 11,9 2338 18,5 6,7 11,8 2590
241.15.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 119,0 12,9 5,6 7,3 1535 17,2 5,6 11,6 2047 19,4 5,6 13,8 2309 21,5 7,7 13,8 2559
241.15.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 106,0 14,7 6,4 8,3 1558 19,6 6,4 13,2 2078 22,1 6,4 15,7 2343 24,5 8,8 15,7 2597
241.15.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 97,0 16,2 7,0 9,2 1571 21,6 7,0 14,6 2095 24,3 7,0 17,3 2357 27,0 9,7 17,3 2619
241.15.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 87,0 17,7 7,7 10,0 1540 23,6 7,7 15,9 2053 26,6 7,7 18,9 2314 29,5 10,6 18,9 2567
241.15.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 80,1 19,8 8,6 11,2 1586 26,4 8,6 17,8 2115 29,7 8,6 21,1 2379 33,0 11,9 21,1 2643
241.15.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 69,6 23,1 10,0 13,1 1608 30,8 10,0 20,8 2144 34,7 10,0 24,7 2415 38,5 13,9 24,6 2680
241.15.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 59,8 26,4 11,4 15,0 1579 35,2 11,4 23,8 2105 39,6 11,4 28,2 2368 44,0 15,8 28,2 2631
241.15.50.229 50,0 25,0 229 50,9 30,0 13,0 17,0 1527 40,0 13,0 27,0 2036 45,0 13,0 32,0 2291 50,0 18,0 32,0 2545
241.15.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 44,0 35,1 15,2 19,9 1544 46,8 15,2 31,6 2059 52,7 15,2 37,5 2319 58,5 21,1 37,4 2574
241.15.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 38,7 40,2 17,4 22,8 1556 53,6 17,4 36,2 2074 60,3 17,4 42,9 2334 67,0 24,1 42,9 2593
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 413,0 6,5 2,8 3,7 2685 8,6 2,8 5,8 3552 9,7 2,8 6,9 4006 10,8 3,9 6,9 4460
241.16.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 339,4 7,8 3,4 4,4 2647 10,4 3,4 7,0 3530 11,7 3,4 8,3 3971 13,0 4,7 8,3 4412
241.16.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 288,4 9,2 4,0 5,2 2653 12,2 4,0 8,2 3518 13,7 4,0 9,7 3951 15,3 5,5 9,8 4413
241.16.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 245,3 10,5 4,6 5,9 2576 14,0 4,6 9,4 3434 15,8 4,6 11,2 3876 17,5 6,3 11,2 4293
241.16.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 214,8 12,0 5,2 6,8 2578 16,0 5,2 10,8 3437 18,0 5,2 12,8 3866 20,0 7,2 12,8 4296
241.16.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 192,3 13,5 5,9 7,6 2596 18,0 5,9 12,1 3461 20,3 5,9 14,4 3904 22,5 8,1 14,4 4327
241.16.50.139 50,0 25,0 139 170,7 15,0 6,5 8,5 2561 20,0 6,5 13,5 3414 22,5 6,5 16,0 3841 25,0 9,0 16,0 4268
241.16.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 154,0 16,2 7,0 9,2 2495 21,6 7,0 14,6 3326 24,3 7,0 17,3 3742 27,0 9,7 17,3 4158
241.16.50.178 50,0 25,0 178 134,4 19,2 8,3 10,9 2580 25,6 8,3 17,3 3441 28,8 8,3 20,5 3871 32,0 11,5 20,5 4301
241.16.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 116,7 21,8 9,4 12,4 2544 29,0 9,4 19,6 3384 32,6 9,4 23,2 3804 36,3 13,1 23,2 4236
241.16.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 89,3 27,6 12,0 15,6 2465 36,8 12,0 24,8 3286 41,4 12,0 29,4 3697 46,0 16,6 29,4 4108
241.16.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 73,6 33,6 14,6 19,0 2473 44,8 14,6 30,2 3297 50,4 14,6 35,8 3709 56,0 20,2 35,8 4122
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.50.064 50,0 25,0 64 709 5,7 2,5 3,2 4041 7,6 2,5 5,1 5388 8,6 2,5 6,1 6097 9,5 3,4 6,1 6736
241.17.50.076 50,0 25,0 76 572 6,9 3,0 3,9 3947 9,2 3,0 6,2 5262 10,4 3,0 7,4 5949 11,5 4,1 7,4 6578
241.17.50.089 50,0 25,0 89 475 8,1 3,5 4,6 3848 10,8 3,5 7,3 5130 12,2 3,5 8,7 5795 13,5 4,9 8,6 6413
241.17.50.102 50,0 25,0 102 405 9,3 4,0 5,3 3767 12,4 4,0 8,4 5022 14,0 4,0 10,0 5670 15,5 5,6 9,9 6278
241.17.50.115 50,0 25,0 115 352 10,5 4,6 5,9 3696 14,0 4,6 9,4 4928 15,8 4,6 11,2 5562 17,5 6,3 11,2 6160
241.17.50.127 50,0 25,0 127 316 11,7 5,1 6,6 3697 15,6 5,1 10,5 4930 17,6 5,1 12,5 5562 19,5 7,0 12,5 6162
241.17.50.152 50,0 25,0 152 239 14,1 6,1 8,0 3370 18,8 6,1 12,7 4493 21,2 6,1 15,1 5067 23,5 8,5 15,0 5617
241.17.50.203 50,0 25,0 203 187 22,2 9,6 12,6 4151 29,6 9,6 20,0 5535 33,3 9,6 23,7 6227 37,0 13,3 23,7 6919
241.17.50.254 50,0 25,0 254 153 24,0 10,4 13,6 3672 32,0 10,4 21,6 4896 36,0 10,4 25,6 5508 40,0 14,4 25,6 6120
241.17.50.305 50,0 25,0 305 127 29,1 12,6 16,5 3696 38,8 12,6 26,2 4928 43,7 12,6 31,1 5550 48,5 17,5 31,0 6160
241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Green“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.14.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 189,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 2156 15,2 4,9 10,3 2874 17,1 4,9 12,2 3234 19,0 6,8 12,2 3593
241.14.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 158,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 2087 17,6 5,7 11,9 2783 19,8 5,7 14,1 3130 22,0 7,9 14,1 3478
241.14.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 131,0 15,0 6,5 8,5 1965 20,0 6,5 13,5 2620 22,5 6,5 16,0 2948 25,0 9,0 16,0 3275
241.14.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 116,0 17,1 7,4 9,7 1984 22,8 7,4 15,4 2645 25,7 7,4 18,3 2981 28,5 10,3 18,2 3306
241.14.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 103,1 19,2 8,3 10,9 1980 25,6 8,3 17,3 2639 28,8 8,3 20,5 2969 32,0 11,5 20,5 3299
241.14.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 84,4 22,8 9,9 12,9 1924 30,4 9,9 20,5 2566 34,2 9,9 24,3 2886 38,0 13,7 24,3 3207
241.14.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 71,5 26,7 11,6 15,1 1909 35,6 11,6 24,0 2545 40,1 11,6 28,5 2867 44,5 16,0 28,5 3182
241.14.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 61,7 30,6 13,3 17,3 1888 40,8 13,3 27,5 2517 45,9 13,3 32,6 2832 51,0 18,4 32,6 3147
241.14.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 47,0 38,4 16,6 21,8 1805 51,2 16,6 34,6 2406 57,6 16,6 41,0 2707 64,0 23,0 41,0 3008
241.14.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 38,3 45,6 19,8 25,8 1746 60,8 19,8 41,0 2329 68,4 19,8 48,6 2620 76,0 27,4 48,6 2911
241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Blue“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.15.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 312,1 9,6 4,2 5,4 2996 12,8 4,2 8,6 3995 14,4 4,2 10,2 4494 16,0 5,8 10,2 4994
241.15.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 260,1 11,4 4,9 6,5 2965 15,2 4,9 10,3 3954 17,1 4,9 12,2 4448 19,0 6,8 12,2 4942
241.15.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 221,1 13,2 5,7 7,5 2919 17,6 5,7 11,9 3891 19,8 5,7 14,1 4378 22,0 7,9 14,1 4864
241.15.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 187,0 15,0 6,5 8,5 2805 20,0 6,5 13,5 3740 22,5 6,5 16,0 4208 25,0 9,0 16,0 4675
241.15.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 168,1 16,8 7,3 9,5 2824 22,4 7,3 15,1 3765 25,2 7,3 17,9 4236 28,0 10,1 17,9 4707
241.15.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 136,0 20,1 8,7 11,4 2734 26,8 8,7 18,1 3645 30,2 8,7 21,5 4107 33,5 12,1 21,4 4556
241.15.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 114,0 23,4 10,1 13,3 2668 31,2 10,1 21,1 3557 35,1 10,1 25,0 4001 39,0 14,0 25,0 4446
241.15.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 100,0 27,0 11,7 15,3 2700 36,0 11,7 24,3 3600 40,5 11,7 28,8 4050 45,0 16,2 28,8 4500
241.15.63.229 63,0 38,0 229 89,3 30,6 13,3 17,3 2733 40,8 13,3 27,5 3643 45,9 13,3 32,6 4099 51,0 18,4 32,6 4554
241.15.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 78,5 34,5 15,0 19,5 2708 46,0 15,0 31,0 3611 51,8 15,0 36,8 4066 57,5 20,7 36,8 4514
241.15.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 64,8 41,4 17,9 23,5 2683 55,2 17,9 37,3 3577 62,1 17,9 44,2 4024 69,0 24,8 44,2 4471
241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Red“
30% Stroke 40% Stroke 45% Stroke 50% Stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.16.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 618,0 7,4 3,2 4,2 4579 9,9 3,2 6,7 6106 11,1 3,2 7,9 6869 12,4 4,4 7,9 7632
241.16.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 515,0 9,0 3,9 5,1 4635 12,0 3,9 8,1 6180 13,5 3,9 9,6 6953 15,0 5,4 9,6 7725
241.16.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 438,0 10,5 4,6 6,0 4612 14,0 4,6 9,5 6150 15,8 4,6 11,2 6918 17,6 6,3 11,2 7687
241.16.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 370,0 11,3 4,9 6,4 4163 15,0 4,9 10,1 5550 16,9 4,9 12,0 6244 18,8 6,8 12,0 6938
241.16.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 333,0 13,8 6,0 7,8 4585 18,4 6,0 12,4 6114 20,7 6,0 14,7 6878 23,0 8,3 14,7 7642
241.16.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 269,0 17,0 7,3 9,6 4560 22,6 7,3 15,3 6079 25,4 7,3 18,1 6839 28,3 10,2 18,1 7599
241.16.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 226,0 20,0 8,7 11,4 4529 26,7 8,7 18,0 6039 30,1 8,7 21,4 6794 33,4 12,0 21,4 7548
241.16.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 198,0 23,6 10,2 13,4 4681 31,5 10,2 21,3 6241 35,5 10,2 25,2 7021 39,4 14,2 25,2 7801
241.16.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 155,0 30,6 13,3 17,3 4743 40,8 13,3 27,5 6324 45,9 13,3 32,6 7115 51,0 18,4 32,6 7905
241.16.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 128,0 36,6 15,9 20,7 4685 48,8 15,9 32,9 6246 54,9 15,9 39,0 7027 61,0 22,0 39,0 7808
241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: „Yellow“
30% stroke 40% stroke 45% stroke 50% stroke
Order No Dh Dd L0 R S1 Sv1 SA1 F1 S2 Sv2 SA2 F2 S3 Sv3 SA3 F3 S4 Sv4 SA4 F4
241.17.63.076 63,0 38,0 76 952,0 4,7 2,0 2,6 4427 6,2 2,0 4,2 5902 7,0 2,0 5,0 6640 7,8 2,8 5,0 7378
241.17.63.089 63,0 38,0 89 819,0 6,0 2,6 3,4 4914 8,0 2,6 5,4 6552 9,0 2,6 6,4 7371 10,0 3,6 6,4 8190
241.17.63.102 63,0 38,0 102 700,0 9,2 4,0 5,2 6447 12,3 4,0 8,3 8596 13,8 4,0 9,8 9671 15,4 5,5 9,8 10745
241.17.63.115 63,0 38,0 115 620,0 10,5 4,5 5,9 6491 14,0 4,5 9,4 8655 15,7 4,5 11,2 9737 17,5 6,3 11,2 10819
241.17.63.127 63,0 38,0 127 565,0 11,4 4,9 6,5 6441 15,2 4,9 10,3 8588 17,1 4,9 12,2 9662 19,0 6,8 12,2 10735
241.17.63.152 63,0 38,0 152 458,0 14,2 6,1 8,0 6485 18,9 6,1 12,7 8647 21,2 6,1 15,1 9728 23,6 8,5 15,1 10809
241.17.63.178 63,0 38,0 178 384,0 16,7 7,3 9,5 6428 22,3 7,3 15,1 8571 25,1 7,3 17,9 9642 27,9 10,0 17,9 10714
241.17.63.203 63,0 38,0 203 337,0 19,4 8,4 11,0 6551 25,9 8,4 17,5 8735 29,2 8,4 20,7 9827 32,4 11,7 20,7 10919
241.17.63.254 63,0 38,0 254 263,0 26,0 11,3 14,7 6841 34,7 11,3 23,4 9121 39,0 11,3 27,7 10261 43,4 15,6 27,7 11401
241.17.63.305 63,0 38,0 305 218,0 31,8 13,8 18,0 6932 42,4 13,8 28,6 9243 47,7 13,8 33,9 10399 53,0 19,1 33,9 11554
Sn
L0 = free length of spring
L0
H15
Dh
Fn
Fn = Spring force in N
L BL
Sn = Stroke
Description:
The diameters are comparable with the high performance compression
springs DIN ISO 10243. The special flat wound wire cross section brings
a reduction of the medium winding diameter for the same winding
ratio with an edge-wound spring. Consequently, the high performance
compression spring 3XLF has a 6x larger starting spring force than the
high performance compression spring DIN ISO 10243 colour code
“yellow”.
s1
s2
F1
sn
s
F2
L0
Fn
L1
L2
d
Ln
L Bl
Dm
D hH15
Da
l0
s
h
Di
F63
FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX®-Spring system
Mounting example 244.1.
fmax.
L0
d2
d1
d3
Description: Note:
FIBROFLEX® Spring Systems represent a finely graded range of Physical and chemical properties of FIBROFLEX®-Elastomer – see at the
elastomer spring units (material: polyurethane) exhibiting particular beginning of chapter G.
suitability for all stamping dies and related tools. Dowel pins (235./2351.1.) or guide pins (244.5.), recommended for
stacks higher than 1,5 x d2.
The 244.-Systems comprise FIBROFLEX® Spring Elements 244.1., avai-
lable in three Shore hardnesses. With the aid of Stacking Washers 2 44.4.
and Guide Pins 244.5., the elements can be stacked.
Note that stacking with interposed stacking washers results in the a ddi-
tion of the individual spring deflections – without addition of the spring
forces.
244.1.32. – ∅ 32 244.1.40. – ∅ 40
load/force (N) compression(mm) load/force (N) compression(mm)
9000 13500 95 Shore
8500 12750
8000 12000
95 Shore
7500 11250 90 Shore
7000 10500
6500 90 Shore 9750
6000 9000
5500 8250
5000 7500
80 Shore
4500 80 Shore 6750
4000 6000
3500 5250
3000 4500
2500 3750
2000 3000
1500 2250
1000 1500
500 750
0 0
0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0 0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0
f max.
Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
fundamental bearing on the success of
FIBROFLEX®-applications.
Material:
L0
Polyurethan 80 Shore A
Colour: green
Note:
The physical properties of polyurethane
elastomers means that they have a tendency
d1 to settle. The extent of such settlement is
d3 dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 0 4 8 12 16 20 24
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
L 0 32 40 50 63
80 18000 L 0 32 40
6000 12000 50 63
80 100 125
L 0 32 40
5000 10000 50 63 15000
80 100
4000 8000 12000
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 0 8 16 24 32 40 48
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
0 0 0
0 8 16 24 32 40 48 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 0 8 16 24 32 40 48
f max.
Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
fundamental bearing on the success of
FIBROFLEX®-applications.
Material:
L0
Polyurethan 90 Shore A
Colour: yellow
Note:
The physical properties of polyurethane
elastomers means that they have a tendency
d1 to settle. The extent of such settlement is
d3 dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
L 0 16 L 0 32 40
2400 20 25 32 4200 L 0 20 25 6000 50 63
32 40
2000 3500 5000
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 3 6 9 12 15 18
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 6 12 18 24 30 36
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
0 0 0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 0 7 14 21 28 35 42
f max.
Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
fundamental bearing on the success of
FIBROFLEX®-applications.
Material:
L0
Polyurethan 95 Shore A
Colour: red
Note:
The physical properties of polyurethane
elastomers means that they have a tendency
d1 to settle. The extent of such settlement is
d3 dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
L 0 20
3000 L 0 16 20 25 32 4800 25 32 40 7800 L 0 32 40
50 63
2500 4000 6500
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 3 6 9 12 15 18
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
L 0 32 40 50 63
12000 80 21000 L 0 32 36000 L 0 32
40 50 40 50
63 80 100 63 80 100 125
10000 17500 30000
0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 6 12 18 24 30 36
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
0 0 0
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 0 7 14 21 28 35 42
d2
Note:
The physical properties of polyurethane
elastomers means that they have a tendency
to settle. The extent of such settlement is
f max.
dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
L0
spring length L0.
d1
d3
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
L 0 16 20 1500 L 0 20 40 3750 L 0 32 40 50 63
900 25 32 25 32
1350 3375
750 1200 3000
1050 2625
600 900 2250
750 1875
450
600 1500
300 450 1125
300 750
150
150 375
0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 4 8 12 16 20 24
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
40 50
L 0 32 L 0 32 40 L 0 32 63 80 100 125
6750 40 50 50
63 63 18000
6000
80 10500 80 100
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
L 0 32 40 50 L 0 32 40 L 0 32 40
30000 63 80 100 125 52500 50 50 63
63 80 90000 80 100
27000 100 125 125 160
45000
24000 75000
21000 37500
60000
18000
30000
15000 45000
12000 22500
9000 30000
15000
6000
7500 15000
3000
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
d2
Note:
The physical properties of elastomere springs
means that they have a tendency to settle.
The extent of such settlement is dependent
f max.
on the internal heat of friction, speed and
number of load changes, the spring travel and
the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 3 to 5% of the
L0
spring length L0.
Physical characteristics:
Tensile strength acc. to DIN 53504:
≥ 12 N/mm²
Elongation at break acc. to DIN 53504:
d1 ≥ 250 %
Bulk density acc. to DIN 53479: 1.37 g/cm³
Compression set acc. to DIN 53517:
≤ 20 % (24 h/70 °C)
Temperature scope: -20 °C to 80 °C,
short-term to max. 120 °C
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
16 20 1000 20 40 2500 32 40 50 63
600 25 32 25
900 32 2250
500 800 2000
700 1750
400 600 1500
300 500 1250
400 1000
200 300 750
200 500
100
100 250
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 4 8 12 16 20 24
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
32 40 40 50
4500 32 40 32 63 80 100 125
50 63 50 12000
80 7000 63 80 100
4000
3500 6000 10000
3000 5000 8000
2500
4000
2000 6000
3000
1500 4000
2000
1000
1000 2000
500
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 10 20 30 40
load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm) load/force (N) compression (mm)
20000 32 40 50 63 80 32 40 50 32 40
100 125 35000 63 60000 50 63
80 100
18000 80 100 125 125 160
30000
16000 50000
14000 25000
40000
12000 20000
10000 30000
8000 15000
6000 20000
10000
4000
5000 10000
2000
0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
,5
Note:
R0
Elastomeric round springs are positioned and
10° secured in place by the locating bolts.
Screws are not included.
50
R4
10
d1
d2
d3
Spring Ø
DIN EN ISO 4762
head cap screw
2441.6. 2441.6.
X
Locating bolt, threaded
120°
Spring
Order No ∅ d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 A/F e t
R2
R4
10
l2
1x45°
d1
d2
d3
Spring Ø
View X
A/F
d5
d1
d5
d1
l1
undercut
DIN 76
1x45°
l2
d2 s
d1
d2
d1
d2
l 1 ±0,1
d2
d1
d2
s1
d1
d2
d1
d2
d3
5
25
SW
d2
d1
d1
20
d2
d1
d3
s
20
A/F
d2
d1
d5
d4
5
20
d3
d2
d1
d2
Material:
Polyurethan (FIBROFLEX®)
Execution:
2450.6. (90 Shore A) available from stock
2450.5. (80 Shore A) and
2450.7. (95 Shore A) available upon request
(40)
l2
ø32 h11
l1
A/F 36
l3
2 x 45
ø40
2441.16.
s
d1
d2
d2
f max.
L0
d1
d3
Mounting example
Clamping pad cushioning
Top
F 2441.18.
Retaining bolt,
thread secured with Loctite 243
F 2441.16.
Thrust washer
l
40
20
f
15 ø15
9
d1
d3
d2
d
l2
l3
5x45° ø9
l4
l1
l2
Slide Units
l
d3
d
15
l2
20
f ø15
15
M
d3
d2
d
b1
e2
5x45° ø9
c2 e1
c1 a1
Material:
Mounting block: Steel
Damping unit SD: CO polyester elastomer, 55 Shore D
Note:
Screws are not included.
Order No for spare part: Damping unit SD, with screw
2452.10.034.030.2
For the exchange of the damping unit, the screw tightening torque for
the holding screw is 10 Nm.
Fixing:
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.
d1
d2
244.9.
fmax.
s
244.10.
L 1*
L0
2450.10A.
244.10. d3
2192.12.
Description: Material:
Dampers, light duty , made of co-polyester elastomer are found in the Co-Polyester-Elastomer
elevating units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods Technical data:
industry. The increasing stresses on screws and bolts as well as noise Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
emission are reduced by the light duty dampers. No absorption of water and no swelling.
Benefits: Grease and oil resistant.
- High absorption of force and energy Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
- Long service life and high level of operating safety
- Noise reduction
Note:
Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C
- High degree of effectiveness
Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
Washer 244.10. see Section F
d 3 /d 1
244.9.
fmax.
244.10.
L0
L 1*
2450.11B.
244.10.
d2
2192.12.
Description: Material:
Dampers, light duty , made of co-polyester elastomer are found in the Co-Polyester-Elastomer
elevating units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods Technical data:
industry. The increasing stresses on screws and bolts as well as noise Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
emission are reduced by the light duty dampers. No absorption of water and no swelling.
The two-ply version of the flanged damper can also be used depending Grease and oil resistant.
on the force or stroke without the use of an additional distance washer. Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
Benefits:
- High absorption of force and energy
Note:
Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C
- Long service life and high level of operating safety
Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
- Noise reduction
Washer 244.10. see Section F
- High degree of effectiveness
d1
244.9. d2
f max.
244.10.15. 244.10.15.
L0
2450.20.
d3
244.10.
2450.20. 2192.12.
Description: Material:
The co-polyester elastomer dampers, heavy-duty, are used as holddown Co-Polyester-Elastomer
dampers in the automotive and white goods industry. Increasing return Technical data:
stroke speeds and the related stresses on screws and bolts in moveable, Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
suspended tool parts are absorbed by the hold-down dampers. Reduced No absorption of water and no swelling.
noise emission is a further additional positive sideeffect. Grease and oil resistant.
Benefits: Approved temperature range: -40°C to +90°C (-40°F to +194°F)
- High absorption of force and energy
- Slight settlement
Note:
Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C
- Energy absorption between 5 Nm and 269 Nm
Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
- Long service life and high level of operating safety
Washer 244.10. see Section F
- Noise reduction
- High degree of effectiveness
L1
2450.20B.0321.0203.108 9.8 6600 12 30000 23.8 M12
H1
2450.20B.0458.0253.170 15.3 14500 19 45000 31.3 M16
2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 22500 47 67000 39 M20
2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 37500 76 114000 39.5 M24
2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 46000 143 152000 50 M30
* Dimension „L1“ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
** Total energy per stroke
*** Total energy per hour
Double layering
F2 max [N] W2 Wh2 H2 socket cap
Order No. L1* (dynamic>0,1) [Nm/stroke (s)]** [Nm/h]*** total height screw
2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 18000 78 107000 66 M20
L1
2450.20A.0618.0363.215 19.5 35000 148 174000 67 M24
2450.20A.0785.0423.294 27 39000 233 272000 85 M30
H2
* Dimension „L1“ is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
** Total energy per stroke
*** Total energy per hour
Threefold layering
F3 max [N] W3 Wh3 H3 socket cap
Order No. L1* (dynamic>0,1) [Nm/stroke (s)]** [Nm/h]*** total height screw
2450.20A.0546.0303.213 19 16000 100 127000 93 M20
L1
Damper stopper
d 1 -x
d1
Locking pin
c x 45° r1
Pull-down
clamp
M
d2
d1
d
Material: Note:
Damping unit SD: CO polyester elastomer, 55 Shore D We are happy to support you in the calculation and design of a suitable
Screw: Steel damping unit.
Technical data:
Resistant to microbes, seawater, and chemicals, as well as very good UV Dynamic (v>0.5 m/s) characteristic curves available for all types upon
and ozone resistance. No water absorption and no bloating. request.
SD damping units can also be used for emergency stop applications.
Starting speed: up to max. 5 m/s Further information upon request.
Installation position: any
Dynamic power consumption: 870 N through 90000 N
Permissible temperature range: -40°C through 90°C
Dissipation of energy: 40% through 66%
32 12 3 1,8 M 8 40 5
s2
40 30 50 4
50 16 3 2,5 M 10 60 6
63 80 8
80 20 3 3,5 M 12 100 10
100 120 12
125 25 3 4,5 M 16 39 150 6 15
*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data
h
d2
d1 Ordering Code (example):
244.9.
Spring unit for elastomer spring = 244.14.0.040.048
not loaded = 244.14.0.040.048
2192.12. for spring-[ = 40 mm = 244.14.0.040.048
DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 244.14.0.040.048
Order number = 244.14.0.040.048
Spring-[ d1 3 s h* d2 d3 d4 s1 s2 s3
s1
25 10 3 1,8 M 6 20 32 3 4 5
s2
32 12 3 1,8 M 8 20 40 3 5 5
40 12 3 1,8 M 8 20 50 4 5 5
50 16 3 2,5 M 10 22 60 4 6 6
63 16 3 2,5 M 10 22 80 4 8 8
80 20 3 3,5 M 12 28 100 4 10 10
100 20 3 3,5 M 12 28 120 4 12 12
*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data
h
s3
20
d2
d3 Ordering Code (example):
Spring unit for elastomer spring = 2441.14.
244.9. preloaded = 24411141.
for spring-[ = 40 mm = 2441.14.0.040.
2441.14. Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 2441.14.0.040.048
Order number = 2441.14.1.040.048
s1
25 12 3 1,8 M8 18 25 3 4
s2
32 16 3 2,5 M 10 30 38 4 5
40 20 3 3,5 M 12 30 38 4 5
50 25 3 4,0 M 16 39 50 6 6
63 35 3 6,0 M 20 52 65 6 8
*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data
h
241.1x
d2
Ordering Code (example): d1 244.9.
Spring unit for helical spring = 244.15.1.040.061
not loaded = 244.15.0.040.061 2192.12.
for spring-[ = 40 mm = 244.15.1.040.061
Spacer tube length h = 48 mm = 244.15.1.040.048
DIN EN ISO 4762
Order number = 244.15.0.040.048
(12.9)
Spring-[ d1 3 s h* d2 d3 d4 s1 s2
20 10 3 1,8 M6 11 25 3 4
25 12 3 1,8 M8 14 25 3 4 244.9.
32 16 3 2,5 M 10 18 38 4 5
5
40 20 3 3,5 M 12 22 38 4 5
20
50 25 3 4,0 M 16 27 50 6 6
*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data
d2 2441.15.
d3
2192.12.
DIN EN ISO
4762 (12.9)
244.10.
244.7.
Dh
d5
d3
stop washer 244.10.
d1
s
spacer sleeve 244.11.
0,1 +0,1
s1
20
s2
h3
h
depth of hole
spacer tube 244.9.
Note:
5
hi-performence comp. spring
The headed spacer plugs are ground 241.14./.15./.16./.17.
equal after assembly in the punch holder. (per separately oder)
25
Note that regrinding on punch points must
socket cap screw
be compensated by grinding an equal
amount off the compensation sleeves. DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
Adjust depth of c’bore h3 or height of spacer headed spacer plug 244.12.
sleeve so that spacer tube cap screw is
20
relieved by about 0,1 mm. socket cap screw
DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
The headed spacer plug are ground
together to the same degree at initial
assembly when installed.
compensation sleeve 244.13.
Important Notice:
In order to preserve pre-existing
conditions in regard of spring force and
displacement, it is essential that regrinding
of the punches equals regrinding of the
compensation disc – i. e. the metal removal
Compensation Disc from either component must be kept the same.
244.25.027.□□ 25 x 25 2 200,0 294,0 750,0 – 10,4 8,8 7,2 – 100,0 147,0 375,0 – 1040 1294 2700 –
244.25.033.□□ 25 x 32 3 240,9 354,3 891,0 1123,8 12,8 10,4 8,4 8,0 80,3 118,1 297,0 374,6 1028 1228 2495 2997
244.25.038.□□ 25 x 38 4 248,0 372,4 876,0 1384,8 15,2 12,8 10,4 9,6 62,0 93,1 219,0 346,2 942 1192 2278 3324
244.25.044.□□ 25 x 44 4 212,0 323,2 748,0 976,8 18,4 15,2 12,4 11,2 53,0 80,9 187,0 244,2 975 1228 2319 2735
244.25.048.□□ 25 x 51 7 308,7 480,9 1092,0 1453,9 20,0 16,8 14,4 12,8 44,1 68,7 156,0 207,7 882 1154 2246 2659
244.32.038.□□ 32 x 38 5 470,5 925,5 1940,0 2643,0 15,2 12,8 9,6 8,8 94,1 185,1 388,0 528,6 1430 2369 3725 4652
244.32.044.□□ 32 x 44 5 398,0 790,5 1620,0 2135,5 17,6 15,2 11,2 10,4 79,6 158,1 324,0 424,7 1401 2403 3629 4417
244.32.048.□□ 32 x 51 8 536,0 1072,8 2176,0 2826,4 20,0 16,8 13,2 12,0 67,0 134,1 272,0 353,3 1340 2253 3590 4240
244.32.061.□□ 32 x 64 8 424,0 792,8 1696,0 2155,2 25,6 21,6 17,2 16,0 53,0 99,1 212,0 269,4 1357 2141 3646 4310
244.32.072.□□ 32 x 76 9 396,9 724,5 1548,0 1968,3 31,2 25,6 20,8 19,2 44,1 80,5 172,0 218,7 1376 2061 3578 4199
244.40.048.□□ 40 x 51 8 736,0 1432,0 2801,6 5027,2 20,0 16,8 13,6 12,0 92,0 179,0 350,2 628,4 1840 3007 4763 7541
244.40.061.□□ 40 x 64 8 584,8 1120,0 2152,0 3905,6 25,6 20,8 17,6 15,2 73,1 140,0 269,0 488,2 1871 2912 4734 7421
244.40.072.□□ 40 x 76 9 567,9 972,9 1971,0 3413,7 30,4 25,6 21,6 19,2 63,1 108,1 219,0 379,3 1918 2767 4730 7283
s1
h3
20
depth of hole
Note:
s2
spacer tube 244.9.
Dh
h
Flange Bushing
244.12.2
compensation washer
244.13.2
d2
d4
h
h1
l 1 ±0,1
l2
d2
d 1 h7
Description: Execution:
These units can be used as an alternative to shoulder screws. Outside diameter ground
Advantages: Tolerance: h7
Precision length adjustments by way of grinding. The units have many
uses – as can be seen from the installation examples below.
Note:
The units are supplied with a retaining O-ring which must be removed
Material: before application.
Spacer tube: Steel, hardened
Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
l2
d2
d 1 h7
Description: Execution:
These units can be used as an alternative to shoulder screws. Outside diameter ground
Advantages: Tolerance: h7
Precision length adjustments by way of grinding. The units have many
uses – as can be seen from the installation examples below.
Note:
The units are supplied with a retaining O-ring which must be removed
Material: before application.
Spacer tube: Steel, hardened
Countersunk head cap screw DIN EN ISO 10642 (10.9)
244.18. Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw
d1 10 12.5 15 17.5 23
d2 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16
Tightening torque [Nm] 12 28 56 98 240
d3 15 19 23 27 34
h1 6 8 10 12 16
l1 l2
20 35
25 40 45
30 45 50 55 60
35 50 55 60 70
40 55 60 65 70
45 60 70 70 80
50 65 70 80 80 90
55 80 80 90 90
60 80 90 90 100
70 90 100 100 110
80 100 110 110 120
90 120 120 140
100 140
110 150
120 150
d3
h
l 1 +0,25
s
l2
d2
d 1 h8
Material:
High tensile steel,
heat treated to 12.9 ISO 898-1.
Execution:
d1 ground,
heads knurled.
d
l
Mounting example Dh
Description:
These set screws can be used as adjustable spring stops. They are a vai-
lable for all customary spring sizes from ∅ 10 to ∅ 40. The set screws
are suitable for springs 241.14. to .17.
Their use offers the following advantages:
– Adjustable spring tension from under the bottom bolster, without any
dismantling.
– Exchange of springs without dismantling.
– Through-holes instead of blind holes for spring accommodation.
d 1 +0,5
+0,3
t 1 +0,1
k1
l
k
45°
s
30°
d2
d3
+0,4
d 1 -0,1
d1
16
6
2
d2
2x45°
2x45°
R2
25
35
d3
d4
100
are large enough to withstand 1.5 times the weight of the tool (see
60
table).
Implementation:
1. When setting up slowly move the ram into the bottom position.
2. Clamp the tool, then move the ram back to the top position (with the
setting up bumper compressed to a height of 60 mm).
3. After setting up, remove the setting up bumpers and place them in
the storage hole on the tool.
f max.
40
100
60
25
ø8,5
ø20 The setting up bumper
is located in the
e storage hole while the
toll is in use (guide
screw 244.5.13.040
withdrawn).
b
a
d3
d2
l3
l1
l
l2
d4
d1
d2
m
s
l
d4
d1
15
23
M8
29,3
13,5
8,5
g1
e b
f
d1
Construction:
Surface quality to DIN ISO 3302-1
Application:
For blanking die tools
2532.2.190.270.0306
approx.
28
ø4
19 34
11 max.
4
27
22
2
8
ø7,5
15 30
306 (9 elements)
2532.2.190.165.0270
approx.
24
ø4
19 30
6,5 max.
16,5
13
2
16
ø7,5
26
270 (9 elements)
2532.2.150.115.0270
approx.
19
ø4
15 30
4,5 max.
11,5
2
7
ø7,5
13 26
270 (9 elements)
F115
Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
Mounting example 2470.10. .1
„X”
Stroke max.
M
Clamping
Top Die Pad d1
5
Trim Die
Insert View X Thread
l3
Trim Punch
Insert lock
l1
A/F 9
Colour
Ejector Pin Unit marking
d4
Description:
Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.
2470.10. .1 Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
Spring rate Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
Order No d1 d4 M l1 l3 Stroke max. [N/mm] initial final
2470.10.010.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
2470.10.010.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
2470.10.015.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2 10 40
2470.10.015.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2 10 40
2470.10.020.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
2470.10.020.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
2470.10.030.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
2470.10.030.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
2470.10.030.120.1 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
2470.10.030.016.120.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
2470.10.040.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
2470.10.040.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
2470.10.050.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
2470.10.050.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
2470.10.060.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 60 0.6 13.2 49.2
2470.10.060.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 60 0.6 13.2 49.2
2470.10.070.200.1 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 70 0.44 9.68 40.5
2470.10.070.016.200.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 70 0.44 9.68 40.5
2470.10.080.200.1 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 80 0.44 9.68 44.8
2470.10.080.016.200.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 80 0.44 9.68 44.8
Stroke max.
M
Clamping
d1 Top Die Pad
5
Trim Die
View X Thread
l3
15°
A/F 9
Colour
marking
Ejector Pin Unit
d4
Description: Note:
Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries. Max. recommended extensions per minute: approx. 120 (at 20°C)
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11). Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
capacity up to 15°.
2470.20. .1 Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force, VDI 3004,
Colour m
arking: yellow
Spring rate Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
Order No d1 d4 M l1 l3 Stroke max. [N/mm] initial final
2470.20.010.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
2470.20.010.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 0.95 3.8 13.3
2470.20.015.060.1 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2 10 40
2470.20.015.016.060.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2 10 40
2470.20.020.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
2470.20.020.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 1.38 6.9 34.5
2470.20.030.080.1 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
2470.20.030.016.080.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 30 1.3 6.5 45.5
2470.20.030.120.1 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
2470.20.030.016.120.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 0.73 18 40
2470.20.040.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
2470.20.040.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 0.6 13.2 37.2
2470.20.050.150.1 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
2470.20.050.016.150.1 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 50 0.6 13.2 43.2
Stroke max.
M
d1
Clamping
Top Die Pad
5
View X Thread
l3
Trim Die lock
Trim Punch Insert
l1
Insert
A/F 9
Colour
marking
Ejector Pin Unit d4
Description:
Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.
2470.10. .3 Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white
Spring rate Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
Order No d1 d4 M l1 l3 Stroke max. [N/mm] initial final
2470.10.020.080.3 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
2470.10.020.016.080.3 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
Stroke max.
M
d1
Clamping
Top Die Pad
5
View X Thread
l3
Trim Punch
Insert
A/F 9
Colour
marking 15°
d4
Ejector Pin Unit
Description: Note:
Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries. Max. recommended extensions per minute: approx. 120 (at 20°C)
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11). Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
capacity up to 15°.
2470.20. .3 Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force, VDI 3004,
Colour marking: white
Spring rate Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
Order No d1 d4 M l1 l3 Stroke max. [N/mm] initial final
2470.20.020.080.3 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
2470.20.020.016.080.3 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 3.02 15.1 75.6
Stroke max.
M
d1
Clamping
Top Die Pad
5
View X Thread
l3
Trim Die lock
Insert
l1
Trim Punch
Insert
A/F 9
Colour
marking
Ejector Pin Unit d4
Description:
Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.
2470.10. .2 Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
Spring rate Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
Order No d1 d4 M l1 l3 Stroke max. [N/mm] initial final
2470.10.010.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
2470.10.010.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
2470.10.015.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
2470.10.015.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
2470.10.020.080.2 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
2470.10.020.016.080.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
2470.10.030.120.2 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 2 20 80
2470.10.030.016.120.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 2 20 80
2470.10.030.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
2470.10.030.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
2470.10.040.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
2470.10.040.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
2470.10.050.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
2470.10.050.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
2470.10.060.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 60 1.61 19.3 116.1
2470.10.060.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 60 1.61 19.3 116.1
2470.10.070.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 70 1.61 19.3 132.1
2470.10.070.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 70 1.61 19.3 132.1
2470.10.080.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 80 0.94 25 100.1
2470.10.080.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 80 0.94 25 100.1
Stroke max.
M
d1
Clamping
Top Die Pad
5
View X Thread
l3
Trim Punch
Insert
A/F 9
Colour
marking 15°
d4
Ejector Pin Unit
Description: Note:
Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries. Max. recommended extensions per minute: approx. 120 (at 20°C)
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11). Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
capacity up to 15°.
2470.20. .2 Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force, VDI 3004,
Colour marking: red
Spring rate Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
Order No d1 d4 M l1 l3 Stroke max. [N/mm] initial final
2470.20.010.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
2470.20.010.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 10 3.25 13 45.5
2470.20.015.060.2 6 13.4 16x2 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
2470.20.015.016.060.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 60 35 15 2.6 15 56
2470.20.020.080.2 6 13.4 16x2 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
2470.20.020.016.080.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 80 35 20 6.9 34.5 172.5
2470.20.030.120.2 6 13.4 16x2 120 35 30 2 20 80
2470.20.030.016.120.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 120 35 30 2 20 80
2470.20.030.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
2470.20.030.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 30 2.55 56.1 132.6
2470.20.040.150.2 6 13.4 16x2 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
2470.20.040.016.150.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 150 35 40 2.55 56.1 158.1
2470.20.050.200.2 6 13.4 16x2 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
2470.20.050.016.200.2 6 13.4 16x1.5 200 35 50 1.61 19.3 99.9
d2
s
l
d1
2471.31.
d2
s
l
d1
d2
s
l
d1
2471.32.
d2
s
l
d1
d2
ls
A/F
d1
2471.33.
d2
ls
A/F
d1
d2
s
l
A/F
d1
2471.34.
d2
s
l
A/F
d1
d2
s
l
d1
2471.35.
d2
s
l
d1
Thread
l
lock
A/F
d1
2472.31.
d2
s
l
Thread
lock
A/F
d1
s
Thread
l
lock
A/F
d1
2472.22.
d2
s
Thread
l
lock
A/F
d1
A/F
d1
2472.33.
d2
s
l
A/F
d1
s
t
Seal
Setscrew,
l
bonded
A/F
d1
n
Material: 2472.07. Spring plunger, with spring loaded
Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta standard spring force
Note: Spring force [N] Spring force [N]
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents Order No d1 d2 l n s t A/F initial final
the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling 2472.07.008 M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5 9 24
using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver. 2472.07.010 M10 4 28 1.5 3.5 1.4 3 15 30
2472.07.012 M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4 24 50
Temperature operating range: –30°C up to 80°C
2472.07.016 M16 7.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5 36 58
2472.37.
d2
s
t
Seal
Setscrew,
l
bonded
A/F
d1
n
Thread
lock
A/F
d1
2472.08.
d2
s
t
Seal
Setscrew,
l
bonded
A/F
d1
n
s
l
A/F
d1
2472.34.
d2
s
l
A/F
d1
d1
2472.35.
d2
s
l
d1
s
l
d1
2472.36.
d2
s
l
d1
d2
s
l3
l1
l2
d3
2473.02.
d2
s
l
d1
d3
d2
l2
s
l1
d1
2475.02.
d3
d2
l2
s
l1
d1
d3
d2
l2
s
l1
d1
2475.04.
d3
d2
l2
s
l1
d1
2470.12.010.017
Insertion Tool
for 2479. and 3479.
2472.11.003 up to 2472.11.020
Thrust pad driver
for 2472.01./.02.
Order No for thread
2472.11.003 M 3
2472.11.004 M 4
2472.11.005 M 5
2472.11.006 M 6
2472.11.008 M 8
2472.11.010 M 10
2472.11.012 M 12
2472.11.016 M 16
2472.11.020 M 20
2472.11.024
Thrust pad driver
for 2472.01./.02.
Order No for thread
2472.11.024 M 24
F139
Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting
2477. .1.01
ø40
18 ±0,1
15 ±0,1
10 13
ø11
ø6,6
12 +0,15
29 ±0,1
35 ±0,1
ø6,6
stroke
ø11
ø10 H7
30
l
a
l1
e
e 1±0,05
ø11
30
10
58
80 ±0,05
55
98
29
49 ±0,05
10 13
ø11
ø6,6
12 +0,15
29 ±0,1
35 ±0,1
ø6,6
stroke
l1
a
20
30
10
ø55
70
40
58
Stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
6,6
Temperature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
24 21
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
Order No for spare parts kit: 2478.10.00320
l
2478.10.
Stock lifter Strip guide
Order No* Strokemax. lmin. l
2478.10.□□□□□.025 25 121 146 ø66,7
2478.10.□□□□□.050 50 146 196 ø18 x 14,6 deep
2478.10.□□□□□.080 80 176 256 Stock lifter
2478.10.□□□□□.100 100 196 296 110
2478.10.□□□□□.125 125 221 346 98,6
2478.10.□□□□□.150 150 246 396 85
2478.10.□□□□□.163 163 259 422 Plate
2478.10.□□□□□.175 175 271 446
2478.10.□□□□□.200 200 296 496
2478.10.□□□□□.210 210 306 516
2478.10.00320.01 Fixing adapter
75,4
order separately
ø10
10
2x45°
2x45°
7 ±0,05
61
.00250. - 141
counterbore for
.00320. - 180 socket cap screw
14
ø8
M10 (4x) ø18
ø44,45
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
025 050 080 100 125 150 163 175 200 210
180 1,40
170
160 1,35
150 1,30
charge pressure (bar)
140
130 1,25
120
1,20
110
100 1,15
90
80 1,10
70 1,05
60
50 1,00
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 210
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
Stroke
wear compensation, so complete replacement
10
is required.
17
Pressure medium: Nitrogen – N2
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar l
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C l min.
Temperature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
Max. usable stroke: 100%
M6 valve
Spring forces as per spring diagram. ø38
69,9
60 2478.30. .1
50
Stock lifter
ø6(2x)
9
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2478.30.00170.025.1 25 87 112
2478.30.00170.038.1 38 100 138
30
22
50
20
11
Note:
Stroke
Stocklifters are equipped with a “PowerLine”
10
2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
wear compensation, so complete replacement
is required.
25
Initial spring force: 170 daN
17
Pressure medium: Nitrogen – N2
l
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
l min.
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
M6 valve Max. usable stroke: 100%
ø38
Spring forces as per spring diagram.
69,9
2478.30. .2 60
Stock lifter with attachment
ø6(2x)
50
lug
9,9
30
22
50
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2478.30.00170.025.2 25 102 127
2478.30.00170.038.2 38 115 153
2478.30.00170.050.2 50 127 177
2478.30.00170.080.2 80 160 240 Counterbore for
2478.30.00170.100.2 100 180 280 socket cap screw M8(4x)
2478.30.00170.125.2 125 205 330
Stroke
possible over the cylinder tube sheet.
Note:
2
Strippers are equipped with a “Power Line”
2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
25
wear compensation, so complete replacement
is required.
9
Stripper
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2478.30.00170.025.3 25 87 112
30
22
50
2072.45.10
Screw clamp (2x)
lifted condition
incl. socket head screw
M6x16
distance in
as per DIN EN ISO 4762
(see chapter D)
2478.20.20.1.
Guide pillar
working stroke
Note:
order separately: Frame height = 105 mm
2192.12.08.020 (3x)
Socket head screw M8x20 Depending on the frame height and the installa-
l 3*
as per DIN EN ISO 4762 tion type of the sleeve 2478.20.20.2. (l3 - tapped
(see chapter C) bore in the frame or cut-out in the cast), the
countersink varies for the determination of the
lifting path.
2478.20.20.2. Size 2* - type, damped
Sleeve Maximum lifting path 66 mm
Lifting path 66 mm; Distance height 0 mm
Lifting path 30 mm; Distance height 36 mm
additional for
damped execution: Size 3* - type, damped
Maximum lifting path 80 mm
drain hole * 2478.20.20.3 Lifting path 80 mm; Distance height 47 mm
ø6 Damper Lifting path 70 mm; Distance height 57 mm
The lifting unit must be ordered in three sizes with the respective order numbers of the individual
parts:
Size 1 2 3
Guide Pillar 2478.20.20.1.01 2478.20.20.1.02 2478.20.20.1.03
Sleeve – 2478.20.20.2.02 2478.20.20.2.03
Guide bush 2082.70.032 2082.70.032 2082.70.032
Gas spring 2482.74.00090.038 2482.74.00090.080.1 2482.74.00090.125
Holding piece (2x)
incl. socket head screw
M6x16
DIN EN ISO 4762 2072.45.10 2072.45.10 2072.45.10
additional for damped execution:
Damper – 2478.20.20.3 2478.20.20.3
Spacer sleeve – 2478.20.20.4 2478.20.20.4
7
12
14
Socket head screw
for the attachment
of the gas spring
l2
l1
8
Material:
Steel, surface hardened d 3 +0,2
induction hardened 60 + 3 HRC d2
Hardness penetration depth > 1.8 mm d4
Note:
M8(2x)
The socket head screw for the attachment of the gas spring is included
with delivery.
Material:
Steel
Note:
The sleeve is supplied without countersink. Integrating countersink d7
(∅40) x l3 (*to be provided by the customer) determines the lifting path.
The drain hole is pre-drilled as a blind hole with a ∅ of 6 mm and must
also be modified.
d 3 /d 1
fmax.
l0
d2
61
Ø33
Ø39,5
Material:
Steel, hardened
Note:
Height adjustment according to lifting path while using lifting unit
2478.20.20.
● Lifter
c
12
● Gas spring
– [ 19 mm (1) = 2482.74.00090.
l ±0,1
Spring force 90 daN
M8
s working stroke +1
or
l max.
– [ 25 mm (2) = 2480.21.00200.
Spring force 200 daN
3,5
2x45°
● Screw clamp,
incl. Socket head screw M8⊗16 to ISO 4762
● Socket head screw M6⊗12 to ISO 4762
+1,5
d 2 +1
Note:
s working stroke
d6
2478.20.15.10.153.009
sworking stroke = Stroke - Order-No
d3 = Order-No
10.5 mm = (1)
12.5 mm = (2)
16.5 mm = (3)
d1 = Order-No
28 mm = (1)
30 mm = (2)
35 mm = (3)
40 mm = (4)
50 mm = (5)
d2 – Gas spring = Order-No
[ 19 mm – 2482.74.00090. = (1)
[ 25 mm – 2480.21.00200. = (2)
Assembly (lifter with pilot pin hole)
to BMW Standard
lifter, round with pilot pin hole
16
15
12
40 ±0,1
37
20
l ±0,1
Order seperately
2478.20.12.23.
Lifter rail
ø40 H7f7
Screw clamp d 2 +1,5
+1
B-B B
s1 Lifter 25 ±0,01
24 ±0,01
25
s working
stroke 22
21 36,5 ±0,1
39
26,5
29
A 70 ±0,1
A
21±0,01
B
25±0,01
Installation block Gas spring 25
70 ±0,1
ø52 +0,3
+0,1
20
30°
3
6
ø8,5 2478.20.15.00.03
Centering ring
ø13
l ±0,5
20
ø9
ø13h9
2478.20.15.24. ø52
ø41
10
22,5°
l ±0,1
7
5
ø8
12
ø47
12
Order separately:
2478.20.15.23.
40
Lifter rail
A
ø6 H7
A
10
B
27 Guide bush
±0,1
l
Order seperately:
2478.20.15.24.
Holding sleeve
ø47 +0,3
+0,1
ø52 +0,3
+0,1
14
Order separately:
2478.20.15.23.
40
Lifter rail
25
30,5
ø6 H7
A
A
10
B
27 Guide bush
l ±0,1
Order seperately:
2478.20.15.24.
Holding sleeve
ø47 +0,3
+0,1
ø52 +0,3
+0,1
12
15
ø7,8(2x)
ø17 ø16
s
ø8 +0,02
12
a
0 (2x)
26
20
ø11
b
ø22
s
l1
ø19 +0,1
25
50 ±0,02
16
14
12
10 view X
8
6 max. 0,2 mm
4
2
0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
Press speed [m/s]
ø9,8(2x)
ø19 ø20
s
12,5
a
M8(4x)
26
22
ø13 ø10 +0,02
0 (2x)
b
ø26 s
l1
ø24,9 ±0,1
31,8
20
50 ±0,02
64
22
18
view X 14
10
max. 0,2 mm 6
2
0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
Press speed [m/s]
H7
ø36 f7
M10
24
33
A/F 27
12
Spring ram
secured with
LOCTITE
281.243
Material:
l2
C45 l1 Sliding surface with
induction hardened 58+4 HRC solid lubricant
Hardness penetration depth 0,8+0,4
l min.
Sliding surface with solid lubricant
1
Stroke
Gas spring
2482.74.
ø36 f7
M10 x 60 socket
M12 cap screw to
DIN EN ISO 4762
17
30
35
l3
ø10,2
A/F 30
14
ø18
Disc
2478.20.000.01
4
ø5
order separately:
2052.71.
l1
Hardened sliding
Material:
l -Preloading
l2
surface
Spring ram: C45
induction hardened 58+4 HRCHardness penetration depth 0,8+0,4
Disc: 90MnCrV8
Security
Circlip to DIN 472 Use only with matching guide bush 2052.71.!
Gas spring
2480.21.
R1
2x15°
R1
ød 2 m6
F163
Gas spring
Two-Chamber system
2480.12. 2480.13.
2490.
subject to alterations
F165
Gas springs
FIBRO Gas springs Functioning
The extensive range of FIBRO Gas springs The pressure medium is a commercially
constitutes an ideal supplement to and available, environment-friendly nitrogen.
expansion of the traditional programmes FIBRO Gas springs have a standard charge
of spring elements such als helical springs, pressure of max. 150 bar (180 bar).
disc springs and elastomer units. With their Depending on spring size and type, this
minimal space requirement, Gas springs pressure offers initial force ratings of 2 daN to
close a gap where ever the accent is on 20,000 daN.
accomodation of the utmot force component
within a minimum of space – or where Pressure Build-Up
exceedingly large travel is demanded: FIBRO In operation the piston rod enters the spring
Gas springs take care of both demands, even space whose volume is progressively reduced.
in combination. The resulting pressure rise can be plotted on
Their self-contained nitrogen charge makes the Gas Spring Diagram as a multiplication
FIBRO Gas springs completely autonomous factor. The spring force is the product of initial
devices. Feeder pipes or storage vessel are not force times that pressure-rise factor and can
required. therefore be calculated easily.
Monitoring of charge pressure, however, is Working temperature
necessary in certain special cases. Suitable The spring temperature should not exceed
equipment for in-situ pressure control can be +80 °C.
found in the Accessories Section.
As long as all mounting detail is laid out with Charge pressure
due circumspection, removal and installation Modification of charge pressure allows
of the units presents no problems whatsoever. variation of the force rating and can be
Instructions are included with every delivery predetermined from the spring Diagram.
of Gas springs. Installation
Application examples see at the end of FIBRO Gas springs can be used in any
chapter F. installation position. Whether or not external
forces act on them when at rest is of no
consequence.
The Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU) has been ratified by the European Parliament
and the Council of Europe. The requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive came into
force throughout the EU on 29 May 2002.
The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure
accessories. In terms of the Directive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured
to contain fluids under pressure.
It follows from this definition that nitrogen Gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure
vessels and must in this respect comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive (2014/68/EU)
from 29 May 2002.
FIBRO
Business Area Standard Parts
D-74851 Hassmersheim · Postfach 1120
T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* · F +49 (0) 6266-73-237
Size 75x105 mm
Language Order No
german 2480.00.075.105.1
english 2480.00.075.105.2
french 2480.00.075.105.3
italian 2480.00.075.105.4
spanish 2480.00.075.105.5
polish 2480.00.075.105.PL
czech 2480.00.075.105.CZ
turkish 2480.00.075.105.TR
chinese 2480.00.075.105.CN
Size 110x150 mm
Language Order No
german 2480.00.110.150.1
english 2480.00.110.150.2
french 2480.00.110.150.3
italian 2480.00.110.150.4
spanish 2480.00.110.150.5
polish 2480.00.110.150.PL
czech 2480.00.110.150.CZ
turkish 2480.00.110.150.TR
chinese 2480.00.110.150.CN
OK OK OK OK
ø ø
+1 +2
ø +0,5 ø +0,5
Installed loos in Screw mounted Fixed with Fixed with 2480.007./008.
the bore. at tha base with 2480.055./057./058./064.
2480.011.
OK
OK
OK
min. 0°C
1)
depending on gas
spring type
OK
F
min. 0,5 - 3 mm 2)
2)
projektion at full stroke
► Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
M12 = 80 Nm)
► The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
► Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
► Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
► Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
► The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
► Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
► We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
► The maximum charging pressure (at 20°C) must not be exceeded as it may effect the safety
of the product.
► Exceeding the gas spring’s recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
of the gas spring.
► The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.
► Do not remove bottom 2480./2497.00.20. from spring until all gas pressure has been
discharged.
R O VE PED
approval
for
2
million
strokes Normalien · Standard Parts · DE-74855 Hassmersheim
PP T +49(0)6266-73-0* · F +49(0)6266-73-237
Bestell-Nr.:
Order-No.:
for of
a minimum full
2 million*
strokes in
accordance with Fülldruck Federkraft
Filling pressure: 150 bar Spring Force: 5000 daN
DGRL 2014/68/EU.
The springs
deliver this
full perfor-
PED-zugelassen für 2.000.000 Hübe bei voller Hubauslastung.
mance at the
maximum permissible
limits in terms
of fil-
PED-approved for 2,000,000 strokes at full stroke load.
01
U
/E
2
4 /68 ling pressure and operating temperature - even when com- Gasdruckfeder – Warnung! Nicht öffnen - hoher Druck; Fülldruck
bined
with any
of the various
mounting
types available.
max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
for Gas Spring – Warning! Do not open-high pressure; filling pressure
max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!
2 Million strokes * Calculation value for durability
Ressort à gaz – Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de
Overstroke protection
Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an
stroke.
over-extended If this happens, parts flying around
can become dangerous projectiles.
FIBRO
gas springs are
different:
S>max
in
the event of an overstrokeand
depending spring
on the (A)
the
type patented
protection
system will ensure that
either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a
predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup-
ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing
the gas to
escape into
the atmosphere.
The benefit ▶ No risk of parts flying around in the event (B)
for you: of
an overstroke
After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented – with few exceptions – on all FIBRO gas springs.
Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.
F170 subject to alterations
Gas springs – The Safer Choice
FIBRO reliability features
Flexible guides: The Flex GuideTM System
The Flex GuideTM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which Lateral movement
absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
lowers the operating temperature.
TM
Flex Guide
Conventional Guide
low
low high
Lateral Movement
Wireless monitoring:
The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System
The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent
WPM pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.
PRP
The benefits for you: ► Significantly longer service life for gas springs under
harsh operating conditions
Standard-Gas springs
250 38 10 - 125 70 - 300 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00250.
500 45,2 10 - 160 105 - 405 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00500.
750 50,2 13 - 300 120,4 - 695 VDI, ISO 2480.13.00750.
1500 75,2 13 - 300 135 - 710 VDI, ISO 2480.12.01500.
3000 95,2 13 - 300 145 - 720 VDI, ISO 2480.13.03000.
5000 120,2 25 - 300 190 - 740 VDI, ISO 2480.13.05000.
7500 150,2 25 - 300 205 - 755 VDI, ISO 2480.13.07500.
10000 195 25 - 300 210 - 760 VDI, ISO 2480.12.10000.
Compact-Gas springs
420 24,9 6 - 50 56 - 195 2490.14.00420.
750 32 6 - 50 63 - 195 2490.14.00750.
1000 38 6 - 50 61 - 230 2490.14.01000.
1800 50,2 6 - 65 66 - 271 2490.14.01800.
3000 63,2 10 - 65 85 - 256 2490.14.03000.
4700 75,2 10 - 65 80 - 273 2490.14.04700.
7500 95,2 10 - 65 90 - 279 2490.14.07500.
11800 120,2 10 - 65 100 - 320 2490.14.11800.
18300 150,2 10 - 65 110 - 323 2490.14.18300.
F175
Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
2479.030. Description:
ø6 Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper
pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
R3
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
Note:
stroke max.
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.
5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
35
Min. filling pressure: 6 bar
l ±0,5
thread lock
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
l min. M16x1,5 approx. 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
VDI
ø12 2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
2480.004.00040.1 (M16 x 1,5)
SW 10
V>max P>max
2479.030. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
Spring type: .00005. .00010. .00020. .00040.
Order No* Strokemax. l lmin. Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal
2479.030.□□□□□.010 10 65 55 6 10.3 11 19 21 36.1 42 73
2479.030.□□□□□.020 20 85 65 6 9.4 11 17.2 21 32.8 42 66.1
2479.030.□□□□□.030 30 105 75 6 9.1 11 16.7 21 31.9 42 64.5
2479.030.□□□□□.040 40 125 85 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.7
2479.030.□□□□□.050 50 145 95 6 9.6 11 17.6 21 33.6 42 67.7
2479.030.□□□□□.060 60 165 105 6 9.4 11 17.3 21 33 42 66.5
2479.030.□□□□□.070 70 185 115 6 9.3 11 17 21 32.5 42 65.7
2479.030.□□□□□.080 80 205 125 6 9.2 11 16.8 21 32.1 42 65.1
2479.030.□□□□□.100 100 245 145 6 9.1 11 16 21 31.9 42 64.3
2479.030.□□□□□.125 125 295 170 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.8
*complete with spring type
Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00005. - 20 - green
.00010. - 40 - blue
.00020. - 75 - red
.00040. - 150 - yellow
Top Die Clamping Pad
A/F 24
Gas Spring
(Ejector Pin Units) Trim Die
with hexagon socket Insert
R3
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
Note:
stroke max.
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.
5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
35
Min. filling pressure: 6 bar l ±0,5 thread lock
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
l min.
VDI
2) Hexagon nut order supplementary: ø12
2480.004.00040.2 (M16 x 2)
SW 10
V>max P>max
2479.031. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
Spring type: .00004. .00005. .00010. .00020. .00040.
Order No* Strokemax. l lmin. Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal
2479.031.□□□□□.010 10 65 55 3.4 6 6 10.3 11 19 21 36.1 42 73
2479.031.□□□□□.020 20 85 65 3.4 5.2 6 9.4 11 17.2 21 32.8 42 66.1
2479.031.□□□□□.030 30 105 75 3.4 5.2 6 9.1 11 16.7 21 31.9 42 64.5
2479.031.□□□□□.040 40 125 85 3.4 5.2 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.7
2479.031.□□□□□.050 50 145 95 3.4 5.4 6 9.6 11 17.6 21 33.6 42 67.7
2479.031.□□□□□.060 60 165 105 3.4 5.4 6 9.4 11 17.3 21 33 42 66.5
2479.031.□□□□□.070 70 185 115 3.4 5.4 6 9.3 11 17 21 32.5 42 65.7
2479.031.□□□□□.080 80 205 125 3.4 5.2 6 9.2 11 16.8 21 32.1 42 65.1
2479.031.□□□□□.100 100 245 145 3.4 5.2 6 9.1 11 16 21 31.9 42 64.3
2479.031.□□□□□.125 125 295 170 3.4 5.2 6 9 11 16.5 21 31.5 42 63.8
*complete with spring type
Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00004. - 12 - violet
.00005. - 20 - green
.00010. - 40 - blue
.00020. - 75 - red
Top Die Clamping Pad
.00040. - 150 - yellow
A/F 24
Gas Spring
(Ejector Pin Units) Trim Die
with hexagon socket Insert
R8
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).
Note:
Stroke max.
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.
5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
35
l ±0,5
Thread lock
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
l min. M24x1,5 Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
VDI
ø21,5 2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:
2480.004.00170
A/F 17
V>max
2479.032. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
Spring type: .00020. .00040. .00080. .00170.
Order No* Strokemax. l lmin. Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal Finitial Ffinal
2479.032.□□□□□.010 10 65 55 23 33.1 45 64.8 85 122.4 170 244.8
2479.032.□□□□□.020 20 85 65 23 36.3 45 71.1 85 134.3 170 258.6
2479.032.□□□□□.030 30 105 75 23 38.2 45 74.7 85 141.1 170 282.2
2479.032.□□□□□.040 40 125 85 23 39.3 45 76.9 85 145.4 170 290.7
2479.032.□□□□□.050 50 145 95 23 42.5 45 83.2 85 157.3 170 314.5
2479.032.□□□□□.060 60 165 105 23 42.5 45 83.2 85 157.3 170 314.5
2479.032.□□□□□.070 70 185 115 23 42.8 45 83.7 85 158.1 170 316.2
2479.032.□□□□□.080 80 205 125 23 42.8 45 83.7 85 158.1 170 316.2
2479.032.□□□□□.100 100 245 145 23 43 45 84.1 85 159 170 318
2479.032.□□□□□.125 125 295 170 23 43 45 84.1 85 159 170 318
*complete with spring type
Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00020. - 20 - green
.00040. - 40 - blue
.00080. - 75 - red
.00170. - 150 - yellow
Top Die Clamping Pad
A/F 36
Gas Spring
(Ejector Pin Units) Trim Die
with hexagon socket Insert
Stroke max.
Note:
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.
8
Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2
35
l ±0,25
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Thread lock
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
l min.
Attention!
Different colour coding for spring force used M6 valve
in WDX standard
M24x1,5
Upon customers request, also available
unfilled, Order No 2479.034.00000...., Colour:
A/F 17
black
A/F 25
V>max
F181
Gas spring, small dimension, low force
Mounting variations
2480.051.00013
Note:
1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for
stroke length up to 25 mm.
34
24
21
Mounting examples:
+1
Ø +0,5
1)
min.0,7 x I min.
+1
Ø +0,5
Strokemax.
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
ring charge pressures.
3
Gas can be added or reduced from below.
Note:
17
R0
l ±0,25
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they ,8
have to be replaced completely.
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 M6 valve
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: M6 x 5 deep
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
ø12
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
V>max P>max
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
010 015
007 013 019 025 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
180 1,7
160 1,6
140
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
1,4
100
1,3
80
1,2
60
40 1,1
20 1,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.051.00018 Note:
1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded
for stroke length up to 25 mm.
37
27
24
Mounting examples:
Ø +1
+0,5
1)
min.0,7 x I min.
Ø +1
+0,5
stroke max.
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
ring charge pressures.
3
Gas can be added or reduced from below.
17
Note: R0
l ±0,25
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they ,8
have to be replaced completely.
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 M6 Valve
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
M6 x 5 deep
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 to 150 (at 20°C) ø15
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
V>max P>max
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
010 015
007 013 019 025 038 050 064 075 080 100 125
180 1,7
160 1,6
140
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
1,4
100
1,3
80
1,2
60
40 1,1
20 1,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
Note:
1) Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for
stroke length up to 25 mm.
M3 (4x) ø7 ø7
1
9
9
21,5
45 45
32 32
25
25
Mounting examples:
+1
Ø +0,5
1)
10
10
stroke max.
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
ring charge pressures.
1
Gas can be added or reduced from below.
Note:
17
I ±0,25
R1
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 Valve
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C R1
6
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: M6 x 5,5 deep
approx. 100 to 150 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s ø19 +0,1
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
010
.00090. 007 015 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
180 1,8
160 1,7
140 .00070. 1,6
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,5
100 .00050. 1,4
80 1,3
60 .00030. 1,2
40 1,1
20 1,0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
ø13,5 (4x)
36
52
25
27
M8
ø8,4 (4x)
3 B A 7 (4x)
2480.051.00150
ø25
50
38
30
Note:
2) Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
Mounting examples: +1
Ø +0,5
14,5 + stroke
9 + stroke
6,5
1
ø8,4 (4x)
54
38
ø13,5 (4x)
9
36
Strokemax.
All springs, regardless of their spring force
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
1
ring charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded R1
17
l ±0,25
pressure rating during repair work and
11,5
recharging. R1
Note:
l min.
Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150 M6 valve
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00050. 010 013 016 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
180 .00100. 1,7
165 .00150.
.00200. 1,6
150
charge pressure (bar)
135
pressure rise factor
1,5
120
105 1,4
90 1,3
75
60 1,2
45
1,1
30
15 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
7
ø32,5
ø7 (4x) 50
50
35
12
35
2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
stroke
stroke
M5 (4x) M3 (4x)
17
17
+2 +2
y ø32 +0,5 y ø32 +0,5
9
9
A-A ø7 (4x)
ø7 (4x) 35
45
x x 35
35
60
x
35
45
x
y
y
A A
32,2
45
22,5
ø32,1
48
15
20,9
4
41
90
9 (2x)
50
20
20
72
ø9
ø15
+1
Mounting examples: Ø +0,5
14,5 + stroke
9 + stroke
6,5
1
54
38
ø8,4 (4x)
ø13,5 (4x)
9
36
Stroke max.
All springs, regardless of their spring force
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
1
ring charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded R1
pressure rating during repair work and
l 0,25
12,5
recharging.
Note:
l min.
M6 valve
Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
3,5
4
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar M6 x 5
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C deep
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C ø27
+0
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ø32 -0,1
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
X
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
VDI ISO
Spring forces as per spring diagram. View X - Gas spring
ø18
Upon customers request, also available
unfilled, Order No 2480.22.00000...., Colour:
black
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00050. 010 013 016 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
180 .00100. 1,7
165 .00150.
.00200. 1,6
150
charge pressure (bar)
135
pressure rise factor
1,5
120
105 1,4
90 1,3
75
60 1,2
45
1,1
30
15 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
ø25
ø13,5 (4x)
50
36
52
25
27
38
M8
ø8,4 (4x)
30
3 B A 7 (4x)
Note:
Only gas spring with a stroke of 25 mm or greater
can be attached using the upper groove.
Only gas spring with a stroke of 38,1 mm or grea-
ter can be attached using the lower groove.
Mounting examples:
14,5 + stroke
9 + stroke
6,5
1
ø8,4 (4x)
54
38
ø13,5 (4x)
36
F192 subject to alterations
Gas spring, small dimension and low force
Description: 2480.23.
Gas spring will be delivered unfilled and can
only be used in a permanent connection
(valveless).
Note:
Initial spring force at 180 bar = 200 daN
ø12
Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150
Strokemax.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
11,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
1
Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
Temerature related force increase: ± 0,3%/°C R1
17
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
l ±0,25
±0,1
6
ø24,9
G 1/8
X
2480.23.
Gas spring, small dimension
and low force
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.23.00000.010 10 52 62
2480.23.00000.013 12.7 54.7 67.4
2480.23.00000.016 16 58 74
2480.23.00000.025 25 67 92
2480.23.00000.038 38.1 80.1 118.2
2480.23.00000.050 50 92 142
2480.23.00000.063 63.5 108.5 172
2480.23.00000.080 80 125 205
2480.23.00000.100 100 145 245
2480.23.00000.125 125 170 295
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
010 013 016 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
180 1,7
170
160 1,6
150
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
140
130
1,4
120
110
1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F195
Gas Spring, Standard
Mounting variations
2480.022.00250
55
40
55
40
12
7
ø7 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x) M4 (4x)
17
17
7
+2 +2
20
7
y ø38 +0,5 y ø38 +0,5
ø7
ø7 (4x)
2,5
A-A
9
ø7 (2x)
9
ø7 (4x) 40 52
40
x x
48
20
x
68
40
x
40
52
y 56,6
y
56,6 76,6
A A
38,2
55
27,5
ø38,2
54
15
23,9
*95
55
43
4
95
12
9 (2x)
54
20
40
52
20
ø7 (4x)
77
ø9
ø15 40
52
Note:
2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
3) Not for use with composite
connection.
stroke max.
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ø15
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
2
12,5 R1
ø36
l ±0,25
l min.
ø33
4
6
X
ø38 -0,2
VDI ISO
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.13.00250.
View X
Gas spring, Standard
18
M6 x 8 deep Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
(4x) 2480.13.00250.010 10 60 70
2480.13.00250.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
2480.13.00250.016 16 66 82
45°
2480.13.00250.019 19 69 88
2480.13.00250.025 25 75 100
25
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
013 019
.00250. 010 016 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
150 1,40
140 1,35
130
1,30
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,25
100 1,20
90 1,15
80
1,10
70
60 1,05
50 1,00
50 100 150 200 250 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
(2x) 20
50
20
20
ø15
12
12
ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
70
50
M10 (2x) ø9 (2x)
(2x) DIN 74 - 70 DIN 74 - 70
70
Km 8 (4x) 50 Km 8 (4x) 50
50
20
20
20
70
50
70
50
70
50
20
7
ø9 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
23
23
7
25
13
+2 +2
13
ø9
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø9 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 50 64
50
56
25
x x
50
x
50
86
50
64
x
y 70,7
y
70,7 70,7 95,8
A A
45,5
60
ø45,5
60
30
15
27,5
*180
95
4
45
12
100
60 9 (2x)
20
45,5
64
20
ø7 (4x)
ø9 82
ø15 45,5
64
2480.064.00500 4) Note:
stroke
2) Attention:
A-A
M5 (2x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
23
64
50
ø9
A
50
64
stroke max.
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C ø20
Max. recommended extensions per minute: M6
approx. 40 to 80 (at 20°C)
12
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
2 min.
16,5 R1
l ±0,25
ø43
I min.
16,4
4
VDI ISO
10
X
4
ø40
ø45,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.13.00500.
View X Gas spring, Standard
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
M8x12,5 deep 2480.13.00500.010 10 95 105
(2x) 2480.13.00500.013 12.7 97.7 110.4
2480.13.00500.025 25 110 135
2480.13.00500.038 38.1 123.1 161.2
G 1/ 8 Valve
2480.13.00500.050 50 135 185
20 2480.13.00500.063 63.5 148.5 212
2480.13.00500.080 80 165 245
2480.13.00500.100 100 185 285
2480.13.00500.125 125 210 335
2480.13.00500.160 160 245 405
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00500. 010 013 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 160
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
ø15
ø9 (4x) ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
12
12
M10
56,5
75
(2x) DIN 74 - 75 DIN 74 - 75
75
Km 8 (4x) 56,5 Km 8 (4x) 56,5
56,5
24
56,5
56,5
56,5
75
75
75
20
20
20
12
ø9 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
24
24
14,2
30
ø50,2
+2 y ø50,2
+2
13
y +0,5 +0,5
13
14,2
ø13
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 56,5 70
56,5
x x
61
30
56,5
x
56,5
95
56,5
x
70
y 80
y
80 80 110
A A
90 65
M5 (2x) 40 ø57
ø51,2 3
70
24
50,5
13
80
38
4 ±0,1
40
20
ø50,2 +2
+0,5
*190
115
5)
60 10 +0,1
34,5
130 11
12
19,5
70 9 (2x) 22
12
56,5 25,5
ø9
30
56,5
70
ø9 (4x)
A
33
56,5
70
110
56,5
A 70
19 60
ø18 3) Not for use with composite
32
ø50,5
11
70
connection.
ø15
connection.
ø9
30
ø11,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø11
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø18
Stroke max.
ø25
Order No (example): 2480.13.00750. .R
M8
12
1) Special stroke lengths
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
3 min.
EM24.54.700.
7
for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s
VDI ISO
10
8
X
ø43
ø50,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.13.00750.
View X - Gas spring
Gas spring, Standard
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.13.00750.013 12.7 107.7120.4
2480.13.00750.025 25 120 145
2480.13.00750.038 38.1 133.1171.2
2480.13.00750.050 50 145 195
G 1/ 8 valve M8 x 12,5 deep 2480.13.00750.063 63.5 158.5 222
(2x) 2480.13.00750.075 1) 75 170 245
20 2480.13.00750.080 80 175 255
2480.13.00750.088 1) 87.5 182.5 270
2480.13.00750.100 100 195 295
2480.13.00750.113 1) 112.5 207.5 320
2480.13.00750.125 125 220 345
2480.13.00750.138 1) 137.5 232.5 370
2480.13.00750.150 1) 150 245 395
2480.13.00750.160 160 255 415
2480.13.00750.175 1) 175 270 445
2480.13.00750.200 200 295 495
2480.13.00750.225 1) 225 320 545
2480.13.00750.250 250 345 595
2480.13.00750.275 275 370 645
2480.13.00750.300 300 395 695
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
063 080 113 138 160
.00750. 013 025 038 050 075 088 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
200 300 400 500 600 700 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
100 100
73,5
M20
73,5
M20
73,5
73,5
100
ø40
73,5
100
73,5
100
40
ø11 (4x)
15
ø15 (4x)
12
DIN 74 -
20
24
14
Km 8 (4x)
20
12
12
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
29
29
14,2
30
16
+2 +2
16
14,2
ø13
y ø75,2 +0,5 ø75,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø11 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø11(4x) 73,5 90
73,5
30
86
73,5
x x
122
73,5
x
73,5
90
x
y 104
y
104 104 134
A A
A-A 2480.010.01500.205* 3)
115 90
M6 (2x) 52,5 ø85
ø77 3
101
29
105
75,5
19
57
52,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
*205
130
ø75,2 +0,5
5) 10 +0,1
26
73,5 43,5
16
160 10
11 (2x) 28
90 13,5
73,5 32
30
73,5
ø10,5
92
ø11 (4x)
5)
37
73,5
A
90
137
73,5
A 92
94
38
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
ø15
42
5
90
connection.
ø9
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
dard EM24.54.700 2480.12.01500.R ø36
M8
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.12.01500. .R
12
1) Special stroke lengths
3 min.
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.
21
R2
,5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar ø70
l ±0,25
7
VDI ISO
10
X
8
ø67
ø75,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.12.01500.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring, Standard
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.12.01500.013 1) 12.7 122.3 135
2480.12.01500.025 25 135 160
2480.12.01500.038 38.1 148.1186.2
2480.12.01500.050 50 160 210
G 1/ 8 valve M8 x 12,5 deep 2480.12.01500.063 63.5 173.5 237
(4x) 2480.12.01500.075 1) 75 185 260
40 2480.12.01500.080 80 190 270
2480.12.01500.088 1) 87.5 197.5 285
2480.12.01500.100 100 210 310
2480.12.01500.113 1) 112.5 222.5 335
2480.12.01500.125 125 235 360
2480.12.01500.138 1) 137.5 247.5 385
2480.12.01500.150 1) 150 260 410
2480.12.01500.160 160 270 430
2480.12.01500.175 1) 175 285 460
2480.12.01500.200 200 310 510
2480.12.01500.225 1) 225 335 560
2480.12.01500.250 250 360 610
2480.12.01500.275 275 385 660
2480.12.01500.300 300 410 710
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
063 080 113 138 160
.01500. 013 025 038 050 075 088 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
120
120 92
120
M20
92
M20
92
120
ø60
92
120
60
92
120
92
ø15 (4x)
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø15
14
24
12
14
20
13
ø9 ø9 (4x) ø13 (4x)
13
20
ø13,5 ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
33
33
14,2
40
ø95,2 +0,5
+2 y ø95,2 +0,5
+2
18
y
18
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 92 110
92
106
x x
40
92
x
150
92
110
x
92
y 130
y
130 130 170
A A
145 110
M6 (2x) 67,5 ø108
ø96,8 3
121
33
125
95,5
19
66,5
62,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
*215
140
5)
90 10 +0,1
46,5
30
195 11
16
13 (2x) 28
110 13,5
92 35
ø12,5
30
116
92
5)
ø13 (4x)
A
63
110
92
170
92
A 116
26 110
ø24 3) Not for use with composite
63,5
115
ø95,5
15
connection.
ø15
52,5
5
110
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan- ø50
M8
dard EM24.54.700 2480.13.03000.R
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
12
Order No (example): 2480.13.03000. .R
3 min.
1) Special stroke lengths
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.
24
R2
,5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø90
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
l ±0,25
7
VDI ISO
10
X
8
ø87
ø95,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.13.03000.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring, Standard
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.13.03000.013 1) 12.7 132.3 145
2480.13.03000.025 25 145 170
2480.13.03000.038 38.1 158.1 196.2
2480.13.03000.050 50 170 220
G 1/ 8 valve M8 x 12,5 2480.13.03000.063 63.5 183.5 247
2480.13.03000.075 1) 75 195 270
(1x) deep (4x) 2480.13.03000.080 80 200 280
60
2480.13.03000.088.1 1) 87.5 207.5 295
2480.13.03000.100 100 220 320
2480.13.03000.113 1) 112.5 232.5 345
2480.13.03000.125 125 245 370
2480.13.03000.138 1) 137.5 257.5 395
2480.13.03000.150 1) 150 270 420
2480.13.03000.160 160 280 440
2480.13.03000.175 1) 175 295 470
2480.13.03000.200 200 320 520
2480.13.03000.225 1) 225 345 570
2480.13.03000.250 250 370 620
2480.13.03000.275 1) 275 395 670
2480.13.03000.300 300 420 720
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
063 080 113 138 160
.03000. 013 025 038 050 075 088 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140 140
140
M20
109,5
M20
109,5
109,5
109,5
109,5
140
ø80
140
80
109,5
140
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
20
13
ø18 ø18 (4x)
24
15
12
13
15
20
ø11 ø13 (4x)
ø13,5 ø11 (4x) ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
36
36
14,2
50
21
+2 +2
21
14,2
ø17
y ø120,2 +0,5 ø120,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 109,5 130
131
109,5
109,5
50
x x
109,5
175
x
109,5
130
x
y 155
y
155 155 205
A A
149
120,5
36
148
19
79
74
4 ±0,1
20
+2
160
ø120,2 +0,5
5)
102,5 10 +0,1
48
16
220 11,5
32,5
130 13 (2x) 28
18
109,5 36,5
109,5
30
138
ø12,5
ø15 (4x)
5)
109,5
88
130
A
195
109,5
A 138
36 130
3) Not for use with composite
ø120,5
ø26
140
17,5
connection.
88,9
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
65
ø18
80
7
130
recommended)
4±0,1
11
30
ø17,5
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.05000 ø65
Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault stan- M8
dard EM24.54.700 2480.13.05000.R
12
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.13.05000. .R
3 min.
1) Special stroke lengths
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700. R2
,5
25,5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø115
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
l ±0,25
VDI ISO
16,4
7
10
X
ø112
TM
ø120,2 ±0,1 S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.13.05000.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring, Standard
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.13.05000.025 25 165 190
2480.13.05000.038 38.1 178.1216.2
2480.13.05000.050 50 190 240
2480.13.05000.063 63.5 203.5 267
2480.13.05000.075 1) 75 215 290
G 1/ 8 valve M10 x 16 2480.13.05000.080 80 220 300
(1x)
80
deep (4x) 2480.13.05000.088 1) 87.5 227.5 315
2480.13.05000.100 100 240 340
2480.13.05000.113 1) 112.5 252.5 365
2480.13.05000.125 125 265 390
2480.13.05000.138 1) 137.5 277.5 415
2480.13.05000.150 1) 150 290 440
2480.13.05000.160 160 300 460
2480.13.05000.175 1) 175 315 490
2480.13.05000.200 200 340 540
2480.13.05000.225 1) 225 365 590
2480.13.05000.250 250 390 640
2480.13.05000.275 1) 275 415 690
2480.13.05000.300 300 440 740
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
063 080 113 138 160
.05000. 025 038 050 075 088 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
1600 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190 190
138 138
14,2
M20
50
M20
14,2
ø21
ø100
100
190
138
190
138
2,5
ø21 (2x)
170
50
15
138
15
ø18 ø18 (4x)
17
195 ø11 ø11
17
20
20
195 195 245 ø17,5 ø26 (4x) (4x)
190 190
138 138 190
M20
M20
138
ø100
190
100
138
190
138
190
138
ø18 (4x) 24
13
13
12
ø11 ø11
ø17,5 (4x)
20
20
stroke
200 200
95 M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
68
41
41
150,5
200
ø150,5
170
100
y
20
+2 +2
ø150,2 +0,5 ø150,2 +0,5
27
27
80
7
120
260 A-A ø17,5
13 (2x) 175 ø17,5 138 (4x) 162
(4x) 138
x x
30
30
x
220
138
x
138
230
162
ø13,5 y
ø20 y
A A
2480.064.07500 4) Note:
A-A
stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (2x) The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
41
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
ø150,2 +2 connection.
+0,5
5) 4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
162 connection.
38
30
Stroke max.
Order No (example): 2480.13.07500. .R
3 min.
1) Special stroke lengths
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard R2
EM24.54.700. ,5
27,5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 ø145
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
l ±0,25
VDI ISO
16,4
8
10
X
8
ø142 TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
ø150,2 ±0,1 P>max
2480.13.07500.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring, Standard
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.13.07500.025 25 180 205
2480.13.07500.038 38.1 193.1 231.2
2480.13.07500.050 50 205 255
2480.13.07500.063 63.5 218.5 282
2480.13.07500.075 1) 75 230 305
G 1/ 8 valve M10 x 16 2480.13.07500.080 80 235 315
(1x) deep (4x) 2480.13.07500.088 1) 87.5 242.5 330
100 2480.13.07500.100 100 255 355
2480.13.07500.113 1) 112.5 267.5 380
2480.13.07500.125 125 280 405
2480.13.07500.138 1) 137.5 292.5 430
2480.13.07500.150 1) 150 305 455
2480.13.07500.160 160 315 475
2480.13.07500.175 1) 175 330 505
2480.13.07500.200 200 355 555
2480.13.07500.225 1) 225 380 605
2480.13.07500.250 250 405 655
2480.13.07500.275 1) 275 430 705
2480.13.07500.300 300 455 755
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
063 080 113 138 160
.07500. 025 038 050 075 088 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
210 210
170 170 210
M20
M20
170
120
120
210
170
210
170
210
170
ø26 ø26
15
13
ø20 ø20 24
13
ø13,5 ø13,5
17
17
ø17 (4x)
25
25
ø17,5 ø17,5
M6 (4x)
47
16
y +2 58
ø195,2 +0,5
27
ø21
ø17,5
(4x) 210
170
x
169
x
170
210
y
240 240
30
Stroke max.
Order No (example): 2480.12.10000. .R
3 min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
33,5
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
R2
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C ,5
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C) ø190
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25
I min.
VDI ISO
16,4
8
15
X
8
ø186,65 TM
195 -0,2 S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.12.10000.
View X - Gas spring
Gas spring, Standard
M12x16
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
deep (4x) 2480.12.10000.025 25 185 210
2480.12.10000.038 38.1 198.1 236.2
2480.12.10000.050 50 210 260
2480.12.10000.063 63.5 223.5 287
2480.12.10000.080 80 240 320
G 1/ 8 valve 2480.12.10000.100 100 260 360
(1x) 120 2480.12.10000.125 125 285 410
2480.12.10000.160 160 320 480
2480.12.10000.200 200 360 560
2480.12.10000.250 250 410 660
2480.12.10000.300 300 460 760
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.10000. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F213
Gas Spring, HEAVY DUTY
Mounting variations
2480.011.00500.2 2480.011.00500 2480.011.00500.1 2480.022.00500
12
12
(2x) 20
50
20
20
ø15
12
12
ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
70
50
M10 (2x) ø9 (2x)
(2x) DIN 74 - 70 DIN 74 - 70
70
Km 8 (4x) 50 Km 8 (4x) 50
50
20
20
20
70
50
70
50
70
50
20
7
ø9 (4x)
23 6) stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
7
25
13
+2 +2
13
ø45,2 +0,5
y ø45,2 +0,5
y
ø9
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø9 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 50 64
50
56
25
x x
50
x
50
86
50
64
x
y 70,7
y
70,7 70,7 95,8
A A
80 64
28 ø52
ø46
22
45,5
60
ø45,5
60
30
15
27,5
95
4
45
12
100
9 (2x)
60
20
45,5
64
20
ø7 (4x)
ø9 82
ø15 45,5
64
2480.064.00500 4) Note:
stroke
A-A 2) Attention:
M5 (2x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
23
64
stroke max.
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar ø25
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C M6
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
2
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
R1
16,5
l ±0,25
I min.
4
10,5
X 4
ø40
ø45,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
Overtravel 2488.13.00750.
protection Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
M8x16 deep
(2x) Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2488.13.00750.013 13 98 111
G 1/ 8 Threaded 2488.13.00750.025 25 110 135
2488.13.00750.038 38 123 161
connection 2488.13.00750.050 50 135 185
M6 Valve 20
2488.13.00750.063 63 148 211
2488.13.00750.075 75 160 235
2488.13.00750.080 80 165 245
2488.13.00750.100 100 185 285
2488.13.00750.125 125 210 335
2488.13.00750.150 150 235 385
2488.13.00750.160 160 245 405
2488.13.00750.175 175 260 435
2488.13.00750.200 200 285 485
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00750. 013 025 038 050 063 075 080 100 125 150 160 175 200
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 200 400 600 800 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
ø15
ø9 (4x) ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
12
12
M10
56,5
75
(2x) DIN 74 - 75 DIN 74 - 75
75
Km 8 (4x) 56,5 Km 8 (4x) 56,5
56,5
24
56,5
56,5
56,5
75
75
75
20
20
20
12
ø9 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
24
24
14,2
30
ø50,2
+2 y ø50,2
+2
13
y +0,5 +0,5
13
14,2
ø13
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 56,5 70
56,5
x x
61
30
56,5
x
56,5
95
56,5
x
70
y 80
y
80 80 110
A A
90 65
M5 (2x) 40 ø57
ø51,2 3
70
24
50,5
13
80
38
4 ±0,1
40
20
ø50,2 +2
+0,5
*190
115
5)
60 10 +0,1
34,5
130 11
12
19,5
70 9 (2x) 22
12
56,5 25,5
ø9
30
56,5
70
ø9 (4x)
A
33
56,5
70
110
56,5
A 70
19 60
ø18 3) Not for use with composite
32
ø50,5
connection.
11
70
30
5
28,1 20
connection.
ø9
30
ø11,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø11
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø18
stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø28
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar M6
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s R2
17,5
l ±0,25
I min.
VDI ISO
X
8
10,5
ø43
ø50,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
Overtravel 2488.13.01000.
protection M8x16 deep
(2x)
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2488.13.01000.013 13 108 121
2488.13.01000.025 25 120 145
G 1/8 Threaded 2488.13.01000.038 38 133 171
connection 2488.13.01000.050 50 145 195
M6 Valve 20 2488.13.01000.063 63 158 221
2488.13.01000.075 75 170 245
2488.13.01000.080 80 175 255
2488.13.01000.100 100 195 295
2488.13.01000.125 125 220 345
2488.13.01000.150 150 245 395
2488.13.01000.160 160 255 415
2488.13.01000.175 175 270 445
2488.13.01000.200 200 295 495
2488.13.01000.250 250 345 595
2488.13.01000.300 300 395 695
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075 160
.01000. 013 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
12
ø9
M12 (2x) 100
(2x)
12
20
73,5
20
ø15
12
73,5
100
ø15 (2x) ø18 (4x) M12 (2x) ø11 (2x)
ø11 (2x)
100 (2x)
100
73,5 73,5
24
73,5
73,5
100
100
12
20
20
ø11 (4x)
stroke
stroke
A-A
M6 (2x) M6 (4x) M5 (4x)
27
27
27
+2 +2
ø63,2 +2
16
16
y ø63,2 +0,5
y ø63,2 +0,5
+0,5
5)
80 90 80
64 73,5 64
ø10,5 x x
A x x
73,5
64
80
64
90
y y 80
A
2480.044.03.01000 2) 2480.007.01000
108
27
ø63,5
82
14,2
30
36,5
ø13
5
84
30
62
ø11
ø18
92 92
Note:
2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
tating, fixing for composite
connection.
5) Machine screws with hexa-
gonal socket (compact head
recommended)
stroke max.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 ø36
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar M6
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
3
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
19
R2
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25
I min.
7
8
10,5
X
ø56
ø63,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
2488.13.01500.
Overtravel
protection
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
M8x16 deep Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2488.13.01500.013 13 108 121
90°
(6x)
2488.13.01500.025 25 120 145
2488.13.01500.038 38 133 171
G 1/8 Valve 2488.13.01500.050 50 145 195
2488.13.01500.063 63 158 221
20 2488.13.01500.075 75 170 245
ø40 2488.13.01500.080 80 175 255
2488.13.01500.100 100 195 295
2488.13.01500.125 125 220 345
2488.13.01500.150 150 245 395
2488.13.01500.160 160 255 415
2488.13.01500.175 175 270 445
2488.13.01500.200 200 295 495
2488.13.01500.250 250 345 595
2488.13.01500.300 300 395 695
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075
.01500. 013 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 400 800 1200 1600 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
100 100
73,5
M20
73,5
M20
73,5
73,5
100
ø40
73,5
100
73,5
100
40
ø11 (4x)
15
ø15 (4x)
12
DIN 74 -
20
24
14
Km 8 (4x)
20
12
12
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
29
29
14,2
30
16
+2 +2
16
14,2
ø13
y ø75,2 +0,5 ø75,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø11 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø11(4x) 73,5 90
73,5
30
86
73,5
x x
122
73,5
x
73,5
90
x
y 104
y
104 104 134
A A
A-A 2480.010.01500.205* 3)
115 90
M6 (2x) 52,5 ø85
ø77 3
101
29
105
75,5
19
57
52,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
*205
130
ø75,2 +0,5
5) 10 +0,1
26
73,5 43,5
16
160 10
11 (2x) 28
90 13,5
73,5 32
30
73,5
ø10,5
92
ø11 (4x)
5)
37
73,5
A
90
137
73,5
A 92
21 90
ø20 3) Not for use with composite
ø75,5
13
94
connection.
38
ø15
connection.
ø9
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
stroke max.
ø45
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 M6
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
3
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
21
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C) R2
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s ,5
l ±0,25
I min.
7
VDI ISO
10,5
X
8
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
M8x16 deep
2488.13.02400.
(4x) Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Overtravel
protection Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075 160
.02400. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
120
120 92
120
M20
92
M20
92
120
ø60
92
120
60
92
120
92
ø15 (4x)
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø15
14
24
12
14
20
13
ø9 ø9 (4x) ø13 (4x)
13
20
ø13,5 ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
33
33
14,2
40
ø95,2 +0,5
+2 y ø95,2 +0,5
+2
18
y
18
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 92 110
92
106
x x
40
92
x
150
92
110
x
92
y 130
y
130 130 170
A A
145 110
M6 (2x) 67,5 ø108
ø96,8 3
121
33
125
95,5
19
66,5
62,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
*215
140
5)
90 10 +0,1
46,5
30
195 11
16
13 (2x) 28
110 13,5
92 35
ø12,5
30
116
92
5)
ø13 (4x)
A
63
110
92
170
92
A 116
26 110
ø24 3) Not for use with composite
63,5
115
ø95,5
15
connection.
ø15
52,5
5
110
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
stroke max.
ø60
Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.04200 M8
3
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
24
Max. recommended extensions per minute: R2
,5
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s l ±0,25
I min.
7
VDI ISO
10,5
X
8
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
M8x16 deep 2488.13.04200.
(4x)
Overtravel
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
protection Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075 160
.04200. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 500 1500 2500 3500 4500 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140 140
140
M20
109,5
M20
109,5
109,5
109,5
109,5
140
ø80
140
80
109,5
140
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
20
13
ø18 ø18 (4x)
24
15
12
13
15
20
ø11 ø13 (4x)
ø13,5 ø11 (4x) ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
36
36
14,2
50
21
+2 +2
21
14,2
ø17
y ø120,2 +0,5 ø120,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 109,5 130
131
109,5
109,5
50
x x
109,5
175
x
109,5
130
x
y 155
y
155 155 205
A A
149
120,5
36
148
19
79
74
4 ±0,1
20
+2
160
ø120,2 +0,5
5)
102,5 10 +0,1
48
16
220 11,5
32,5
130 13 (2x) 28
18
109,5 36,5
109,5
30
138
ø12,5
ø15 (4x)
5)
109,5
88
130
A
195
109,5
A 138
36 130
3) Not for use with composite
ø120,5
ø26
140
17,5
connection.
88,9
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
65
ø18
80
7
130
recommended)
4±0,1
11
30
ø17,5
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø20
stroke max.
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
3
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: R2
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C) ,5
25,5
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s l ±0,25
I min.
7
VDI ISO
10,5
X
8
View X
M10x16 deep
2488.13.06600.
(4x) Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Overtravel
protection Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2488.13.06600.025 25 165 190
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075 160
.06600. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190 190
138 138
14,2
M20
50
M20
14,2
ø21
100
190
138
ø100
190
138
2,5
ø21 (2x)
170
50
15
138
15
ø18 ø18 (4x)
17
195 ø11 ø11
17
20
20
195 195 245 ø17,5 ø26 (4x) (4x)
190 190
138 138 190
M20
M20
138
ø100
190
100
138
190
138
138
190
ø18 (4x) 24
13
13
12
ø11 ø11
ø17,5 (4x)
20
20
stroke
200 200
95 M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
68
41
41
150,5
200
ø150,5
170
100
y
20
+2 +2
ø150,2 ø150,2
27
y +0,5 +0,5
27
80
7
120
260 A-A ø17,5
13 (2x) 175 ø17,5 138 (4x) 162
(4x) 138
x x
30
30
x
138
220
138
162
230 ø13,5 x
y
ø20 y
A A
2480.064.07500 4) Note:
A-A
stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (2x) The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
41
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
ø150,2 +2 connection.
+0,5
5) 4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
162 connection.
38
stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
3
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
R2
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ,5
27,5
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s l ±0,25
I min.
8
VDI ISO
10,5
X
8
P>max
View X
M10x16 deep
2488.13.09500.
(4x) Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Overtravel
protection Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2488.13.09500.025 25 180 205
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075 160
.09500. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
210 210
170
M20
170 210
M20
170
120
210
170
120
210
170
170
210
ø26 ø26
13
15
ø13,5 ø20
24
13
17
17
25
25
2480.057.10000 2480.007.10000
stroke
M6 (4x)
47
16
+2
58
27
ø21
ø195,2 +0,5
ø17,5
(4x) 210
170
169
x
x
170
210
y
240 240
stroke max.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
3
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
33,5
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
R2
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ,5
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s l ±0,25
I min.
8
15
X
8
ø186,65 TM
195 -0,2 S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X 2488.13.20000.
M12x16 deep
(4x)
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Overtravel Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
protection 2488.13.20000.025 25 185 210
2488.13.20000.038 38 198 236
2488.13.20000.050 50 210 260
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
075
.20000. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 150 160 175 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F231
Gas Spring with through bore passage
Mounting variations
2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
stroke
stroke
M5 (4x) M4 (4x)
16
16
+2 +2
y ø38 +0,5 y ø38 +0,5
ø7 (4x)
A-A
9
ø7 (4x) 40 52
40
x x
x
68
40
x
40
52
y
y
A A
stroke
Mounting examples:
stroke
g2
2
16
+2
ø38+0,5
+1,0
ø38+0,5
+2
ø38 +0,5
Stroke max.
ø22
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 ø10,4
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
11,5
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
2
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C) R1
Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s
l ±0,25
I min.
R1
10,5
ø38 ±0,1
V>max
M6 valve 2496.12.00270.
Top view View X Gas spring with through b
ore
passage
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
2496.12.00270.016 16 92 108 86
2496.12.00270.025 25 101 126 95
2496.12.00270.050 50 126 176 120
2496.12.00270.080 80 156 236 150
*see mounting example
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00270. 016 025 050 080 100
150 1,5
140
130 1,4
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 0 10 25 50 75 100
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.055.00750 2480.057.00750
stroke
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
22
22
ø50,2
+2 y ø50,2
+2
13
y +0,5 +0,5
13
A-A ø9 (4x)
ø9 (4x) 56,5 70
56,5
x x
x
56,5
95
56,5
x
70
y
y
A A
2480.064.00750 4) Note:
A-A
stroke
70
56,5
ø9
A
56,5
70
Mounting examples:
stroke
3
stroke
g2
3
22
+2
ø50,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø50,2 +0,5
+2 see Note!
ø50,2 +0,5
Stroke max.
ensured!
ø30
ø16,4
Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.00490
15,5
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
3
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C R2
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C l ±0,25
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
I min.
Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s
R2
14,5
ø50,2 ±0,1
M4 x 8 deep M4 x 8 deep
(4x) (4x) V>max
M6 valve
2496.12.00490.
Gas spring with through b
ore
23
28
passage
top view View X
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
2496.12.00490.016 16 96 112 88
2496.12.00490.025 25 105 130 97
2496.12.00490.050 50 130 180 122
2496.12.00490.080 80 160 240 152
*see mounting example
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00490. 016 025 050 080 100
150 1,6
140
1,5
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
100 200 300 400 500 0 10 25 50 75 100
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.055.01500 2480.057.01500
stroke
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
27
27
16
+2 +2
16
ø75,2 +0,5
y ø75,2 +0,5
y
x
73,5
90
x
y
y
A A
2480.064.015004)
Notes:
A-A
stroke
90
73,5
ø10,5
5)
A
73,5
90
A
stroke
Mounting examples:
stroke
g2
3
27
+2
ø75,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø75,2 +0,5
ø75,2
+2
+0,5
see Note!
Stroke max.
ø50
Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.01060 ø25,4
3
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
19
R2,5
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C l ±0,25
Max. recommended extensions per minute: I min.
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s
R2,5
18
ø75,2 ±0,1
M6 x 12 deep M6 x 12 deep
(4x) (4x)
V>max
M6 valve
2496.12.01060.
Gas spring with through b
ore
48
36
passage
top view View X Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
2496.12.01060.016 16 106 122 96
2496.12.01060.025 25 115 140 105
2496.12.01060.050 50 140 190 130
2496.12.01060.080 80 170 250 160
2496.12.01060.100 100 190 290 180
*see mounting example
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01060. 016 025 050 080 100
150 1,6
140
1,5
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
250 500 750 1000 1250 0 10 25 50 75 100
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F239
Gas Spring POWERLINE
Mounting variations
2480.051.03.00030 2480.051.03.00030
M3 (4x) ø7
1
9
21,5
45
32
25
t t
2480.051.00030 2480.051.00030 2480.052.00030
i n g o u i n g o u
phas phas
M3 (4x) ø7 ø7
1
7
9
20,5
45 45
32 32
25
25
Mounting examples:
+1
Ø +0,5
1)
10
10
Stroke max.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 ø11
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
1
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
17
Max. recommended extensions per minute: R1
l ±0,25
l min.
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
6
5
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s R1
ø19 ±0,1
VDI ISO
X
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
010
007 015 019 025 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
180 1,7
170
160 1,6
150
charge pressure (bar)
140 1,5
130
1,4
120
110
1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
Mounting examples:
Stroke max.
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C ø15
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20°C)
1
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
R1
17
l ±0,25
l min.
5
ø24,9 ±0,1
ISO
X
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
010
007 015 019 025 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
180 1,7
170
160 1,6
150
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
140
130
1,4
120
110
1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
50 ø7 (4x)
50
35
12
35
4
ø28,5
7
ø32,5
2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
stroke
stroke
M5 (4x) M3 (4x)
17
17
+2 +2
y ø32 +0,5 y ø32 +0,5
9
A-A ø7 (4x)
ø7 (4x) 35
45
x x 35
60
35
x
35
45
x
y
y
A A
32,2
45
22,5
ø32,1
48
15
20,9
4
41
90
9 (2x)
50
20
20
72
ø9
ø15
Stroke max.
ø16
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C M6
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
12,5
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
2
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25 R1
l min.
3,5
4
6
valve M6
ø27
ø32 -0,2
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
View X P>max
20 2487.12.00350.
M6 x 6 tief Gas spring POWERLINE
(2x)
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2487.12.00350.010 10 40 50
2487.12.00350.013 13 43 56
2487.12.00350.016 16 46 62
2487.12.00350.019 19 49 68
2487.12.00350.025 25 55 80
2487.12.00350.032 32 62 94
2487.12.00350.038 38 68 106
2487.12.00350.050 50 80 130
2487.12.00350.063 63 93 156
2487.12.00350.075 75 105 180
2487.12.00350.080 80 110 190
2487.12.00350.100 100 130 230
2487.12.00350.125 125 155 280
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
013 019
010 016 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
180
170 1,6
160
150 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
140
130 1,4
120
110 1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 400 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
55
40
55
40
12
7
ø7 (4x)
stroke
M4 (4x)
M5 (4x)
17
17
7
20
+2 y +2
7
y ø38 +0,5 ø38 +0,5
ø7
2,5
A-A ø7 (4x)
9
ø7 (2x)
ø7 (4x) 40 52
40
x x
48
20
x
40
68
x
40
52
y 56,6
y
56,6 76,6
A A
38,2
55
ø38,2
27,5
54
15
23,9
*95
55
4
43
95
12
9 (2x)
54
20
40
52
20
ø7 (4x)
77
ø9
ø15 40
52
Note:
2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
3) Not for use with composite
connection.
Stroke max.
ø20
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C M6
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
12,5
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
2
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25 R1
l min.
4
4
6
valve M6
ø33
ø38 -0,2
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
20 2487.12.00500.
M6 x 8 deep
(4x)
Gas spring POWERLINE
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2487.12.00500.010 10 40 50
45°
2487.12.00500.013 13 43 56
25
2487.12.00500.016 16 46 62
valve M6 2487.12.00500.019 19 49 68
2487.12.00500.025 25 55 80
2487.12.00500.032 32 62 94
2487.12.00500.038 38 68 106
2487.12.00500.050 50 80 130
2487.12.00500.063 63 93 156
2487.12.00500.075 75 105 180
2487.12.00500.080 80 110 190
2487.12.00500.100 100 130 230
2487.12.00500.125 125 155 280
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
013 019
010 016 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150 1,6
140
1,5
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
(2x) 20
50
20
20
ø15
12
12
ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
70
50
M10 (2x) ø9 (2x)
(2x) DIN 74 - 70 DIN 74 - 70
70
Km 8 (4x) 50 Km 8 (4x) 50
50
20
20
20
70
50
70
50
70
50
20
7
ø9 (4x)
23 6) stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
7
25
13
+2 +2
13
ø45,2 +0,5
y ø45,2 +0,5
y
ø9
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø9 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 50 64
50
56
25
x x
50
x
50
86
50
64
x
y 70,7
y
70,7 70,7 95,8
A A
80 64
28 ø52
ø46
22
45,5
60
ø45,5
60
30
15
27,5
95
4
45
12
100
9 (2x)
60
20
45,5
64
20
ø7 (4x)
ø9 82
ø15 45,5
64
2480.064.00500 4) Note:
stroke
A-A 2) Attention:
M5 (2x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
23
64
Stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
ø25
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar M6
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
16,5
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
2
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25 R1
l min.
4
4
6
ø40 valve M6
±0,1
ø45,2
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
20 2487.12.00750. .1
M8 x 6 deep Gas spring POWERLINE
(2x)
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2487.12.00750.010.1 10 42 52
2487.12.00750.013.1 13 45 58
2487.12.00750.016.1 16 48 64
2487.12.00750.019.1 19 51 70
2487.12.00750.025.1 25 57 82
2487.12.00750.032.1 32 64 96
2487.12.00750.038.1 38 70 108
2487.12.00750.050.1 50 82 132
2487.12.00750.063.1 63 95 158
2487.12.00750.075.1 75 107 182
2487.12.00750.080.1 80 112 192
2487.12.00750.100.1 100 132 232
2487.12.00750.125.1 125 157 282
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
013 019
010 016 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150
140 1,6
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,4
100
1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
M10 (2x) M10 (2x)
12
56,5
12
12
20
20
20
ø15
ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
12
12
M10 ø9 (4x)
56,5
75
(2x) DIN 74 - 75 DIN 74 - 75
75
Km 8 (4x) 56,5 Km 8 (4x) 56,5
56,5
24
56,5
56,5
56,5
75
75
75
20
20
20
12
ø9 (4x)
24 6) stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
14,2
30
ø50,2
+2 y ø50,2
+2
13
y +0,5 +0,5
13
14,2
ø13
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 56,5 70
56,5
x x
61
30
56,5
x
56,5
95
56,5
x
70
y 80
y
80 80 110
A A
90 65
M5 (2x) 40 ø57
ø51,2 5 6)
70
50,5
13
80
38
4 ±0,1
40
20
+2
ø50,2 +0,5
115
5)
60 10 +0,1
34,5
130 11
12
19,5
70 9 (2x) 22
12
56,5 25,5
ø9
30
56,5
70
5)
ø9 (4x)
A
33
56,5
70
110
56,5
A 70
70
30
60
connection.
ø9
30
Stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø28
M6
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
17,5
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
3
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25 R2
l min.
7
8
6
ø43 valve M6
±0,1
ø50,2
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
View X
20 2487.12.01000. .1
M8 x 6 deep Gas spring POWERLINE
(2x)
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2487.12.01000.013.1 13 51 64
2487.12.01000.016.1 16 54 70
2487.12.01000.019.1 19 57 76
2487.12.01000.025.1 25 63 88
2487.12.01000.032.1 32 70 102
2487.12.01000.038.1 38 76 114
2487.12.01000.050.1 50 88 138
2487.12.01000.063.1 63 101 164
2487.12.01000.075.1 75 113 188
2487.12.01000.080.1 80 118 198
2487.12.01000.100.1 100 138 238
2487.12.01000.125.1 125 163 288
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
016
013 019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150
140 1,6
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,4
100
1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
12
ø9
M12 (2x) 100
(2x)
12
20
73,5
20
ø15
12
73,5
100
ø15 (2x) ø18 (4x) M12 (2x) ø11 (2x)
ø11 (2x)
100 (2x)
100
73,5 73,5
24
73,5
73,5
100
100
12
20
20
ø11 (4x)
2480.057.01000 2480.057.03.01000
stroke
stroke
M6 (4x) M5 (4x)
27
27
+2 +2
16
16
y ø63,2 +0,5
y ø63,2 +0,5
64
90
y y 80
A-A
108
M6 (2x)
27
27
ø63,5
82
14,2
30
36,5
+2
ø63,2
ø13
+0,5
5
5)
23,9
80 84
64
ø10,5
30
62
A
64
80
ø11
ø18
A 92 92
Note:
2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
tating, fixing for composite
connection.
5) Machine screws with hexa-
gonal socket (compact head
recommended)
Stroke max.
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar ø36
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C M6
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
3
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
19
l ±0,25
l min. R2
8
6
7
ø56 valve M6
ø63,2 ±0,1
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
View X P>max
20
2487.12.01500.
M8 x 6 deep
(2x) Gas spring POWERLINE
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2487.12.01500.013 13 57 70
2487.12.01500.016 16 60 76
2487.12.01500.019 19 63 82
2487.12.01500.025 25 69 94
2487.12.01500.032 32 76 108
2487.12.01500.038 38 82 120
2487.12.01500.050 50 94 144
2487.12.01500.063 63 107 170
2487.12.01500.075 75 119 194
2487.12.01500.080 80 124 204
2487.12.01500.100 100 144 244
2487.12.01500.125 125 169 294
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
013 019
016 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150
140 1,6
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,4
100
1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
100 100
73,5
M20
73,5
M20
73,5
73,5
100
ø40
73,5
100
73,5
40
100
ø11 (4x)
15
ø15 (4x)
12
DIN 74 -
20
24
14
Km 8 (4x)
20
12
12
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
29
29
14,2
30
16
+2 +2
16
14,2
ø13
y ø75,2 +0,5 ø75,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø11 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø11(4x) 73,5 90
73,5
86
30
73,5
x x
73,5
122
x
73,5
90
x
y 104
y
104 104 134
A A
A-A 115 90
M6 (2x) 52,5 ø85
ø77 3
101
29
75,5
105
19
57
52,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
130
ø75,2 +0,5
5) 10 +0,1
26
73,5 43,5
16
160 10
11 (2x) 28
90 13,5
73,5 32
30
73,5
ø10,5
92
ø11 (4x)
5)
37
73,5
A
90
137
73,5
A 92
21
ø20
90 3) Not for use with composite
connection.
ø75,5
13
94
38
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
ø15
42
37 40
connection.
ø9
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø45
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar M6
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
21
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
3
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25 R2
l min. ,5
7
8
6
ø67 valve M6
ø75,2 ±0,1
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
View X P>max
ø40 2487.12.02400.
Gas spring POWERLINE
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
016 019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,5
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
120
120 92
120
M20
92
M20
92
120
ø60
92
120
60
92
120
92
ø15 (4x)
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø15
14
24
12
14
20
13
ø9 ø9 (4x) ø13 (4x)
13
20
ø13,5 ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
33
33
14,2
40
ø95,2
+2 y ø95,2
+2
18
y +0,5 +0,5
18
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 92 110
92
106
x x
40
92
x
150
92
110
x
92
y 130
y
130 130 170
A A
145 110
M6 (2x) 67,5 ø108
ø96,8 3
121
33
125
95,5
19
66,5
62,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
140
5)
90 10 +0,1
46,5
30
195 11
16
13 (2x) 28
110 13,5
92 35
ø12,5
30
116
92
5)
ø13 (4x)
A
63
110
92
170
92
A 116
52,5
60
connection.
ø9
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø60
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar M8
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
24
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
3
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l ±0,25
R2
l min. ,5
7
8
10,5
ø87 G 1/8
ø95,2 ±0,1 valve
VDI ISO
X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
View X P>max
ø60 2487.12.04200.
Gas spring POWERLINE
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
016 019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,5
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 500 1500 2500 3500 4500 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140 140
140
M20
109,5
M20
109,5
109,5
109,5
109,5
140
ø80
140
80
109,5
140
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
20
13
ø18 ø18 (4x)
24
15
12
13
15
20
ø11 ø13 (4x)
ø13,5 ø11 (4x) ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
36
36
14,2
50
21
+2 +2
21
ø17
14,2
y ø120,2 +0,5 ø120,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 109,5 130
131
109,5
109,5
50
x x
109,5
175
x
109,5
130
x
y 155
y
155 155 205
A A
149
36
120,5
148
19
79
74
4 ±0,1
20
+2
160
ø120,2 +0,5
5)
102,5 10 +0,1
48
16
220 11,5
32,5
130 13 (2x) 28
18
109,5 36,5
109,5
30
138
ø12,5
ø15 (4x)
5)
109,5
88
130
A
195
109,5
A 138
36 130
3) Not for use with composite
ø120,5
ø26
140
17,5
connection.
88,9
4) Square collar flange, non-ro-
65
ø18
80
7
130
recommended)
4±0,1
11
30
ø17,5
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar ø75
M8
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
25,5
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
3
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s l ±0,25
R2
l min. ,5
7
8
10,5
ø112 G 1/8
ø120,2 ±0,1 valve
VDI ISO
X
TM
View X S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
ø80
2487.12.06600.
Gas spring POWERLINE
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
016 019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150
140 1,6
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,4
100
1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190 190
138 138
14,2
M20
50
M20
14,2
ø21
ø100
100
190
138
190
138
2,5
ø21 (2x)
170
50
15
138
15
ø18 ø18 (4x)
17
195 ø11 ø11
17
20
20
195 195 245 ø17,5 ø26 (4x) (4x)
190 190
138 138 190
M20
M20
138
ø100
190
100
138
190
138
190
138
ø18 (4x) 24
13
13
12
ø11 ø11
ø17,5 (4x)
20
20
stroke
200 200
95 M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
68
41
41
150,5
200
ø150,5
170
100
y
20
+2 +2
ø150,2 +0,5 ø150,2 +0,5
27
27
80
7
120
260 A-A ø17,5
13 (2x) 175 ø17,5 138 (4x) 162
(4x) 138
x x
30
30
x
220
138
x
138
230
162
ø13,5 y
ø20 y
A A
2480.064.07500 4) Note:
A-A
stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (2x) The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
41
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
ø150,2 +2
+0,5
connection.
5) 4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
162 connection.
38
Stroke max.
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
ø90
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C M8
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
27,5
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20°C)
3
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
R2
l ±0,25
,5
l min.
8
8
10,5
ø142 G 1/8
ø150,2 ±0,1 valve
VDI ISO
X
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150
140 1,6
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
pressure rise factor
110 1,4
100
1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
210 210
170 170 210
M20
M20
170
120
120
210
170
210
170
210
170
ø26 ø26
15
13
ø20 ø20 24
13
ø13,5 ø13,5 ø17 (4x)
17
17
25
25
ø17,5 ø17,5
M6 (4x)
47
16
y +2 58
ø195,2 +0,5
27
ø21
ø17,5
(4x) 210
170
x
169
x
170
210
y
240 240
Stroke max.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 ø130
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar M8
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
33,5
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3
approx. 10 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s l ±0,25 R2
,5
l min.
8
8
15
ø186,65 G 1/8
ø195 -0,2 valve
ISO
X
View X
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
ø120 P>max
2487.12.20000.
Gas spring POWERLINE
90°
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,5
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F265
Gas Spring CX, Compact Xtreme
Mounting variations
2480.022.00150
50 ø7 (4x)
50
35
12
35
ø28,5
7
ø32,5
2480.044.03.00150 2) Note:
68 2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
10
ø32,1
48
20,9
4
50
20
ø9
ø15
Mounting examples:
+1,0
ø32 +0,5
see Note!
stroke max.
sure springs in the tool should be attached to
the base through the threaded holes. ø18
When mounting to floor, contact over the
entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
3
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly. I
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 200 bar
5,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: X
approx. 70 to 200 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s ø32 ±0,1
2497.00.20.00500
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting, 15 TM
without valve (only for use with composite S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
connections)
M6 (2x) 2497.12.00500.
M6 Valve M6 (2x)
60° 52° Gas spring CX, Compact
10,5 x 4 deep (2x)
View X Xtreme
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
Socket cap screws 2497.12.00500.010 10 65 75
6,2 (2x)
M6 x 18 (2x) 2497.12.00500.015 15 70 85
15 2497.12.00500.025 25 80 105
DIN EN ISO
2497.12.00500.038 38 92 130
4762 ø32 ±0,1 2497.12.00500.050 50 105 155
ø27 Connecting 2497.12.00500.063 63 127 190
M6 2497.12.00500.080 80 145 225
fitting
10,5
3,5
20 -0,2
M6
4
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00500. 010 015 025 038 050 063 080
200 1,6
175 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
150 1,4
125 1,3
100 1,2
75 1,1
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
55
40
55
40
12
7
ø7 (4x)
38,2
55
ø38,2
27,5
54
15
23,9
4
43
95
9 (2x)
54
20
20
77
ø9 with Adapter Baseplate
ø15
Mounting examples:
+1,0
ø38 +0,5
see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
stroke max.
sure springs in the tool should be attached to
the base through the threaded holes. ø25
When mounting to floor, contact over the
entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
3
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly. I
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 200 bar
6,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C X
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 70 to 200 (at 20°C) ø38 ±0,1
2497.00.20.01000
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting, 17 TM
with valve S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
M6 (2x) 2497.12.01000.
M6 Valve M6 (2x)
Gas spring CX, Compact
10,5 x 6,5 deep (2x)
View X Xtreme
25
45°
20 -0,2
G 1/8
4
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01000. 010 015 025 038 050 063 080
200 1,6
175 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
150 1,4
125 1,3
100 1,2
75 1,1
50 1,0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
75
56,5
56,5
75
24
12
ø9 (4x)
Note:
2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
ø50,5
70
40
20
30
5
60
130
9 (2x) 68
30
30
Mounting examples:
+1,0
ø50,2 +0,5
see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
stroke max.
sure springs in the tool should be attached to
the base through the threaded holes. ø35
When mounting to floor, contact over the
entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured!
3
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly. I
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
6,5
Max. filling pressure: 200 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C X
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 130 (at 20°C) ø50,2 ±0,1
2497.00.20.01900
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting, 26
TM
with valve S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
20 -0,2
G 1/8
8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01900. 010 015 025 038 050 063 080
200 1,6
175 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
150 1,4
125 1,3
100 1,2
75 1,1
50 1,0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 0 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
B-B A-A
54
38 30
B A
ø13 (4x)
36
52
25
27
M8
ø8,4 (4x)
3 B A 8 (4x)
2480.051.00150
ø25
50
38
30
Mounting examples:
+1,0
Ø +0,5
9
stroke max.
Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they ø12
have to be replaced completely.
11,5
1
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar R1
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
l ±0,25
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
I min.
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s Valve
5 R1
M6x5 deep
22,9
ø24,9 ±0,1
TM
V>max Flex Guide
2490.14.00420.
Compact gas spring
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2490.14.00420.006 6 50 56
2490.14.00420.010 10 60 70
2490.14.00420.016 16 75 91
2490.14.00420.025 25 95 120
2490.14.00420.032 32 108 140
2490.14.00420.040 40 125 165
2490.14.00420.050 50 145 195
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00420. 006 010 016 025 032 040 050
150 2,0
140 1,9
130 1,8
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,7
110 1,6
100 1,5
90 1,4
80 1,3
70 1,2
60 1,1
50 1,0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.055.00150 2480.057.00150
stroke
stroke
M5 (4x) M3 (4x)
16
16
+2 +2
y ø32 +0,5 y ø32 +0,5
A-A ø7 (4x)
9
ø7 (4x) 35
45
x x 35
x
60
35
x
35
45
y
y
A A
2480.044.03.00150 2) Note:
68 2) Attention:
The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
10
ø32,1
48
20,9
4
50
20
ø9
ø15
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
16
+2
ø32 +0,5
see Note! +1,0
ø32 +0,5
+2
ø32 +0,5
stroke max.
When mounting to floor, contact over the
entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured! ø20
11,5
3
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar R1
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
l ±0,25
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
l min.
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C) R1
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
10,5
M6 Valve
±0,1
ø32
15 TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
M6 x 5,5 deep
2490.14.00750.
(2x) Compact gas spring
View X
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
2490.14.00750.006 6 57 63 51
2490.14.00750.010 10 65 75 59
2490.14.00750.016 16 77 93 71
2490.14.00750.025 25 95 120 89
2490.14.00750.032 32 108 140 102
2490.14.00750.040 40 125 165 119
2490.14.00750.050 50 145 195 139
*see mounting example
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00750. 006 010 016 025 032 040 050
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,5
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
14,5 55
40
ø7 (4x)
52
55
40
x 40
x
12
40
52
7
ø7 (4x)
2480.055.00250 2480.057.00250
stroke
15 stroke
M5 (4x) M4 (4x)
15
y y
ø7 (4x)
A-A
9
ø7 (4x) 40 52
40
x
x x
40
68
40
52
x
y y
A A
38,2
55
ø38,2
27,5
54
15
23,9
4
43
95
9 (2x)
54
20
20
77
ø9 with Adapter Baseplate
ø15
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
15
+2
ø38 +0,5
+1,0
ø38 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø38 +0,5
stroke max.
entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured! ø20
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
10,5
the valve from the gas spring.
3
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly. R1
l ±0,25
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
I min.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C R1
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
10,5
2480.00.20.01000
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
without valve (only for use with composite
connections) 17
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
M6 x 6,5 deep
2490.14.01000.
(2x) Compact gas spring
View X
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
2490.14.01000.006 6 55 61 49
2490.14.01000.010 10 68 78 62
2490.14.01000.016 16 84 100 78
2490.14.01000.025 25 110 135 104
2490.14.01000.032 32 135 167 129
2490.14.01000.040 40 155 195 149
2490.14.01000.050 50 180 230 174
*see mounting example
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01000. 006 010 016 025 032 040 050
150 1,5
140
130 1,4
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 250 500 750 1000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
75
19,5 56,5
ø9 (4x)
56,5
75
70
x 56,5
x
24
56,5
70
12
ø9 (4x)
2480.058.00750
stroke Note:
M5 (4x) 2) Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed
by the stop surface.
21
y ø50,2
+2
+0,5
13
ø9 (4x)
70
56,5
x
x
56,5
70
ø50,5
70
40
20
30
5
60
130
9 (2x) 68
30
30
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
21
+2
ø50,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø50,2 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø50,2 +0,5
stroke max.
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring. ø30
14,5
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
3
accordingly.
R1,5
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 l ±0,25
I min.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
R1,5
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
14,5
2480.00.20.01800
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
without valve (only for use with composite
connections) 26 TM
11 x 6,9 deep (2x) S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
6,6 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 6 2490.14.01800.
(2x) M6 x 6,5 deep
Screws
M6 x 20 (2x) Compact gas spring
DIN EN ISO M6 x 11,5 View X
deep (4x) Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
4762 (2x)
2490.14.01800.006 6 60 66 52
26 2490.14.01800.010 10 70 80 62
2490.14.01800.016 16 90 106 82
ø50,2 ±0,1 2490.14.01800.025 25 110 135 102
Connecting 2490.14.01800.032 32 130 162 122
ø43 2490.14.01800.040 40 150 190 142
G 1/8 fitting, rotating 2490.14.01800.050 50 170 220 162
2490.14.01800.065 65 206 271 198
10,5
7
G 1/ 8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01800. 006 010 016 025 032 040 050 065
150 1,6
140
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
73,5
73,5
100
24
12
ø11 (4x)
2480.057.03.01000 2480.057.01000
stroke
stroke
M5 (4x) M6 (4x)
27
27
+2 +2
16
16
y ø63,2 +0,5
y ø63,2 +0,5
80
90
y y
2) Attention:
A-A
108
M6 (2x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
27
27
82
ø63,2 +2
+0,5
5
80 recommended)
84
64
ø10,5
30
A
64
80
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
27
+2
ø63,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø63,2 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø63,2 +0,5
stroke max.
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring. ø38
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.
3
19
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 R2
l ±0,25
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
l min.
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar R2
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C 18
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: G 1/8 Valve
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
ø63,2 ±0,1
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
2480.00.20.03000
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
without valve (only for use with composite
connections) 34
15 x 12,5 deep (2x) TM
Flex Guide
S>max V>max P>max
9 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 2490.14.03000.
M8 x 9 deep
Screws (2x)
(2x) Compact gas spring
M8 x 16
M8 x 11,5 View X
DIN EN ISO Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
4762 (2x) deep (4x) 2490.14.03000.010 10 75 85 65
2490.14.03000.016 16 87 103 77
34 2490.14.03000.025 25 105 130 95
ø63,2 ±0,1 2490.14.03000.032 32 118 150 108
2490.14.03000.040 40 135 175 125
ø56 Connecting 2490.14.03000.050 50 155 205 145
G 1/8 fitting, rotating 2490.14.03000.065 65 191 256 181
*see mounting example
10,5
7
20 -0,2
8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.03000. 010 016 025 032 040 050 065
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
24,5
73,5
ø11 (4x)
73,5
100
90
x 73,5
x
24
73,5
90
12
ø11 (4x)
2480.058.01500
stroke
M6 (4x)
26
y ø75,2
+2
+0,5
16
ø11 (4x)
90
73,5
x
x
73,5
y 90
75,5
105
ø75,5
94
52,5
20
42
5
73,5
160
100 11 (2x)
30
30
ø13,5 137
with Adapter Baseplate
ø20
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
26
+2
ø75,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø75,2 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø75,2 +0,5
stroke max.
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove ø50
the valve from the gas spring.
3
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.
18
R1,5
l ±0,25
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar R1,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar 18
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
G 1/8 Valve
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ø75,2 ±0,1
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
X
2480.00.20.04700
Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
15 x 9 deep (3x) 40
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
9 (3x) P>max
DIN 74 - Km 8
(3x)
M8 x 9 deep
2490.14.04700.
Screws M8 x 11,5 deep (4x) Compact gas spring
M8 x 20 (4x) View X Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
DIN EN ISO 2490.14.04700.010 10 70 80 60
4762 (3x) 2490.14.04700.016 16 90 106 80
40
2490.14.04700.025 25 110 135 100
2490.14.04700.032 32 135 167 125
ø75,2 ±0,1 2490.14.04700.040 40 160 200 150
ø68 Connecting 2490.14.04700.050 50 190 240 180
G 1/8 fitting, rotating 2490.14.04700.065 65 208 273 198
*see mounting example
10,5
7
20 -0,2
8
G 1/8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.04700. 010 016 025 032 040 050 065
150 1,5
140
130 1,4
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
120
27,5
92
ø13 (4x)
120
92
110
x 92
x
24
110
92
12
ø13 (4x)
2480.058.03000
stroke
M6 (4x)
30
y ø95,2
+2
+0,5
18
ø13 (4x)
110
92
x
x
110
92
95,5
125
115
ø95,5
62,5
20
52,5
5
90
195
115 13 (2x)
30
30
ø13,5 170
with Adapter Baseplate
ø20
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
30
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø95,2 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø95,2 +0,5
stroke max.
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove ø65
the valve from the gas spring.
3
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.
21
R1,5
l ±0,25
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar R1,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar 21
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
G 1/8 Valve
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ø95,2 ±0,1
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
X
2480.00.20.07500
Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
52
15 x 9 deep (3x) TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
9 (3x) P>max
DIN 74 - Km 8
(3x) M8 x 9 deep 2490.14.07500.
(4x) Compact gas spring
Screws M8 x 11,5 deep
M8 x 20 (4x) View X Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
DIN EN ISO 2490.14.07500.010 10 80 90 68
4762 (3x) 2490.14.07500.016 16 100 116 88
52 2490.14.07500.025 25 120 145 108
ø95,2 ±0,1 2490.14.07500.032 32 150 182 138
2490.14.07500.040 40 170 210 158
ø87 Connecting 2490.14.07500.050 50 205 255 193
G 1/8 fitting, rotating 2490.14.07500.065 65 214 279 202
*see mounting example
11
7
20 -0,2
G 1/8
8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.07500. 010 016 025 032 040 050 065
150 1,5
140
130 1,4
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,3
100
90 1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
2000 3500 5000 6500 8000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140
29,5
109,5
ø13 (4x)
109,5
140
130
x 109,5
x
24
109,5
130
12
ø13 (4x)
2480.055.05000 2480.057.05000
Note:
33 stroke
33 stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (4x) M6 (4x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
21
21
y y connection.
ø13 (4x)
A-A 5) Machine screws with hexa-
130 gonal socket (compact head
ø13(4x) 109,5 recommended)
109,5
x
x x
109,5
109,5
175
130
x
y y
A A
165 170
M6 (2x) 77,5
58
33
120,5
148
ø120,5
140
74
20
+2
ø120,2 +0,5
65
7
5)
102,5
220
32,5
30
5)
A
109,5
130
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
33
+2
ø120,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø120,2 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø120,2 +0,5
stroke max.
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
ø80
22,5
the valve from the gas spring.
3
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.
R2,5
l ±0,25
I min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar R2,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
22,5
G 1/8 Valve
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ø120,2 ±0,1
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
X
2480.00.20.11800
Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
68
18 x 11 deep (4x)
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
11 (4x) P>max
Screws
DIN 74 - Km 10
M10 x 20
DIN EN ISO (4x) M10 x 11 deep
2490.14.11800.
4762 (4x) (4x) Compact gas spring
View X Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
45°
20 -0,2
G 1/8
8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.11800. 010 016 025 032 040 050 065
150 1,6
140
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
3000 5000 7000 9000 11000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190
34,5 138
ø17,5(4x)
190
138
162
x 138
x
24
162
138
12
ø17,5 (4x)
2480.055.05000 2480.057.07500
Note:
33 stroke
38 stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (4x) M6 (4x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
21
27
y y connection.
ø17,5
A-A 5) Machine screws with hexa-
(4x)
162 gonal socket (compact head
ø13(4x) 109,5 recommended)
138
x
x x
109,5
175
138
162
x
y y
A A
200 200
M6 (2x) 95
68
38
150,5
200
ø150,5
170
100
20
+2
ø150,2 +0,5
80
7
5)
120
38
260
162 13 (2x) 175
138
ø16,5
30
30
5)
A
162
138
Mounting examples:
stroke
stroke
3
3
g2
38
+2
ø150,2 +0,5
+1,0
ø150,2 +0,5
+2 see Note! with Adapter Baseplate
ø150,2 +0,5
stroke max.
ensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
ø105
24,5
the valve from the gas spring.
3
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.
R2,5
l ±0,25
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 I min.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar R2,5
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
24,5
G 1/8 Valve
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ø150,2 ±0,1
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s
X
2480.00.20.18300
Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting
90
18 x 11 deep (4x)
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
11 (4x) P>max
DIN 74 - Km 10
(4x) 2490.14.18300.
M10 x 11 deep
(4x)
Compact gas spring
M10 x12,5 deep
View X Order No Strokemax. lmin. l g2*
Screws (4x) 2490.14.18300.010 10 100 110 89
M10 x 20 2490.14.18300.016 16 120 136 109
DIN EN ISO 2490.14.18300.025 25 140 165 129
4762 (4x) 20° 2490.14.18300.032 32 165 197 154
ø90 2490.14.18300.040 40 195 235 184
ø150,2 ±0,1 2490.14.18300.050 50 220 270 209
2490.14.18300.065 65 258 323 247
ø142 Connecting *see mounting example
G 1/8 fitting, rotating
8
20 -0,2
G 1/8
11
8
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.18300. 010 016 025 032 040 050 065
150 1,6
140
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
6000 8… 10… 12… 14… 16… 18000 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F293
Gas spring, with low build height
20
increased spring force
100
80
2480.12.00250.025 35 2487.12.00500.025
53
135
100
82
2480.12.00500.025 2485.12.00500.025 2487.12.00750.025
45
57
145
100
88
65
160
110
95
108
2480.13.03000.025 2487.12.04200.025
12
12
(2x) 20
50
20
20
ø15
12
12
ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
70
50
M10 (2x) ø9 (2x)
(2x) DIN 74 - 70 DIN 74 - 70
70
Km 8 (4x) 50 Km 8 (4x) 50
50
20
20
20
70
50
70
50
70
50
20
7
ø9 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
22
22
7
25
13
+2 +2
13
ø9
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø9 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 50 64
50
56
25
x x
50
x
50
86
50
64
x
y 70,7
y
70,7 70,7 95,8
A A
80 64
28 ø52
ø46
22
45,5
60
ø45,5
60
30
15
27,5
95
4
45
12
100
60 9 (2x)
20
45,5
64
20
ø7 (4x)
ø9 82
ø15 45,5
64
2480.064.00500 4) Note:
2) Attention:
stroke
A-A
M5 (2x) The spring force must be absor-
bed by the stop surface!
22
64
50
ø9
A
50
64
Stroke max.
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
1 min.
15,5
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 80 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s R1
l ±0,25
ø43
I min.
16,4
4
4
X
10,5
ø40
ø45,2 ±0,1
M8x12,5 2485.12.00500.
20 deep (2x) Gas spring, with low build
height
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2485.12.00500.006 6 56 62
2485.12.00500.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
2485.12.00500.019 19 69.1 88.1
2485.12.00500.025 25 75 100
2485.12.00500.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
2485.12.00500.050 50 100 150
2485.12.00500.063 63.5 113.5 177
2485.12.00500.080 80 130 210
2485.12.00500.100 100 150 250
2485.12.00500.125 125 175 300
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00500. 006 013 019 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
150 1,6
140
1,5
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
100 200 300 400 500 0 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
ø15
ø9 (4x) ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
12
12
M10
56,5
75
(2x) DIN 74 - 75 DIN 74 - 75
75
Km 8 (4x) 56,5 Km 8 (4x) 56,5
56,5
24
56,5
56,5
56,5
75
75
75
20
20
20
12
ø9 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
22
22
14,2
30
ø50,2
+2 y ø50,2
+2
13
y +0,5 +0,5
13
14,2
ø13
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 56,5 70
56,5
x x
61
30
56,5
x
56,5
95
56,5
x
70
y 80
y
80 80 110
A A
90 65
M5 (2x) 40 ø57
ø51,2 3
22
70
50,5
13
80
38
4 ±0,1
40
20
ø50,2 +2
+0,5
115
5)
60 10 +0,1
34,5
130 11
12
19,5
70 9 (2x) 22
12
56,5 25,5
ø9
30
56,5
70
ø9 (4x)
A
33
56,5
70
110
56,5
A 70
19 60
ø18 3) Not for use with composite
32
ø50,5
connection.
11
70
4)
30
5
28,1 20
connection.
ø9
30
ø11,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø11
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø18
Stroke max.
Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.00750
ø25
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 M6
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
15,5
1 min.
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C) R2
l ±0,25
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
ø46
I min.
16,4
7
X
8
10,5
ø43
ø50,2 ±0,1
TM
V>max Flex Guide
P>max
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00750. 006 013 019 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
150 1,6
140
1,5
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70 1,1
60
50 1,0
150 300 450 600 750 0 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
100 73,5 100
M20
73,5 73,5
M20
73,5
100
ø40
73,5
73,5
100
100
40
ø11 (4x)
15
ø15 (4x)
12
12
20
24
14
20
12
DIN 74 - Km 8 (4x) ø9 (4x) ø11 (4x)
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x) ø18 (4x)
2480.058.01500 2480.007.01500
stroke
M6 (4x)
29
14,2
+2
30
16
ø13
ø75,2 +0,5
ø11(4x)
90
73,5
73,5
x
x
73,5
90
y
104 104
2480.044.01500 2)
115
52,5
105
75,5
52,5
20
73,5
160
11 (2x)
30
137
2480.044.03.01500 2) Note:
125 2) Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
32
ø75,5
94
42
5
100
30
ø13,5
ø20
Stroke max.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar ø36
M8
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
3 min.
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
21
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s R1
l ±0,25 ,5
I min.
7
8
10
ø75,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01500. 025 038 050 063 080 100
150 1,6
140
1,5
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,4
110
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
500 1000 1500 0 5 10 25 50 75 100
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F303
SPC gas spring, cushioned
Description Benefits of the »Speed ControlTM« SPC gas
springs, cushioned:
FIBRO SPC gas springs »Speed ControlTM«
have been engineered to reduce or eliminate I Eliminates blank holder bounce
blank holder bounce; commonly associated
with increased return stroke speeds form link I Increases productivity by more increasing
drive presses. part transfer efficiency.
SPC gas springs have inbuilt return stroke I Easily retrofitted to existing dies
speed dampening, which decelerates the last
30 mm of piston rod stroke to 0.4 m/s, helping I Stroke lengths 125 to 300 mm.
to bring the blank holder to a smooth
stop. I Linkable using hose system.
Note !
The number of strokes per minutes can be doubled
2486.12.00750. by halving the initial filling pressure.
max strokes per minute (spm)
2486.12.01500. Caution !
SPC gas springs are subject to a higher heating
2486.12.03000. than standard gas springs.
2486.12.05000. For this reason, please ensure adequate ventilation
of the SPC gas springs in the tool.
Stroke length of SPC in mm *At ambient room temperature with free air flow
Function example
Please note:
Springs must be installed with a recess of 25 mm to balance the
total length difference (2 x stroke length = 50 mm).
Alternatively, the contact surface of the sheet metal retainer
Dampening length
100
100 100
73,5
M20
73,5
M20
73,5
73,5
100
ø40
73,5
100
73,5
40
100
ø11 (4x)
15
ø15 (4x)
12
DIN 74 -
20
24
14
Km 8 (4x)
20
12
12
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
29
29
14,2
30
16
+2 +2
16
14,2
ø13
y ø75,2 +0,5 ø75,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø11 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø11(4x) 73,5 90
73,5
86
30
73,5
x x
73,5
122
x
73,5
90
x
y 104
y
104 104 134
A A
A-A 115 90
M6 (2x) 52,5
3
101
29
75,5
105
19
57
52,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø75,2 +0,5
5) 10 +0,1
26
73,5 43,5
160 10
11 (2x) 28
90 13,5
73,5 32
30
ø10,5
5)
37
73,5
A
90
137
21 90
ø20 3) Note:
ø75,5
13
94
42
37 40
100 connection.
10 +0,1 5) Machine screws with hexa-
9
gonal socket (compact head
4±0,1
30
ø14,5 recommended).
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
12
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Stroke max.
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3 min.
approx. 16 to 24 (at 20°C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
21
R2
,5
l ±0,25
ø70
I min.
16,4
7
10
X
8
ø67
ø75,2 ±0,1
S>max V>max P>max
2486.12.00750.
View X - Gas spring
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2486.12.00750.125 125 235 360
2486.12.00750.160 160 270 430
G 1/ 8 valve M8x13 2486.12.00750.200 200 310 510
deep (4x) 2486.12.00750.250 250 360 610
40 2486.12.00750.300 300 410 710
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
750 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,3
140
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,2
110
100
90
1,1
80
70
60
50 1,0
200 300 400 500 600 700 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
120
120 92
120
M20
92
M20
92
120
ø60
92
120
92
60
120
92
ø15 (4x)
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø15
14
24
12
14
20
13
ø9 ø9 (4x) ø13 (4x)
13
20
ø13,5 ø20 (4x)
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
33
33
14,2
40
ø95,2 +0,5
+2 y ø95,2 +0,5
+2
18
y
18
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 92 110
92
106
x x
40
92
x
150
92
110
x
92
y 130
y
130 130 170
A A
145 110
M6 (2x) 67,5
3
121
33
125
95,5
19
66,5
62,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
5)
90 10 +0,1
46,5
30
195 11
13 (2x) 28
110 13,5
92 35
ø12,5
30
5)
A
63
110
92
170
26 110
ø24 3) Note:
63,5
115
ø95,5
15
52,5
60
5
110
115 connection.
9 10 +0,1
36,5
30
ø14,5 recommended).
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
12
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Stroke max.
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 14 to 19 (at 20°C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
3 min.
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
24 R2
,5
l ±0,25
ø90
I min.
16,4
7
10
X
ø87
ø95,2 ±0,1
S>max V>max P>max
2486.12.01500.
View X - Gas spring
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2486.12.01500.125 125 245 370
2486.12.01500.160 160 280 440
G 1/ 8 valve M8x13 2486.12.01500.200 200 320 520
(1x) deep (4x) 2486.12.01500.250 250 370 620
60 2486.12.01500.300 300 420 720
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
1500 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,3
140
130
charge pressure (bar)
120
1,2
110
100
90
1,1
80
70
60
50 1,0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140 140
109,5 109,5 140
M20
M20
109,5
109,5
109,5
140
ø80
140
80
109,5
140
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø18 (4x)
20
ø18
13
24
15
12
ø11 ø13 (4x)
13
15
20
ø13,5 ø11 (4x) ø20 (4x)
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
36
36
14,2
50
ø120,2
+2 y ø120,2
+2
21
y +0,5 +0,5
21
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 109,5 130
109,5
131
x
109,5
x
50
109,5
x
175
109,5
130
x
y 155
y
155 155 205
A A
165 140
M6 (2x) 77,5
3
149
36
120,5
148
19
79
74
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø120,2 +0,5
5)
102,5 10 +0,1
48
220 11,5
32,5
130 13 (2x) 28
18
109,5 36,5
ø12,5
30
5)
A
109,5
88
130
195
36 130
ø26 3) Note:
88,9
ø120,5
140
17,5
80
7
130
145 connection.
10 +0,1 5) Machine screws with hexa-
39
30
ø17,5 recommended).
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø20
12
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Stroke max.
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 10 to 13 (at 20°C)
3 min.
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
R2
,5
25,5
l ±0,25
ø115
I min.
16,4
7
10
8
X
ø112
ø120,2 ±0,1
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.03000. 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,4
140
130
1,3
charge pressure (bar)
120
110
100 1,2
90
80
1,1
70
60
50 1,0
800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190 190
138 138
14,2
M20
50
M20
14,2
ø21
ø100
100
190
138
190
138
2,5
ø21 (2x)
170
50
15
138
15
ø18 ø18 (4x)
17
195 ø11 ø11
17
20
20
195 195 245 ø17,5 ø26 (4x) (4x)
190 190
138 138 190
M20
M20
138
ø100
190
100
138
190
138
190
138
ø18 (4x) 24
13
13
12
ø11 ø11
ø17,5 (4x)
20
20
stroke
200 200
95 M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
68
41
41
150,5
200
ø150,5
170
100
y
20
+2 +2
ø150,2 +0,5 ø150,2 +0,5
27
27
80
7
120
260 A-A ø17,5
13 (2x) 175 ø17,5 138 (4x) 162
(4x) 138
x x
30
30
x
220
138
x
138
230
162
ø13,5 y
ø20 y
A A
2480.064.07500 4) Note:
A-A
stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (2x) The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
41
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
ø150,2 +2 connection.
+0,5
5) 4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
162 connection.
38
30
Stroke max.
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3 min.
approx. 6 to 11 (at 20°C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s
R2
27,5 ,5
l ±0,25
ø145
I min.
16,4
8
10
X
8
ø142
ø150,2 ±0,1
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.05000. 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,4
140
130
1,3
charge pressure (bar)
120
110
100 1,2
90
80
1,1
70
60
50 1,0
1600 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F315
Gas spring, DS
for Die Separation
Description: Properties:
In line of reducing the set-up time while installing the tool in the press ● Initial spring forces of 3000 daN to 7500 daN
there are used autonomous acted gas springs for tool spacing.
● Stroke lengths of 125 mm to 300 mm
While using conventional gas springs they are activated with every press
● Standardised dimensions in accordance with ISO, VDI, CNOMO
stroke about the whole stroke length.
● Very slow return stroke speed compared to standard gas springs:
The new FIBRO gas spring, DS (Die Separation) have been developed especi-
0,2 m/min.
ally for tool spacing.
● Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice)
Because of the slow return stroke speed, the gas spring DS does not need
- Safety piston rod
the total stroke length.
- Overpressure protection
The FIBRO gas spring, DS minimises unwanted friction in the tool, press
● High flexibility during fixing from the top mounting notch and lower
and in the gas spring itself.
fixing groove, together with the tapped bores in the spring base
A further benefit is that they use up to 80% less energy than "conventional"
standard gas springs.
Application example:
When using „conventional“ standard gas springs (such as 2480.13.05000.250) for creating spacing between the top and bottom parts of the tool, additional
initial forces of 20 t are exercised when each stroke is performed. This force may rise to up to 30 t at the end of the stroke (see diagram 1). When you use the
„new“ gas springs, DS (for example, 2486.22.05000.250), the force in every stroke is reduced to less than 10% in the same application (diagram 2).
The return stroke speed in the gas springs, DS is very slow. The complete return stroke takes 1-2 minutes.
However, this slow speed does not have any negative impact on the end position (gas springs fully extended) of the return stroke at the end of production.
The piston rod is actuated oscillating up to 10% of the entire stroke, depending on the production rate.
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
120
120 92
120
M20
92
M20
92
120
ø60
92
120
60
92
120
92
ø15 (4x)
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø15
14
24
12
14
20
13
ø9 ø9 (4x) ø13 (4x)
13
20
ø13,5 ø20 (4x)
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
33
33
14,2
40
+2
ø95,2 +0,5 y ø95,2 +0,5
+2
18
y
18
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 92 110
92
106
x x
40
92
x
150
92
110
x
92
y 130
y
130 130 170
A A
2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
stroke
M6 (2x)
33
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
5)
30
110
92
ø12,5
5)
A
110
92
Note:
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.
4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
connection.
5) Machine screws with hexa-
gonal socket (compact head
recommended).
stroke max.
M8
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
12
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3 min.
approx. 20 to 50 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min
24
R2
,5
ø90
l ±0,25
I min.
16,4
7
10,5
X
ø87
ø95,2 ±0,1
TM
V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2486.22.03000.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring DS
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2486.22.03000.080 80 200 280
2486.22.03000.100 100 220 320
2486.22.03000.125 125 245 370
2486.22.03000.160 160 280 440
G 1/ 8 Valve M8 x 13 deep 2486.22.03000.200 200 320 520
2486.22.03000.250 250 370 620
(1x) (4x) 2486.22.03000.300 300 420 720
60
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.03000. 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 0 50 100 125 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140 140
109,5 109,5 140
M20
M20
109,5
109,5
109,5
140
ø80
140
80
109,5
140
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø18 (4x)
20
ø18
13
24
15
12
ø11 ø13 (4x)
13
15
20
ø13,5 ø11 (4x) ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
36
36
14,2
50
ø120,2
+2 y ø120,2
+2
21
y +0,5 +0,5
21
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 109,5 130
109,5
131
x x
109,5
50
x
109,5
175
109,5
130
x
y 155
y
155 155 205
A A
2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
stroke
M6 (2x)
36
ø120,2 +2
+0,5
5)
32,5
130
109,5
ø12,5
A
109,5
130
Note:
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.
4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
connection.
5) Machine screws with hexa-go-
nal socket (compact head
recommended).
stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar M8
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
12
Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3 min.
approx. 20 to 50 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min R2
,5
25,5 ø115
l ±0,25
I min.
16,4
7
10,5
X
ø112
TM
ø120,2 ±0,1 V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2486.22.05000.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring DS
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2486.22.05000.080 80 220 300
2486.22.05000.100 100 240 340
2486.22.05000.125 125 265 390
2486.22.05000.160 160 300 460
2486.22.05000.200 200 340 540
G 1/ 8 Valve M10 x 13 deep 2486.22.05000.250 250 390 640
(1x)
80
(4x) 2486.22.05000.300 300 440 740
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.05000. 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
1600 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 50 100 125 160 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190 190
138 138
14,2
M20
50
M20
14,2
ø21
100
190
138
ø100
190
138
2,5
ø21 (2x)
170
50
15
138
15
ø18 ø18 (4x)
17
195 ø11 ø11
17
20
20
195 195 245 ø17,5 ø26 (4x) (4x)
190 190
138 138 190
M20
M20
138
ø100
190
100
138
190
138
138
190
ø18 (4x) 24
13
13
12
ø11 ø11
ø17,5 (4x)
20
20
2480.055.07500 2480.057.07500
stroke
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
41
41
ø150,2
+2 y ø150,2
+2
27
y +0,5 +0,5
27
A-A ø17,5
ø17,5 138 (4x) 162
(4x) 138
x x
x
138
220
138
162
x
y
y
A A
2480.064.07500 4) Note:
A-A 3) Note:
stroke
138
ø16,5
A
162
138
stroke max.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar M16
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
30
Working temperature: 0°C bis +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
3 min.
approx. 20 to 50 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min R2
,5
27,5 ø145
l ±0,25
I min.
16,4
8
10,5
X
ø142
TM
ø150,2 ±0,1 V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2486.22.07500.
View X - Gas spring Gas spring DS
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2486.22.07500.080 80 235 315
2486.22.07500.100 100 255 355
2486.22.07500.125 125 280 405
2486.22.07500.160 160 315 475
2486.22.07500.200 200 355 555
G 1/ 8 Valve M10 x 13 deep 2486.22.07500.250 250 405 655
(1x)
100
(4x) 2486.22.07500.300 300 455 755
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.07500. 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100
90 1,3
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 0 50 100 125 160 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F327
Gas spring with external thread
Mounting variations
2480.005.00200.
Slotted nut
Mounting examples:
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00050. 010 013 016 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
180 .00100. 1,7
165 .00150.
.00200. 1,6
150
charge pressure (bar)
135
pressure rise factor
1,5
120
105 1,4
90 1,3
75
60 1,2
45
1,1
30
15 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.00.51.01
Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
of gas springs
Mounting examples:
Stroke max.
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
1
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
l ±0,25
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Fixing:
l min.
Installation with ring nut(s) 2480.005.00250
can be done with one or two ring nuts. If the 6
hole in the bolster plate is not threaded, two
14
ring nuts are needed. Holes threaded
M 38 × 1,5 require one only ring nut for moun- M38 x 1,5
ting of the gas springs.
Mounting with a threaded flange plate has
the advantage of a degree of adjustability as
far as the flange screws permit, moreover it is
often found easier to make do with a clea-
rance hole in the tool plate. Locking is by way
of two lock screws with thrust plugs, provided
in the threaded flange.
Diameter of through-hole in tool plate = M6 valve
38 mm – plus four tapped holes M 8. TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.32.00250.
Gas spring with external
thread
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.32.00250.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
2480.32.00250.025 25 75 100
2480.32.00250.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
2480.32.00250.050 50 100 150
2480.32.00250.063 63.5 113.5 177
2480.32.00250.080 80 130 210
2480.32.00250.100 100 150 250
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00250. 013 025 038 050 063 080 100
150 1,40
140 1,35
130
1,30
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,25
100 1,20
90 1,15
80
1,10
70
60 1,05
50 1,00
50 100 150 200 250 0 5 10 25 50 75 100
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.00.51.01
Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
of gas springs
Mounting examples:
Stroke max.
Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.00250
ø15
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
1min.
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
l ±0,25
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20°C)
l min.
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
19 -0,5
6
M12 x 1,75
ø38 -0,2
M6 valve
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2480.82.00250.
Gas spring with male fixing
thread, small mounting
height
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2480.82.00250.013 12.7 62.7 75.4
2480.82.00250.025 25 75 100
2480.82.00250.038 38.1 88.1 126.2
2480.82.00250.050 50 100 150
2480.82.00250.063 63.5 113.5 177
2480.82.00250.080 80 130 210
2480.82.00250.100 100 150 250
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00250. 013 025 038 050 063 080 100
150 1,7
140
1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
120 1,5
pressure rise factor
110
1,4
100
90 1,3
80
1,2
70
60 1,1
50
1,0
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 10 25 50 75 100
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
2480.00.51.05
Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
of gas springs
Mounting examples:
Stroke max.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 ø28
M6
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
1
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
l ±0,25
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l min.
6
19
M16 valve M6
±0,1
ø50,2
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
2487.82.01000.
Gas spring with male fixing
thread, POWERLINE
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2487.82.01000.013 13 51 64
2487.82.01000.016 16 54 70
2487.82.01000.019 19 57 76
2487.82.01000.025 25 63 88
2487.82.01000.032 32 70 102
2487.82.01000.038 38 76 114
2487.82.01000.050 50 88 138
2487.82.01000.063 63 101 164
2487.82.01000.075 75 113 188
2487.82.01000.080 80 118 198
2487.82.01000.100 100 138 238
2487.82.01000.125 125 163 288
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
016
013 019 025 032 038 050 063 075 080 100 125
150
140 1,6
130 1,5
charge pressure (bar)
120
110 1,4
100
1,3
90
80 1,2
70
1,1
60
50 1,0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
A/F 32
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
Stroke
force ratings result exclusively from the diffe-
ø36 ring charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded
1
pressure rating during repair work and
recharging.
20
l +0,15
-0,5
Note:
50
Other stroke lengths avail on request! See gas
I min.
spring 2480.32.
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00015. 010 013 016 025 038 050 063 080 100 125
180 .00050. 1,7
165 .00100.
.00150. 1,6
150 .00200.
charge pressure (bar)
135
pressure rise factor
1,5
120
105 1,4
90 1,3
75
60 1,2
45
1,1
30
15 1,0
0 50 100 150 200 0 5 10 25 50 75 100 125
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F339
LCF gas springs, damped
Description The springs from the LCF series reduce impact
stresses by 50% compared to conventional gas
The LCF series represents a whole new springs.
generation of nitrogen-filled gas springs
developed to meet the needs of the The force builds up gradually and acceleration
machine tool and press-making industries. is uniform, reducing wear on both tool and
press. As a result, less maintenance is required.
Negative factors such as
► high impact stresses
LCF springs are at least 20% quieter than
► excessive noise standard gas springs.
► extreme bounce off the pad The reduced noise level is due to the lower
are all minimised by LCF springs. impact force, making these springs a cost-
effective alternative to soundproofing panels.
They are thus more economical and
Characteristics such as environmentally-friendly.
► dimensions
► fixing methods The LCF springs reduce the extreme bounce off
► filling with gas and purging the pad during the return stroke, thus lessening
► working in interconnected systems vibration on the workpiece and allowing the
workpiece to be transported more effectively.
are identical to those for standard ISO or type
2480.13 gas springs. Since the spring travel is damped, the pad
motion is more uniform, so in many cases the
press stroke rate and thus productivity can be
increased.
With the springs from the LCF series, the force builds up gradually and
acceleration is uniform.
Standard
Gas spring
Spring force
LCF-
Gas spring
Flcf
Spring travel
Damped spring travel S1
Measured dynamic piston force, Measured values for the 5000th series
piston force
piston force
STANDARD LCF
F2
sure
ng pres
aximum filli
M
F2
at
F1 minimum
filling
sure pressure
ng pres
Force
um filli
Minim
Flcf
0 max.
Spring travel
S1
Note: Maximum pressure for LCF gas springs: 150 bar. Observe minimum filling pressure.
12
M10 (2x) M10 (2x)
12
56,5
12
12
20
20
20
ø15
ø15 (2x) ø15 (2x)
12
12
M10 ø9 (4x)
56,5
75
(2x) DIN 74 - 75 DIN 74 - 75
75
Km 8 (4x) 56,5 Km 8 (4x) 56,5
56,5
24
56,5
56,5
56,5
75
75
75
20
20
20
12
ø9 (4x)
stroke
M5 (4x)
M6 (4x)
24
24
14,2
30
ø50,2
+2 y ø50,2
+2
13
y +0,5 +0,5
13
14,2
ø13
2,5
A-A ø9 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø9 (4x) 56,5 70
56,5
x x
61
30
56,5
x
56,5
95
56,5
x
70
y 80
y
80 80 110
A A
90 65
M5 (2x) 40 ø57
ø51,2 3
24
70
50,5
13
80
38
4 ±0,1
40
20
ø50,2 +2
+0,5
*190
115
5)
60 10 +0,1
34,5
130 11
12
19,5
70 9 (2x) 22
12
56,5 25,5
ø9
30
56,5
70
ø9 (4x)
A
33
56,5
70
110
56,5
A 70
19 60
ø18 3) Not for use with composite
32
ø50,5
connection.
11
70
ø15
connection.
ø9
30
ø11,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø11
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø18
Stroke max.
ø25
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2 M8
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
12
Min. filling pressure: 70 bar
3 min.
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
Max. recommended extensions per minute: R2
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
17,5
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
ø46
l ±0,25
I min.
16,4
7
10
8
X
ø43
ø50,2 ±0,1
2484.13.00750.
LCF Gas Spring, damped
View X - Gas spring
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2484.13.00750.013 12.7 107.7 120.4
2484.13.00750.025 25 120 145
2484.13.00750.038 38.1 133.1 171.2
2484.13.00750.050 50 145 195
G 1/8 valve M8 x 13 2484.13.00750.063 63.5 158.5 222
2484.13.00750.080 80 175 255
deep (2x) 2484.13.00750.100 100 195 295
20
2484.13.00750.125 125 220 345
2484.13.00750.160 160 255 415
2484.13.00750.200 200 295 495
2484.13.00750.250 250 345 595
2484.13.00750.300 300 395 695
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.00750. 013 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140 1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
120
1,4
110
1,3
100
1,2
90
80 1,1
70 1,0
200 300 400 500 600 700 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
100
100 100
73,5
M20
73,5
M20
73,5
73,5
100
ø40
73,5
100
73,5
100
40
ø11 (4x)
15
ø15 (4x)
12
DIN 74 -
20
24
14
Km 8 (4x)
20
12
12
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
29
29
14,2
30
16
+2 +2
16
14,2
ø13
y ø75,2 +0,5 ø75,2 +0,5
2,5
A-A ø11 (4x) ø13 (2x)
ø11(4x) 73,5 90
73,5
86
30
73,5
x x
73,5
122
x
73,5
90
x
y 104
y
104 104 134
A A
A-A 2480.010.01500.205* 3)
115 90
M6 (2x) 52,5 ø85
ø77 3
101
29
105
75,5
19
57
52,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
*205
130
ø75,2 +0,5
5) 10 +0,1
26
73,5 43,5
16
160 10
11 (2x) 28
90 13,5
73,5 32
30
73,5
ø10,5
92
ø11 (4x)
5)
37
73,5
A
90
137
73,5
A 92
21 90
ø20 3) Not for use with composite
ø75,5
13
94
connection.
38
ø15
connection.
ø9
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
ø36
Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.12.01500 M8
12
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
3 min.
Min. filling pressure: 105 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
21
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C R2
Max. recommended extensions per minute: ,5
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s ø70
l ±0,25
I min.
16,4
7
10
X
8
ø67
ø75,2 ±0,1
2484.12.01500.
View X - Gas spring LCF Gas Spring, damped
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2484.12.01500.025 25 135 160
2484.12.01500.038 38.1 148.1 186.2
2484.12.01500.050 50 160 210
2484.12.01500.063 63.5 173.5 237
2484.12.01500.080 80 190 270
G 1/ 8 valve M8 x 13 2484.12.01500.100 100 210 310
deep (4x) 2484.12.01500.125 125 235 360
40 2484.12.01500.160 160 270 430
2484.12.01500.200 200 310 510
2484.12.01500.250 250 360 610
2484.12.01500.300 300 410 710
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.01500. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
145 1,6
140
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
135
130 1,4
125 1,3
120
1,2
115
110 1,1
105 1,0
400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
120
120 92
120
M20
92
M20
92
120
ø60
92
120
60
92
120
92
ø15 (4x)
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø15
14
24
12
14
20
13
ø9 ø9 (4x) ø13 (4x)
13
20
ø13,5 ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
33
33
14,2
40
ø95,2
+2 y ø95,2
+2
18
y +0,5 +0,5
18
14,2
ø17
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 92 110
92
106
x x
40
92
x
150
92
110
x
92
y 130
y
130 130 170
A A
145 110
M6 (2x) 67,5 ø108
ø96,8 3
121
33
125
95,5
19
66,5
62,5
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø95,2 +0,5
*215
140
5)
90 10 +0,1
46,5
30
195 11
16
13 (2x) 28
110 13,5
92 35
ø12,5
30
116
92
5)
ø13 (4x)
A
63
110
92
170
92
A 116
52,5
60
connection.
ø9
30
ø14,5
DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
travel ø50
M8
Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.03000
12
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
3 min.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 68 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C
24
R2
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C ,5
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C) ø90
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l -1
I min.
16,4
7
10
ø87
ø95,2 ±0,1
2484.13.03000.
View X - Gas spring
LCF Gas Spring, damped
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2484.13.03000.025 25 145 170
2484.13.03000.038 38.1 158.1 196.2
2484.13.03000.050 50 170 220
2484.13.03000.063 63.5 183.5 247
2484.13.03000.080 80 200 280
G 1/8 valve M8 x 13 2484.13.03000.100 100 220 320
deep (4x) 2484.13.03000.125 125 245 370
60 2484.13.03000.160 160 280 440
2484.13.03000.200 200 320 520
2484.13.03000.250 250 370 620
2484.13.03000.300 300 420 720
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.03000. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140 1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
110 1,4
100 1,3
90
1,2
80
70 1,1
60 1,0
800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
140 140
109,5 109,5 140
M20
M20
109,5
109,5
109,5
140
ø80
140
80
109,5
140
ø20 ø13,5 (4x)
ø18 (4x)
20
ø18
13
24
15
12
ø11 ø13 (4x)
13
15
20
ø13,5 ø11 (4x) ø20 (4x)
stroke
M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
36
36
14,2
50
ø120,2
+2 y ø120,2
+2
21
y +0,5 +0,5
21
ø17
14,2
2,5
A-A ø13 (4x) ø17 (2x)
ø13(4x) 109,5 130
109,5
131
x x
109,5
50
x
109,5
175
109,5
130
x
y 155
y
155 155 205
A A
165 140
M6 (2x) 77,5 ø130
ø122 3
149
120,5
36
148
19
79
74
4 ±0,1
20
+2
ø120,2 +0,5
160
5)
102,5 10 +0,1
48
220 11,5
16
32,5
130 13 (2x) 28
18
109,5 36,5
ø12,5
109,5
30
138
5)
ø15 (4x)
A
109,5
88
130
195
109,5
A 138
connection.
140
17,5
130
connection.
ø11
11 recommended)
4±0,1
30
ø17,5
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x) ø13,5
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x) ø20
Stroke max.
Full spring force after 7.7 mm damped spring ø65
travel M8
12
Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.05000
3 min.
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 75 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C R2
,5
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
25,5
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C) ø115
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l -1
I min.
16,4
7
10
ø112
ø120,2 ±0,1
TM
S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
X
2484.13.05000.
View X - Gas spring
LCF Gas Spring, damped
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2484.13.05000.025 25 165 190
2484.13.05000.038 38.1 178.1 216.2
2484.13.05000.050 50 190 240
2484.13.05000.063 63.5 203.5 267
2484.13.05000.080 80 220 300
G 1/8 valve M10 x 16 2484.13.05000.100 100 240 340
2484.13.05000.125 125 265 390
deep (4x) 2484.13.05000.160 160 300 460
80
2484.13.05000.200 200 340 540
2484.13.05000.250 250 390 640
2484.13.05000.300 300 440 740
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.05000. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140 1,6
130
charge pressure (bar)
1,5
pressure rise factor
120
1,4
110
1,3
100
1,2
90
80 1,1
70 1,0
1600 2000 3000 4000 5000 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
190 190
138 138
14,2
M20
50
M20
14,2
ø21
ø100
100
190
138
190
138
2,5
ø21 (2x)
170
50
15
138
15
ø18 ø18 (4x)
17
195 ø11 ø11
17
20
20
195 195 245 ø17,5 ø26 (4x) (4x)
190 190
138 138 190
M20
M20
138
ø100
190
100
138
190
138
190
138
ø18 (4x) 24
13
13
12
ø11 ø11
ø17,5 (4x)
20
20
stroke
200 200
95 M6 (4x)
M6 (4x)
68
41
41
150,5
200
ø150,5
170
100
y
20
+2 +2
ø150,2 +0,5 ø150,2 +0,5
27
27
80
7
120
260 A-A ø17,5
13 (2x) 175 ø17,5 138 (4x) 162
(4x) 138
x x
30
30
x
220
138
x
138
230
162
ø13,5 y
ø20 y
A A
2480.064.07500 4) Note:
A-A
stroke
2) Attention:
M6 (2x) The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.
41
3) Note:
Not for use with composite
ø150,2 +2 connection.
+0,5
5) 4) Square collar flange, non-
rotating, fixing for composite
162 connection.
38
12
Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.07500
Stroke max.
3 min.
Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 89 bar
Working temperature: 0°C to +80°C R2
,5
Temperature related force increase: ± 0.3%/°C
27,5
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
ø145
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20°C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
l -1
I min.
16,4
8
10
ø142
TM
ø150,2 ±0,1 S>max V>max Flex Guide
P>max
X 2484.13.07500.
View X - Gas spring LCF Gas Spring, damped
Order No Strokemax. lmin. l
2484.13.07500.025 25 180 205
2484.13.07500.038 38.1 193.1 231.2
2484.13.07500.050 50 205 255
2484.13.07500.063 63.5 218.5 282
2484.13.07500.080 80 235 315
2484.13.07500.100 100 255 355
G 1/8 valve M10 x 16
2484.13.07500.125 125 280 405
deep (4x) 2484.13.07500.160 160 315 475
100
2484.13.07500.200 200 355 555
2484.13.07500.250 250 405 655
2484.13.07500.300 300 455 755
Initial spring force Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise
versus charge pressure
nominal stroke
.07500. 025 038 050 063 080 100 125 160 200 250 300
150 1,7
140 1,6
charge pressure (bar)
130 1,5
pressure rise factor
120 1,4
110 1,3
100 1,2
90 1,1
80 1,0
2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 0 10 25 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300
force daN stroke in mm
Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
F359
Pressure reservoir
for reduced pressure rise
2480.00.70.
Description:
The pressure reservoir and its base plates are manufactured from the same high grade steel als FIBRO gas springs. The advantage of including a pressure
reservoir in the system is that in operation the gas pressure rises to a lesser extent. Apart from the purely tecnical pressure factors, a reduced pressure rise is
beneficial to the service life of the system.
Function:
The pressure reservoir has two or four mounting holes with G¼“ at both sides, which are designed for connection to the control fitting or gas spring.
Note:
If a pressure reservoir is to be installed, we recommend the 24°-cone-system, which ensures that the gas flow is not inhibited. Mounting clamps should be
ordered separately. At least 2 are required for each pressure reservoir, see following pages.
Important:
At least 2 fixing clamps are required per pressure reservoir. If the pressure
tank is to be mounted vertically,
it should be seated on a robust base.
e
70
d
Installation Example:
25
øc
Description:
The shock absorbing pressure plate is designed to minimise the main prob-
lems in the metal forming industry.
A specially designed shock absorbing unit is designed to reduce:
– extreme impact loads
– consequent high costs for press maintenance
– high noise levels
Top of tool – risk of production of lower quality parts.
Guidelines for using shock absorbing pressure plates with gas springs:
1. After the maximum shock absorbing travel of 3 mm the gas spring will
reach the same initial spring force as it would without the shock absor-
bing pressure plate.
Sheet metal 2. The shock absorbing pressure plate is mounted between the tool and the
retainer piston rod of the gas spring.
Material:
Steel, nitride
Gas spring Polyurethane
Note:
Working temperature: 0 °C to 80 °C
Recommended max. strokes/min: 20
Bottom Max. press speed: 1.6 m/s
of tool Max. shock absorbing travel: 3 mm
Function
8 9000
without 2480.015. with 2480.015.
6 8000
7000
dynamic impact load [N]
4
Slide acceleration [g]
6000
2
5000
0
4000
-2
3000
-4
2000
-6 without 2480.015.
1000 with 2480.015.
-8 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1,96 1,965 1,97 1,975 1,98
Time [s] Time [s]
6
l
Description:
Trust pad for gas springs with M6 and M8 thread in the piston rod, not
for 2480.13.00500.□□□.
M
Material:
No 1.7131, case-hardened
SW
2480.009.00500.1 20 55 32 16 9 15 37 - 9
c
d 2480.009.00750 25 70 35 15 9 15 48 14 9
2480.009.00750.1 36 65 50 16 9 15 47 - 9
2480.009.01500 36 75 50 15 9 15 56 30 9
2480.009.03000 50 85 60 15 9 15 66 40 9
2480.009.03000.1 50 80 60 16 9 15 62 - 9
2480.009.05000 65 100 80 20 11 18 72 56 11
2480.009.05000.2 65 102 80 20 11 18 80 - 11
b +2
e1
Material:
c
No 1.2842, hardened
d
a +2
e
a +2
t
c
2480.019.03000 50 71 20 11 18 48 13
2480.019.03000.2 50 70 15 9 15 50 9
2480.019.03000.1 80 90 20 11 18 67 13 d
2480.019.07500.2 80 90 15 9 15 70 9
2480.019.07500 95 140 20 11 18 110 13
*Execution .2 to VDI 3003
Material:
a +2
e
No 1.2842, hardened
or
No 1.2379, hardened
e
a +2
2480.019.45.00750 A 50 70 50 11 e
2480.019.45.01500 A 80 90 70 11
A
2480.019.45.03000 B 95 105 85 11
2480.019.45.05000 B 95 125 105 11
2480.019.45.07500 B 95 150 125 13
2480.019.45.10000 B 95 190 165 13
a
e
Material:
No 1.2842, hardened
or a
e1
e1
e
No 1.2379, hardened B
a
e
Note:
Especially with gas springs of large stroking capacity we recommend the
use of the pad plate combination!
Technical data
Material Concertina shroud: CSM-Rubber 65 ±3 Shore A
Disc: Steel burnished
Ring: stainless Steel
Temperature range: 0-90 °C
Chemical resistance Acids: very good
Alkaline solutions: very good
Solvents: sufficient
Weather resistance Sun light (UV): good
Ozone: very good
Water: sufficient
Oil resistance Mineral: good
Synthetic: sufficient
Delivery:
Concertina shroud incl. rotatable disk and countersunk screw.
Custom dimensions/materials available on request.
Mounting examples
installed loose in
the bore
sticked (vulcanized)
d3 Disc
„n“
Number of Ring
d5
folds
l max.
l min.
Position of ventilation
Gas spring
ZD
2487.12.01000..1
24 87.12.00500.
2487.12.00350.
2480.13.00500.
2488.13.00750.
2480.13.00750.
2488.13.01000.
2487.12.01500.
2488.13.01500.
2480.12.01500.
2487.12.02400.
2488.13.02400.
2480.13.03000.
2487.12.04200.
2488.13.04200.
2480.13.05000.
2487.12.06600.
2488.13.06600.
2480.13.07500.
2487.12.09500.
2488.13.09500.
Gas spring
Type of
subject to alterations
05.2017
Gas spring connection systems
Introduction
Connecting gas springs in one more systems enables the user to monitor gas spring pressure from outside the tool, to adjust it if necessary, to fill it
and to drain it. The connector system has many advantages including ease of maintenance, reliability and improvement in the quality of gas spring
use in the tool.
FIBRO offers four different systems for hose connections for gas springs: Minimess system, Compression fitting system, JIC system (24° flare) and
Micro connector system. The hoses, screwed connectors and other components are selected to meet the most stringent standards and undergo a
series of tests including service life, static seel and robustness after repeated assembly and disassembly.
Recommended application:
Most used system for all gas springs with G1/8 gas connection.
Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir because of the small internal diameter which reduces the flow.
24°-cone-system 2480.00.25./.26.
+ Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir Technical data:
+ Wide range of connection adapters
Hose: polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled
+ Vibration-proof (O-ring seal)
+ High pressure resistance Hose fitting: steel, galvanised
± Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
Adapter: steel, galvanised
– Larger bending radius Rmin = 40
–Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread Max. pressure: 315 bar
Temperatur range: 0–100°C
Recommended application:
For all gas springs with G1/8 gas connection.
Mainly used for connection to pressure reservoir.
Use only hose fittings which prevent kinks forming in the hose.
2480. Example 1:
Direct connection for group
Function:
Each spring has a direct connection with the control fitting.
They are not interconnected and form a pressure zone
See control fitting 2480.00.30
Note:
When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
the gas spring.
Function: Note:
The springs are interconnected and there is just one test line to the control When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
fitting. the gas spring.
2480. Example 3:
Multiple connections with independent functioning
Function:
Each series of springs has a direct
6
connection with the control fitting. By
using a common pressure supply the
springs can be joined in the fitting so
5
that joint filling/releasing of gas is
possible. The gas in each series of springs
Note:
can also be filled/released or monitored When installing gas springs always remove the valve
individually . from the gas spring.
See Multi control fitting
2480.00.39.05.04
Function:
The springs are interconnected and there is just
one test line to the control fitting.
Note:
When installing gas springs always remove the
valve from the gas spring.
1 2 3 4 5
Function:
The springs work independently and have a
3
gauging coupling (2480.00.24.01) with valve. 4
If required the springs can be tested and
pressure adjusted individually. A control fitting
(2480.00.31.01) is used for the purpose.
ø5
2480.00.23.01.0800 800
ø17
2480.00.23.01.1000 1000
ø17
Threaded
connection 2480.00.23.01.1200 1200
S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x) 2480.00.23.01.1500 1500
Gripping sleeve 2480.00.23.01.2000 2000
2480.00.23.01.2500 2500
2480.00.23.01.3000 3000
2480.00.23.02. l* 2480.00.23.02.
Gauging hose - 33 46 Order No l*
one end straight 2480.00.23.02.0200 200
ø5
17
90°-angle 2480.00.23.02.0300 300
2480.00.23.02.0400 400
ø17
2480.00.23.02.0500 500
29
2480.00.23.02.0630 630
17
2480.00.23.03. 2480.00.23.03.
Gauging hose - Order No l*
both ends 2480.00.23.03.0200 200
90°-angle l* 2480.00.23.03.0300 300
2480.00.23.03.0400 400
ø5
46 46
2480.00.23.03.0500 500
2480.00.23.03.0630 630
2480.00.23.03.0800 800
29
29
17
17
2480.00.23.03.1000 1000
Gripping sleeve 2480.00.23.03.1200 1200
2480.00.23.03.1500 1500
2480.00.23.03.2000 2000
ø17 ø17
Threaded 2480.00.23.03.2500 2500
connection 2480.00.23.03.3000 3000
S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)
S 12,65x1,5
G 1/8
2480.00.24.03 without valve extra-long
for connection to gas spring l
Single adapter
Gauging coupling
25
G
2480.00.24.02 with valve
d
2480.00.24.04 without valve ø16
G 1/8
for connection to control fitting
Order No G d SW* l l1
2480.00.24.01 G 1/8 14 14 22 8 l1
48 extra-long
2480.00.24.02 G 1/4 19 19 21 10
2480.00.24.03 G 1/8 14 14 22 8
24 short
38 long
2480.00.24.04 G 1/4 19 19 21 10
18
*SW = A/F - width across flats
Note:
6,5
The gauging coupling with valve is used in standard permanent connec-
tions. The valveless gauging coupling is used in systems where changes to
18 9,5
the filling pressure are necessary on a regular basis (e.g. die cushions). 25
ø16
G 1/8
ø16
G 1/8
63
50 extra-long
50 extra-long
26 short
26 short
40 long
40 long
20
20
6,5
6,5
30 9 30 9,5
4,2
10
Order No l in mm Material:
2480.00.23.13.0001 1000 Polyamide
2480.00.23.13.0002 2000 Description:
7
2480.00.23.13.0005 5000
2480.00.23.13.0010 10000 The anti-scuff spiral is used to
18 protect against abrasion,
is resistant to air, water, oil,
hydraulic fluids petrol and other
liquids.
Inner-Ø 7 mm
Material: Polyamide Note: self-tapping For hose/tubing
Note: Diameter of hole for self-tapping outer-Ø max. 5-11 mm
Supplied without screws screw = 3,6 mm Temperature range -30 °C to +100 °C
Note: Note:
for connection of gas springs for connection of gas springs
with M6 filling connection with M6 filling connection
17
G 1/8
M6
2480.00.24.43 2480.00.23.01.xxx
Connection adaptor M6 - G 1/8 Measuring hose
G 1/8 (6x)
22
SW41
ø6,5(2x)
6,6
40
36
40
22
24
2480.00.24.33 2480.00.40
Distributor G 1/8 Charging adapter
14 ports
G 1/8 (14x)
SW14
9
25
23
10
20
13
G 1/8
120 ø13,5
140
40
25
40
25 25 25
Gauging coupling
2480.00.24.01
Rm
2480.00.23.
in
.
20
Gauging coupling
2480.00.24.01
Gauging hose
2480.00.23.
≈56
6,5
Multiple adapter
2480.00.24.10/11/12 ≈21
≈125 ≈35
≈45
SW 14
G 1/8
22
2480.00.10.03 2480.00.10.10
Direct connector to control fitting angle connector, adjustable
SW 19
SW 14
ca. 64
G 1/4
27
12 G 1/8
SW 12 35
2480.00.10.11 2480.00.10.12
T-connector, adjustable L-connector, adjustable
SW 14
SW 14
ca. 64
ca. 64
27
27
G 1/8
G 1/8
SW 12
SW 12 35
35
10
Order No l in mm Material:
2480.00.23.13.0001 1000 Polyamide
2480.00.23.13.0002 2000 Description:
12
2480.00.54.01 2480.00.10.20.
Expansion punch for hosing High-pressure hose
SW 10
∅9
ø3,5
DN 4
2480.00.54.02 2480.00.10.21
Vice jaws for holding high-pressure hose Hose screw fitting (female)
SW 12
∅ 13,3
25
2480.00.54.03 2480.00.10.22
Hose shears Hose screw fitting (male)
49,5
SW 10
∅4
∅6
20
Note: When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
M12x1,5 M12x1,5
ø6 ø6
ø4 ø4
SW 14 SW 19
10
29
14
29
12
8
G 1/ 8 G 1/ 4
14 1) 19 1)
1) Eolastic-Seal ED 1) Eolastic-Seal ED
21
M12x1,5
M
14
M12x1,5
M12x1,5
12
21
ø6 4
19
x1
ø
SW 14 14
,5
16
SW 12 12 SW 14
ø4
ø6
9
ø4
ø6
ø4
ø6
SW 14
26
26
26
26
SW 14
SW 14 SW 14 SW 14
2)
2) 2) 2)
ø6
ø6 ø6 ø6
M12x1,5
M12x1,5 M12x1,5 M12x1,5
SW 12 SW 12
SW 12
SW 12 24
12
12
M12x1,5 (2x)
12
ø4
ø6
19
19
19
ø4 ø4 ø4
10 ø6 ø6 ø6
M12x1,5 M12x1,5 M12x1,5
(2x) (3x) (4x)
SW14 SW14
ø11
DN 5
43 43
M12x1,5
M12x1,5
l 1*
Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.01.0765
2480.00.25.02.
Hose – conical seals with union nuts an O-Ring ( 90° bend/straight)
SW14
ø11
DN 5
50 43
M12x1,5
SW14
30
M12x1,5
l 1*
Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.02.0765
2480.00.25.03.
Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 90° bend/both ends)
ø11
DN 5
50 50
SW14 SW14
30
30
M12x1,5 M12x1,5
l 1*
Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.03.0765
2480.00.25.04.
Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/straight)
SW14
ø11
DN 5
62 43
SW14
M12x1,5
17
M12x1,5
l 1*
Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.04.0765
2480.00.25.05.
Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/both ends)
ø11
DN 5
62 62
SW14 SW14
17
17
M12x1,5 M12x1,5
l 1*
Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.05.0765
2480.00.25.06.
Hose – conical seals with union nuts and O-Ring ( 45° bend/ 90° bend)
ø11
DN 5
62 50
SW14
SW14
17
30
M12x1,5
M12x1,5
l 1*
Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.06.0765
SW = width across flats
10
Material:
4,2
Order No l in mm
2480.00.23.13.0001 1000 Polyamide
2480.00.23.13.0002 2000 Description:
13
46 51 34
8 8 8
M12 x 1,5
M12x1,5
10
19
45°
34
33
33 8 M12x1,5
8 (2x)
M12x1,5
21
19
46
37 33 M12x1,5
8 8 (2x)
42
50
M8x1
25 2480.00.27.01.0630 630
ø5
2480.00.27.01.0800 800
2480.00.27.01.1000 1000
2480.00.27.01.1200 1200
2480.00.27.01.1500 1500
SW 10 (2x) 2480.00.27.01.2000 2000
2480.00.27.01.2500 2500
2480.00.27.01.3000 3000
2480.00.27.01.----.1
Antikink spiral, at one end
* other lenghts available in 5mm steps.
Shortest factory lengths:
2480.00.27.01.----.2 without antikink protection 90 mm
Antikink spiral, at both ends antikink protection at one end 150 mm
antikink protection at both ends 300 mm
4,2
10
Order No l in mm Material:
7
SW 10
ø2
ø4
11
1000 M8x1
2480.00.27.00.01
Deburring tool for 24° conus micro
2480.00.27.00.02
Pipe cutter for 24° conus micro
2480.00.27.00.02.1
Replacement cutting wheel for pipe cutter
39
M6
27
11
9,56
23,5
SW 10
30
11
SW 4 SW 10
SW 10
M6
14,5
2480.00.28.02
30
24
G 1/ 8
8
12
28
34
SW 14 2480.00.28.17
Screw connection W–24° conus micro
SW 10
25
19
11
11
2480.00.28.03
Screw connection GE–G1/4 24° conus micro
SW 4 SW 10
G 1/ 4
M6
12
30
10
36
14,5
SW 19
30
24
9
SW 10
11
M6
SW 4 M6 SW 10
19,5
13,5
10
14,5
SW 10 M6
9
45
33
SW 10
25
2480.00.22.18.06 2480.00.28.16
Screw connection, GE–G1/8–M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17 Screw connection, K–24° conus micro
27
11
11
G 1/8
SW 4 M6 SW 10
23
15
10
14,5
SW 14 M6
9
45
33
SW 10
39
2480.00.22.14.06
Screw connection, GE–G1/4–M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17
G 1/4
22
10
SW 19 M6
F388
subject to alterations
Gas spring accessories
Connector system, 24° conus micro
2480.00.28.25 2480.00.28.26
Adapter, GE–24° conus micro Adapter, W–24° conus micro
hose – hose hose – hose
26
19,5
32
20
4
19,5
SW 9
26
SW 10
SW 10
2480.00.28.27 2480.00.28.28
Adapter, T–24° conus micro Adapter, K–24° conus micro
hose – hose hose – hose
42
30
42
30
15
30
42
21
SW 10
SW 10
2480.00.28.34
Distributor block M6, 4 ports
M6
12
ø6,6 (2x)
30
18
18
30
47
40
20
7
106 Pressure relief 13
120
80
45
3,5
a) by visual monitoring of the gauge dials.
b) automatically, by means of diaphragm
pressure switch 248.00.15 The switch will
stop the associated machine as soon as the
charge pressure drops below the value set.
25
75
Note:
The shutoff valve may be open or closed during
operation.
The closing of the pressure gauge shutoff valve
30
ensures that no pressure peaks from the gas
spring act on the pressure gauge.
bleeder valve
50
6
27 91
pressure mounting holes ø7
gauge dial
26 75
45
connecting port
86
for diaphragm
pressure valve
2480.00.45.01
73
16
41
76
Rapid coupling Pressure gauge
for nitrogen supply dial
Description:
The control fitting 2480.00.30.13 is used to
constantly monitor the filling pressure of one or
more gas springs. The control fitting is equipped
Threaded connector
with rapid coupling for nitrogen supply and
9
/16 -18 UNF
a bleeder valve. There are three G1/8 ports for
simultaneous pressure checking at the control
fitting.
Measuring range from
0 - 400 bar / 5800 psi.
76
Description:
The control fitting 2480.00.30.14 is used for
the constant monitoring of filling pressures
> 150 bar of one or more gas springs.
The control fitting is equipped with rapid cou-
pling for nitrogen supply and a bleeder valve.
There are three G1/8 ports for simultaneous
pressure checking at the control fitting.
Measuring range from
0-600 bar (8700 psi).
10
9
22,1
60
86
76
6,8
3 2 1
ø11
Shut-off valve Bleeder valve
Number of
testing units
G1/8
Connection thread G1/8
l1
22,5
50
94
97